all your trees that bud in the field 6 And they shal fil thine houses and al thy seruant houses and the houses of al the Egyptians as nether thy fathers not thy fathers fath ers haue sene since the time they were vpon the earth vnto this day So he returned and went out from Pharaōh 7 Then Pharaohs seruants said vnto him How long shall he be an offence vnto vs let the men go that they may serue the Lorde their God wilt thou first knowe Egypt is destroyed 8 So Mosés and Aaarōn were broght againe vnto Pharoōh and he said to them Go serue the Lord your God but who are they that shall go 9 And Mosés answered We will go with our yong and with our olde with our sonnes with our daughters with our shepe with our cattel wil we go for we must celebrate a feast vnto the Lord. 10 And he said vnto them Let the Lord so be with you as I will let you go and your children beholde for euill is before your face 11 It shal not be so now go ye that are men and serue the Lord for that was your desire Then they were thrust out from Pharaohs presence 12 ¶ After the Lord said vnto Mosés Stretche out thine hand vpon the land of Egypt for the greshoppers that they may come vpon the land of Egypt and eat all the herbes of the land euen all that the haile hathe left 13 Then Mosés stretched forthe his rod vpon the land of Egypt and the Lord broght an East winde vpon the land all that day and all that night in the morning the East winde broght the greshoppers 14 So the greshoppers went vp vpon all the land of Egypt and remained in all quaters of Egypt so grieuous greshoppers lyke to these were neuer before nether after them shal be suche 15 For they couered al the face of the earth so that the land was darcke and they did eat al the herbes of the land all the frutes of the trees which the haile had left so that there was no grene thyng left vpon the trees nor among the herbes of the field throughout al the land of Egypt 16 Therefore Pharaôh called for Mosés and Aaron in haste and said I haue sinned against the Lorde your GOD and against you 17 And nowe forgiue me my sinne onely this once and pray vnto the Lord your GOD that he may take away from me this death onely 18 Moses then went out from Pharaōh and praied vnto the Lord. 19 And the Lord turned a mightie strōg West winde and toke away the greshoppers and violently cast thē into the red Sea so that there remained not one greshopper in all the coast of Egypt 20 But the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart he did not let the children of Israél go 21 ¶ Againe the lord said vnto Mosés Stretche out thine hand to ward heauen that there may be vpon the land of Egypt darckenes euen darcknes that may be felt 22 Then Mosés stretched forth his hād toward heauen and there was a blacke* darcknes in all the land of Egypt thre days 23 No man sawe an other nether rose vp from the place where he was for thre dayes * but all the children of Israél had light where they dwelt 24 Then Pharaóh called for Moses and said Go serue the Lorde onely your shepe and your cattel shal abide and your childrē shall go with you 25 And Mosés said Thou must giue vs also sacrifices and burnt offrings that we may do sacrifice vnto the Lord our God 26 Therefore our cattell also shall go with vs there shal not an hoofe be left for thereof must we take to serue the Lord ourgod nether do we knowe how we shall serue the Lord vntil we come thither 27 But the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart he wolde not let them go 28 And Pharaôh said vnto him Get thee from me loke thouse my face no more for when soeuer thou commest in my sight thou shalt dye 29 Then Moses said Thou hast said well from hence for the wil I se thy face no more CHAP. XI 1 God promiseth their departure 2 He willeth them to borrow their neighbours iewels 3 Moses was estemed of all saue Pharaoh 5 He signifieth the death of the first borne 1 NOw the Lord had said vnto Mosés Yet wil I bring one plague more vpon Pharaóh and vpon Egypt after that he wil let you go hence when he letteth you go he shal at once chase you hence 2 Speake thou now to the people that euerie man require of his neighbour and euerie woman of her neighbour * iewels of siluer and iewels of golde 3 And the Lord gaue the people fauour in the sight of the Egyptians also * Moses was 〈◊〉 great in the land of Egypt in the sight of Pharaohs seruants and in the sight of the people 4 Also Mosés said Thus saith the Lord * About midnight wil I go out into the middes of Egypt 5 And all the first borne in the land of Egypt shal dye from the first borne of Pharaóh that sitteth on his throne vnto the first borne of the maid seruant that is at the mille and all the first borne of beastes 6 Then there shal be a great crye throughout all the land of Egypt suche as was neuer none like nor shal be 7 But against none of the childrē of Israél shal a dog moue his tongue nether against man nor beast that ye may knowe that the Lord putteth a difference betwene the Egyptians and Israél 8 And all these thy seruantes shal come downe vnto me and fall before me saying Get thee out 〈◊〉 all the people that are at thy fete and after this wil I depart So he went out from Pharaóh very angry 9 And the Lord said vnto Mosés Pharaōh shal not heare you that my wonders may be multiplied in the land of Egypt 10 So Mosés and Aarón did all these wonders before Pharaôh but the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart and he suffred not the children of Israél to go out of his land CHAP. XII 1 The Lord instituteth the Passeouer 26 The fathers must teache their children the mysterie thereof 29 The first borne are slaine 31 The Israelites are driuen out of the land 35 The Egyptians are spoiled 37 The nom bre that departeth out of Egypt 40 How long thei were in Egypt 1 THen the Lord spake to Moses and to Adrôn in the land of Egypt saying 2 This moneth shal be vnto you the beginning of moneths it shal be to you the first moneth of the yere 3 Speake ye vnto all the Congregacion of Israél saying In the tenth of this moneth let euerie mātake vnto him a lambe according to the house of the fathers a lambe for an house 4 If the housholde be to litle for the lambe he shal take his
remember all the commandementes of the Lord and dothē and that ye seke not after your owne heart nor after your owne eies after the which ye go a whoring 40 That ye may remember and do al my commandements and be holy vnto your God 41 I am the Lord your God which broght you out of the land of Egypt to be your God I am the Lord your God CHAP. XVI 1 The rebellion of Korah Dathán Abrám 31 Kórah his companie perisheth 41 The people the next day mur mure 49. 14700. are slaine for murmuring 1 NOw * Kórah the sonne of Izhār the sonne of Koháth the sonne of Leui went a parte with Dathán and Abirám the sonnes sonnes of Eliáb and On the sonne of Péleth the sonnes of Reubén 2 And they rose vp against Mosés with certeine of the children of Israél two hundreth and fiftie captaines of the assemblie * famous in the Congregacion and men of renoume 3 Who gathered thē selues together against Mosés and against Āarón and said vnto thē Ye take to muche vpon you seing all the Congregacion is holy euerie one of them and the Lord is among them wherfore thē lift ye your selues aboue the Congregacion of the Lord 4 But when Mosés heard it he fel vpon hys face 5 And spake to Kōrah vnto al his companie saying Tomorowe the Lord wil shewe who is his and who is holy who ought to approche nere vnto him whome he hathe chosen he wil cause to come nere to him 6 This do therefore Take you censers both Kōrah and all his companie 7 And put fire therein and put in cens in them before the Lorde tomorowe and the man whome the Lorde doeth chose the same shal be holy ye take to muche vpon you ye sonnes of Leui. 8 Againe Mosés said vnto Kōrah Heare I pray you ye sonnes of Leui. 9 Semeth it a smal thing vnto you that the God of Israél hathe separated you from the multitude of Israél to take you nere to him self to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Lord and to stand before the Congregaciō and to minister vnto them 10 He hathe also taken thee to him al thy brethren the sonnes of Leui with thee and seke ye the office of the Priest also 11 For which cause thou and all thy companie are gathered together against the Lord and what is Aarōn that ye murmure against him 12 ¶ And Mosés sent to call Dathán Abirám the sonne of Eliáb who answered We will not come vp 13 Is it a small thyng that thou hast broght vs out of a land that floweth with milke and hony to kil vs in the wildernes except thou make thy selfe Lord and ruler ouer vs also 14 Also thou hast not broght vs vnto a lande that floweth with milke honie nether giuen vs inheritance of fieldes and viney ardes wilt thou put out the eies of these men we wil not come vp 15 Then Mosés waxed verie angrie and said vn to the Lord * Loke not vnto their offryng I haue not taken so muche as an asse frō them nether haue I hurte anie of them 16 And Mosés said vnto Kōrah Bethou and al thy cōpanie before the Lord both thou they and Aarōn tomorowe 17 And take euerie man his censor and put incens in them and bryngye euerie man his censor before the Lorde two hundreth and fiftie censors thou also and Aarōn euerie one his censor 18 So they toke euerie man his censor and put fire in them laied incens thereon stode in the dore of the Tabernacle of the Cōgregacion with Mosés and Aarôn 19 And Kōrah gathered all the multitude against thē vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion then the glorie of the Lord appeared vnto all the Congregacion 20 And the Lorde speake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 21 Separate your selues frō amōg this Congre gacion that I may consume thē atonce 22 And they fell vpon their faces and said O God the God of the spirits of al flesh hath not one man onely sinned and wilt thou be wrath with all the Congregacion 23 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 24 Speake vnto the Congregacion and say Get you away from about the Tabernacle of Kórah Dathán and Abirám 25 Then Mosés rose vp went vnto Dathán and Abiram the Elders of Israél followed him 26 And he spake vnto the Congregacion saying Departe I pray you from the tentes of these wicked men and touche nothing of theirs lest ye perish in all their sinnes 27 So they gate them away frō the Tabernacle of Kôrah Dathán Abirám on euerie side and Dathán and Abirám came out stode in the dore of their tentes with their wiues and their sonnes and their litle children 28 And Mosés said Hereby ye shall knowe that the Lorde hathe sent me to do all these workes for I haue not done them of mine owne minde 29 If these men dye the commune death of all men or if they be visited after the visitacion of all men the Lord hath not sent me 30 But if the Lorde make a newe thing and the earth open her mouth swalow thē vp with all that they haue and they go downe quicke into the pit thē ye shal vnderstand that these men haue prouoked the Lord. 31 ¶ And as sone as he had made an end of spaking all these wordes euen the grounde claue a sunder that was vnder them 32 And the earth * opened her mouthe and swalowed them vp with their families and all the men thet were with Kórah and all their goods 33 So they and all that they had went downe aliue into the pit the earth couered thē so they perished frō among the Congregacion 34 And al Israél that were about them fled at the crye of thē for thei said Let vs 〈◊〉 lest the earth swalo we vs vp 35 But there came out a fire from the Lord consumed the two hundreth and fiftie men that offred the incens 36 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 37 Speake vnto Eleazár the sonne of Aaron the Priest that he take vp the censers out of the burning āds kater the fire beyonde the altar for they are halowed 38 The censers I say of these sinners that destroyed them selues let them make of thē broad plates for a couering of the Altar for they offred thē before the Lord therfore they shal be holy and they shal be a signe vn to the children of Israél 39 Thē Eleazár the Priest toke the brasen censers which they that were burnt had offred and made broad plates of them for a couering of the Altar 40 It is a remembrance vnto the children of Israél that no stranger whiche is not of the sede of Aaron come nere to offer incens before the Lorde that he be
forget the Law and change all the ordinances 52 And that whosoeuer wolde not do according to the commandement of the Kings shulde suffer death 53 In like maner wrote he thorow out all his kingdomes set ouer seers ouer all the people forto compell thē to do these things 54 And he commanded the cities of Iuda to do sacrifice citie by citie 55 Then went many of the people vnto them by heapes euery one that forsoke the Law and so they committed euil in the land 56 And they droue the Israelites into secret places euen whereso euer they colde slee for succour 57 The fiftenth day of Casleu in the hundreth and fiue and fortieth yere they set vp the abo minacion of desolacion vpon the altar and thei buylded altars thorow out the cities of Iuda on euerie side 58 And before the dores of the houses and in the stretes they burnt incense 59 And the bokes of the Law which they founde they burnt in the fyre and cutte in pieces 60 Whosoeuer had a boke of the Testament founde by him or whosoeuer consented vnto the Law the Kings commandement was that they shulde put him to death by their autoritie 61 And they executed these things euerie moneth vpon the people of Israel that were founde in the cities 62 And in the fiue twentieth day of the moneth they did sacrifice vpon the altar which was in the stead of the altar of sacrifices 63 And according to the commādement they put certeine womē to death which had caused their children to be circumcised 64 And they hanged vp the children at their neckes they spoiled their houses slewe the circumcisers of them 65 Yet were there many in Israél which were of courage and determined in them selues that they wolde not eat vncleane things 66 But chose rather to suffer death then to be defiled with those meats so because thei wolde not breake the holie couenant they were put to death 67 And this tyrannie was verie sore vpon the people of 〈◊〉 CHAP. II. 1 The mourning of Mattathias and his sonnes for the destruction of the holy citie 19 They refuse to do sacrifice vnto idoles 24 The zeale of 〈◊〉 for the Law of God 〈◊〉 They are 〈◊〉 and wil not sight againe because of the 〈◊〉 day 49 Mattathias dying 〈◊〉 his sonnes to sticke by the worde of God after the example of the fathers 1 IN those dayes stode vp Mattathias the Priest the sonne of Ioannes the sonne of Simeon of the sonnes of Ioarib of Ierusa lem and dwelt in Modin 2 And he had fiue sonnes Ioanan called Gaddis 3 Simon called Thassi 4 〈◊〉 which was called Maccabeus 5 Eleazar called Abaron and Ionathā whose name was Apphus 6 Now he sawe the blasphemies which were committed in Iuda and Ierusalém 7 And he said Wo is me wherefore was I bor ne to se this destruction of my people and the destruction of the holy citie and thus to sit 〈◊〉 is deliuered into the hands of the enemies 8 And the Sanctuarie is in the hands of stran gers her Temple is as a man that hathe no re 〈◊〉 9 Her glorious vessels are caryed away into ca ptiuitie her infants are slayne in the stretes and her yong men are fallen by the sworde of the enemies 10 What people is it that hathe not some possession in her kingdome or hathe not 〈◊〉 of her spoyles 11 All her glorie is taken away of a fre woman she is become an handmaid 12 Beholde our Sanctuarie and our beautie honor is desolate and the Gentiles haue defiled it 13 What helpeth it vs then to liue anie longer 14 And Mattathias rent his clothes he ād his sonnes and put sacke cloth vpon them and mourned verie sore 15 ¶ Then came men from the King to the citie of Modin to compell them to forsake God and to sacrifice 16 Somanie of the Israelites consented vnto them but Mattathias and his sonnes assembled together 17 Then spake the commissioners of the King and said vnto Mattathias Thou art the chief and an honorable man and great in this citie and hast many children and brethren 18 Come thou therefore first and fulfil the Kings commandement as all the heathen haue done and also the men of Iuda and suche as remaine at Ierusalem so shalt thou thy familie be in the Kings fauour and thou and thy children shal be enriched with siluer and golde and with manie rewards 19 Then Mattathias answered and said with a loude voyce Thogh all nacions that are vnder the Kings dominion obey him and fall away cuerie man from the religion of their fathers and consent to his commandemēts 20 Yet wil I and my sonnes and my brethren walke in the couenant of our fathers 21 God be merciful vnto vs that we forsake not the Law and the ordinances 22 We wil not hearken vnto the Kings wordes to transgresse our religion nether on the right side nor on the left 23 And whē he had left of speaking the sewor des there came one of the Iewes in the sight of all to sacrifice vpon the altar which was at Modin according to the Kings commande ment 24 Now when Mattathias sawe it he was so in flamed with zeale that his raines shoke and his wrath was kindled according to the ordi nance of the Law therefore he ran vnto him and killed him by the altar 25 And at the same time he slewe the Kings commissioner that compelled him to do sacrifice and destroied the altar 26 Thus bare he a zeale to the Law of God * doing as Phinees did vnto Zambrithe son ne of Salom. 27 ¶ Then cryed Mattathias with a loude voy ce in the citie saying Who soeuer is zealous of the Law and wil stand by the couenāt let him come forthe after me 28 So he and his sonnes fled into the mountai nes and left all that thei had in the citie 29 Then manie that soght after iustice and iudgement 30 Went downe into the wildernes to dwell there bothe they and their children and their wiues and their cattel for the afflictiō in creased sore vpon them 31 ¶ Now when it was tolde vnto the Kings seruants and to the garisons which were in Ierusalem in the citie of Dauid that mē had broken the Kings commādement and were gone downe into the secret places in the wil dernes 32 Then many pursued after them and hauing ouer taken them thei camped against them and set the battel in array against them on the Sabbath day 33 And said vnto them Let this now be sufficiēt come forthe and do according to the commandement of the King and ye shalliue 34 But they answered We wil not go forthe nether wil we do the Kings commandement to defile the Sabbath day 35 Then they gaue them the battel 36 But the other answered them nothing nether cast anie one stone at them not stopped the priue places 37 But said We wil dye
surely first taketh away such impedimentes as might iustely ether hurt let or difforme the worke so is it necessarie that your graces zeale appeare herein that nether the craftie persuasion of man nether worldly policie or naturall feare dissuade you to roote out cut downe and destroy these wedes and impedimentes whiche do not onely deface your building but vtterly indeuour yea and threaten the ruine thereof For when the noble Iosias entreprised the like kinde of worke among other notable and many things he destroyed not onely with vtter confusion the idoles with their appertināces but also burnt in signe of detestation the idolatrous priests bones vpon their altars and put to death the 〈◊〉 prophetes and sorcerers to performe the wordes of the Lawe of God and therfore the Lord gaue him good successe and blessed him wonderfully so long as he made Gods worde his line and rule to followe and enterprised nothyng before he had inquired at the mouth of the Lord. And if these zealous beginning seme dangerous and to brede disquietnes in your dominions yet by the storie of Kyng Asa it is manifest that the quietnes and peace of kingdomes standeth in the vtter abolishing of idolatrie and in aduancing of true religion for in his dayes Iudah lyued in rest and quietnes for the space of fyue and thirtie yere till at length he began to be colde in the zeale of the Lord feared the power of man imprisoned the Prophet of God and oppressed the people then the Lord sent hym warres and at length toke hym away by death Wherefore great wisdome not worldelie but heauenly is here required whiche your grace must earnestly craue of the Lord as did Salomon to whome God gaue an vnderstandyng heart to iudge his people a right and to discerne betwene good and bad For if God for the furnishing of the olde temple gaue the Spirit of wisdome and vnderstanding to them that shulde be the workemen thereof as to Bezaleel Aholiab and Hiram how muche more will he indewe your grace and other godly princes and chefe gouernours with a principall Spirit that you may procure and commande things necessarie for this moste holy Temple forese and take hede of things that might hinder it and abolish and destroy whatsoeuer might 〈◊〉 and ouerthrowe the same Moreouer the maruelous diligence zeale of Iehoshaphat Iosiah and Hezekiah are by the singuler prouidence of God left as an example to al godly rulers to reforme their countreys and to establish the worde of God with all spede lest the wrath of the Lord fall vpon them for the neglecting thereof For these excellent Kings did not onely imbrace the worde promptely and ioyfully but also procured earnestly and commanded the same to be taught preached and mainteyned through all their countreys and dominions byding them and all their subjectes bothe great and smale with solemne protestations and couenantes before GOD to obey the worde and to walke after the waies of the Lord. Yea and in the daies of Kyng Asa it was enacted that whosoeuer wolde not seke the Lord God of Israel shulde be slayne whether he were smale or great man or woman And for the establishing hereof and performance of this solem ne othe aswel Priests as Iudges were appointed and placed through all the cities of Iudah to instruct the people in the true knollage and feare of God and to minister iustice accordyng to the worde knowing that except God by his worde dyd reigne in the heartes and soules all mans diligence and indeuors were of none effect for without this worde we can not discerne betwene iustice and iniurie protection and oppression wisdome and foolishnes knollage and ignorance good and euill Therefore the Lord who is the chefe gouernour of his Churche willeth that nothyng be attempted before we haue inquired thereof at his mouth For seing he is our God of duetie we must giue him this preeminence that of our selues we entreprise nothing but that whiche he hath appointed who onely knoweth all things and gouerneth them as may best serue to his glorie and our saluation We ought not therefore to preuent hym or do any thing without his worde but assone as he hath reuciled his will immediately to put it in execution Now as concernyng the maner of this building it is not accordyng to man nor after the wisdome of the flesh but of the Spirit and according to the worde of God whose wais are diuers from mans wais For if it was not lawfull for Moses to builde the material Tabernacle after any other sorte then God had shewed him by a patern nether to prescribe any other ceremonies and lawes then suche as the Lord had expresly commanded how can it be lawfull to procede in this spiritual building any other waies then 〈◊〉 Christ the Sonne of God who is bothe the fundacion head and chief corner stone thereof hathe commanded by his worde And for asmuche as he hath established and left an order in his Churche for the buildyng vp of his body appoictyng some to be Apostles some Prophetes others Euangelistes some pastors and teachers he signifieth that euery one accordyng as he is placed in this body whiche is the Churche ought to inquire of his ministres concernyng the will of the Lord 〈◊〉 is reueiled in his worde For they are saieth Ieremiah as the mouth of the Lord yea he promiseth to be with their mouth and that their lippes shall kepe knollage and that the trueth and the law shal be in their mouth For it is their office chefely to vnderstand the Scriptures and teache them For this cause the people of Israell in matters of difficultie vsed to aske the Lord ether by the Prophets or by the meanes of the hie Priest who bare Vrim Thummin which were tokens of light and knollage of holines perfection which shulde be in the hie Priest Therfore when Iehoshap hat toke this order in the Churche of Israel he appointed Amariah to be the chief concernyng the worde of God because he was moste expert in the Lawe of the Lorde and colde gyue counsel and gouerne accordyng vnto the same Els there is no degre or office which may haue that autoritie and priuiledge to decise concerning Gods worde excepte with all he hath the Spirit of God and sufficient knollage and iudgement to define according thereunto And as euery one is indued of God with greater giftes so ought he to be herein chefely heard or at least that without the expresse worde none be heard for he that hathe not the worde speaketh not by the mouthe of the Lord. Agayne what daunger it is to do any thynge seme it neuer so godly or necessarie without consultyng with Goddes mouth the examples of the Israelites deceiued hereby through the Gibeonites and of Saul whose
he set him vpon the best charet that he had saue one they cryed before him Abréch placed him ouer al the lād of Egipt 44 Againe Pharaóh said vnto Ioséph I am Pha raóh without thee shal no man lift vp his hand or his fote in al the land of Egypt 45 And Pharaóh called Iosephs name Zaphnáth-paaneáh and he gaue hym to wife Asenáth the daughter of Poti-phérah prince of On then went Ioséph abroad in the land of Egypt 46 ¶ And Ioséph was thirty yere olde whē he stode before Pharaóh Kyng of Egypt and Ioséph departing from the presence of Pharaóh went through out all the land of Egypt 47 And in the seuen plenteous yeres the earth broght forthe store 48 And he gathered vp al the fode of the seuē plenteous yeres whiche were in the land of Egypt and layed vp fode in the cities the fode of the field that was rounde about eue ry citie layed he vp in the same 49 So Ioséph gathered wheat like vnto the sand of the sea in multitude out of measure vntil he left nombring for it was 〈◊〉 nombre 50 Now vnto Ioséph were borne* two sonnes before the yeres of famine came whiche Asenáth the daughter of Poti-phérah prince of On bare vnto hym 51 And Ioséph called the name of the first borne Manasseh for God said he hathe made me forget all my labour and all my fathers housholde 52 Also he called the name of the seconde Ephráim for God said he hath made me fru teful in the land of mine affliction 53 ¶ So the seuen yeres of the plentie that was in the land of Egypt were ended 54 * Then began the seuen yeres of famine to come accordyng as Ioséph had said and the famine was in al landes but in all the land of Egypt was bread 55 At the length al the land of Egypt was affamished ād the people cryed to Pharaóh for bread And Pharaóh said vnto all the Egyptians Go to Ioséph whathe saith to you do ye 56 When the famine was vpon all the land Ioséph opened all places wherein the store was and solde vnto the Egyptians for the fa mine waxed sore in the land of Egypt 57 And all countreis came to Egyptto bye corne of Ioséph because the famine was sore in all landes CHAP. XLII 3 Iosephs brethren come into Egypt to bye corhe 7 He knoweth them and tryeth them 24. 25. Simeón is put in prison 26 The other returne to their father to fet Beniamin 1 THen Iaakób sawe that there was fode in Egypt and Iaakób said vnto his sonnes Why gaze ye one vpon another 2 And he said Behold I haue heard that there is fode in Egypt * Get you downe thether and bye vs fode thence that we may liue and not dye 3 ¶ So went Iosephs ten brethren downe to bye corne of the Egyptians 4 But Beniamin Iosephs brother wolde not Iaakób send with his brethren for he said Lest death shulde befall him 5 And the sonnes of Israél came to bye fode among thē that came for there was famine in the land of Canáan 6 Now Ioséph was gouerner of the land who solde to all the people of the land then Iosephs brethren came and bowed their face to the grounde before him 7 And whē Ioséph sawe his brethrē he kne we them and made him selfe strange toward them and spake to them roughly said vnto them Whence come ye Who answered Out of the land of Canáan to bye vitaile 8 Now Ioséph knewe his brethren but they knewe not him 9 And Ioséph remēbred the * dreames which he dreamed of them and he said vnto them Ye are spies and are come to se the weakenes of the land 10 But they said vnto him Nay my Lord but to bye vitaile thy seruantes are come 11 We are al one mans sonnes we meane trnely and thy seruantes are no spies 12 But he said vnto them Nay but ye are come to sethe weakenes of the land 13 And they said We thy seruantes are twelue brethren the sonnes of one man in the land of Canáan and beholde the yongest is this day with our father and one is not 14 〈◊〉 Ioséph said vnto thē This is it that I spake vnto you saying Ye are spies 15 Hereby ye shal be proued by the life of Pharaóh ye shal not go hence except your yongest brother come hether 16 Send one of you whiche may fet your brother and ye shal be kept in prison that your wordes may be proued whether there be trueth in you or els by the life of Pharaóh ye are but spies 17 So he put them in warde thre dayes 18 Then Ioséph said vnto them the third day This do and liue for I feare God 19 If ye be true men let one of your brethren be bounde in your prison house and go ye carie fode for the famine of your houses 20 * But bring your yonger brother vnto me that your wordes may be tried and that ye die not and they did so 21 ¶ And they said one to an other We haue verely sinned against our brother in that we sawe the 〈◊〉 of his soule when he besoght vs we wolde not heare him therfore is this trouble come vpon vs 22 And Reubén answered thē saying Warned I not you saying * Sinne not against the child and ye wolde not heare and lo his blood is now required 23 And they were not aware that Ioséph vnderstode them for he spake vnto them by an interpreter 24 Then he turned from them and wept and turned to them againe and communed with them and 〈◊〉 Simeôn from among them and bounde him before their eyes 25 ¶ So Ioséph commanded that they shulde 〈◊〉 their sackes with wheat and put 〈◊〉 mans money againe in his sacke giue thē vitaile for the iourney and thus did he vnto them 26 And they laied their vitaile vpon their asses and departed thence 27 And as one of them opened his sacke for to giue his asse prouandre in the ynne he espied his money for lo it was in his sackes mouthe 28 Then he said vnto his brethren My money is restored for lo it is euen in my sacke And their hearts failed them they were astonished and said one to an other What is this that God hathe done vnto vs 29 ¶ And they came vnto Iaakób their father vnto the land of Canáan and tolde hym all that 〈◊〉 be fallen them saying 30 The man who is Lord of the land speake roughly to vs and put vs in prison as spies of the countrey 31 And we said vnto him We are true men and are not spies 32 We be twelue brethren 〈◊〉 of our father one is not and the yongest is this day with our father in the land of Canáan 33 Then the Lord of the countrey said vnto vs Hereby shal
Sabbath vnto the Lord to day ye shal not finde it in the field 26 Six dayes shal ye gather it but in the seuenth day is the Sabbath in it there shal be none 27 ¶ Notwithstanding there wēt out some of the people in the seuenth day for to gather and they founde none 28 And the Lord said vnto Mosés How long refuse ye to kepe my commandements and my lawes 29 Beholde how the Lord hathe giuē you the Sabbath therefore he giueth you the sixt dai bread for two dayes tary therefore euerie man in his place let no man go out of his pla ce the seuenth day 30 So the people rested the seuenth day 31 And the house of Israél called the name of it MAN and it was like to coriandre sede but white and the taste of it was like vnto wafers made with hony 32 And moses said This is that which the Lord hathe commanded Fil an Omer of it to kepe it for your posteritie that they may se the bread where with I haue fed you in wildernes when I broght you out of the land of Egypt 33 Moses also said to Aarōn Take a pot and put an Omer ful of MAN therein and set it before the Lord to be kept for your posteritie 34 As the Lord commanded Mosés so Aarón laied it vp before the Testimonie to be kept 35 And the children of Israél did eat MAN * fourty yeres vntil they came vnto a land inhabited they did eat MAN vntil they came to the borders of the land of Canáan 36 The Omer is the tenth part of the Epháh CHAP. XVII 1 The Israelites come into Rephidim and grudge for water 6 Water is giuen them out of the rocke 〈◊〉 Mosés hol deth vp his hands and they 〈◊〉 the Amalekites 1 ANd all the Congregaciō of the children of Israél departed from the wildernes of Sin by their iourneis at the cōmandemēt of the Lord and camped in Rephidim whe re was no water for the people to drinke 2 * Wherefore the people contended with Mosés and said Giue vs water that we may drinke And Mosés said vnto them Why cōtend ye with me wherefore do ye tempt the Lord 3 So the people thirsted there for water and the people murmured against Mosés and said Wherefore hast thou thus broghtvs out of Egypt to kil vs and our children and our cattel with thirst 4 And Mosés cryed to the Lord saying What shall do to this people for they be almost ready to stone me 5 And the Lord answered to Mosés Go before the people and take with thee of the Elders of Israél and thy rod wherwith thou * smotest the riuer take in thine hand go 6 * Beholde I wil stand there before thee vpon the rocke in Horéb and thou shalt smite on the rocke and water shal come out of it that the people may drinke And Mosés did so in the sight of the Elders of Israél 7 And he called the name of the place Massáh and 〈◊〉 because of the cōtention of the children of Israél and because they had tempted the Lord saying 〈◊〉 the Lord among vs or no 8 ¶ * Then came Amalék and foght with Israél in Rephidim 9 And Mosés said to Ioshúa Chuse vs out men and go fight with Amalék to moro we I wil stand on the top of the hil with the rod of God in mine hand 10 So Ioshúa did as Mosés bade him and foght with Amalék and Mosés Aarón and Hur went vp to the top of the hil 11 And when Mosés held vp his hand Israél 〈◊〉 but when he let his hand downe Amalék preuailed 12 Now Mosés hands were heauy therefore they toke astone and put it vnder him he sate vpon it and Aarón and Hur staied vp his hands the one on the one side and the other on the other side so his hands were steady vntil the going downe of the sunne 13 And Ioshúa discōfited Amalék and his people with the edge of the sworde 14 ¶ And the Lord said to Mosés Write this for a remembrance in the boke and rehearse it to Ioshúa for * I wil vtterly put out the remembrance of Amalék from vnder heauen 15 And Mosés buylte an altar and called the name of it Iehouáh-nissi 16 Also he said The Lord hathe sworne that she wil haue warre with Amalék from generacion to generacion CHAP. XVIII 1 Iethro commeth to se Mosés his sonne in lawe 8 Mosés telleth him of the Wonders of Egypt 9 Iethró reioyceth an d offreth sacrifice to God 14 Mosés obeieth his coun sel in appointing officers 1 WHen Iethró the * Priest of Midian Mo sés father in lawe heard all that GOD had done for Mosés and for Israél his people and how the Lorde hath broght Israél out of Egypt 2 Thē Iethro the father in law of Mosés toke Zipporáh Mosés wife after he had sent her away 3 And her two sonnes whereof the one was called Gershōm for he said I haue bene an aliant in a strange land 4 And the name of the other was Eliezer for the God of my father said he was mine helpe and deliuered me from the sworde of Pharaōh 5 And Iethró Mosés father in lawe came with his two sonnes and his wife vnto Mosés into the wildernes where he camped by the mount of God 6 And he said to Mosés I thy fatherin lawe Iethró am come to thee and thy wife her two sonnes with her 7 ¶ And Mosés went out to mete his father in lawe and did obeissance and kissed him eche asked other of his wel fare and they came into the tent 8 Then Mosés tolde his father in lawe all that the Lord had done vnto Pharaôh and to the Egyptians for Israels sake and all the trauaile that had come vnto them by the way and how the Lord deliuered them 9 And Iethrô reioyced atal the goodnes whiche the Lord had shewed to Israél and because he had deliuered them out of the hād of the Egyptians 10 Therfore Iethró said Blessed be the Lord who hath deliuered you out of the hand of the Egyptians and out of the hand of Pharaóh who hathe also deliuered the people from vnder the hand of the Egyptians 11 Now I knowe that the Lord is greater thē al the gods * for as they haue dealt proudely with them so are they recompensed 12 Then Iethrō Mosés father in lawe toke burnt offringes and sacrifices to offre vnto God And Aarón and all the Elders of Israél came to eat bread with Mosés father in law before God 13 ¶ Now on the morowe when Mosés sate to iudge the people the people stode aboute Mosés from morning vnto euen 14 And whén Mosés fatherin lawe sawe al that he did to the people he said What is
this that thou doest to the people why sittest thou thy selfe alone and al the people stand about thee from morning vnto euen 15 And Mosés said vnto his father īlaw Becau se the people come vnto me to seke God 16 When they haue a matter they come vnto me and I iudge betwene one and other and declare the ordinances of God and his lawes 17 But Mosés father in law said vnto him The thing which thou doest is not wel 18 Thou bothe weariest thy selfe greatly this people that is with thee for the thing is to heauie for thee thou art not able to do it thy selfe alone 19 * He are now my voyce I will giue thee counsel and God shal be with thee be thou for the people to God warde and reporte thou the causes vnto God 20 And admonish them of the ordinances and of the lawes and shewe them the way wherein they must walke the worke that they must do 21 Moreouer prouide thou among al the peo ple men of courage fearing God men dealing truely hating couetousnes and appoint suche ouer them to be rulers ouer thousandes rulers ouer hundreths rulersouer fifties and ruler ouer tens 22 And let them iudge the people at al seasons but euerie great matter let them bring vnto thee and let them iudge all smale causes so shall it be easier for thee when they shall beare the burden with thee 23 If thou do this thing and God so commande thee bothe thou shalt be able to endure and all this people shall also go quietly to their place 24 So Mosés obeied the voyce of his father in lawe and did all that he had said 25 And Mosés chose men of courage out of al Israél and made them heades ouer the people rulers ouer thousandes rulers ouer hundreths rulers ouer fifties rulers ouer tens 26 And they iudged the people at all seasons but they broght the hard cause vnto Mosés sor they iudged all smale matters them selues 27 Afterward Mosés let his father in lawe departe and he went into his contrey CHAP. XIX 1 The Israelites come to Sinai 5 Israél is chosen frō 〈◊〉 all other nations 8 The people promes to obey God 12 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 the hil dyeth 16 God appeareth vnto Mosés vpon the mount in thunder and lightening 1 IN the third moneth after the children of Israél were gone out of the land of Egypt the same day came they into the wildernes Sinái 2 For they departed from Rephidim came to the desert ofsinái and camped in the wildernes euen there Israél camped before the mount 3 * But Moses went vp vnto God for the Lord had called out of the mountvnto him saying Thus shalt thou say to the house of Iaakób and tel the children of Israél 4 * Ye haue sene what I did vnto the Egyptiās and how I caryed you vpon egles wings and haue broght you vnto me 5 Now therefore* if ye wil heare my voyce in dede and kepe my couenant then ye shal be my chief treasure aboue all people * thogh all the earth be mine 6 Ye shal be vnto me also a kingdome of* Priestes and an holy nation These are the wordes whiche thou shalt speake vnto the children of Israél 7 ¶ Mosés then came called for the Elders of the people proposed vnto thē all these things which the Lord commanded him 8 And the people aunswered altogether and said * Al that the Lord hath commanded we will do And Mosés reported the wordes of the people vnto the Lord. 9 And the Lorde said vnto Mosés Lo I come vnto thee in a thick e cloude that the people may heare whiles I talk e with thee and that they may also beleue thee for euer for Mosés had tolde the wordes of the people vnto the Lord 10 Moreouer the Lord said vnto Mosés Go to the people and sanctifie them to daye and to morowe and let them washe theyr clothes 11 And let them be ready on the third daie for the third daye the Lorde will come downe in the sight of all the people vppon mount Sináy 12 And thou shalt set markes vnto the people rounde about saying Tak e hede to your sel ues that ye go not vp to the mount nor touche the bordre of it whosoeuer toucheth the* mount shal surely dye 13 No hand shal touche it but he shall be stoned to death or strick enthrough with dartes whether it be beast or man he shall not liue when the horne bloweth long they shall come vp into the mountaine 14 ¶ Then Mosés went downe frō the mount vnto the people and sanctified the people and they washed their clothes 15 And he said vnto the people Be ready on the third daye and come not at your wiues 16 And the third daye when it was mornyng there was thunders lightnins a thicke cloude vpon the mount the sound of the trumpet exceding loude so that all the people that was in the campe was afraid 17 Then Mosés broght the people out of the tents to mete with God they stode in the nether part of the mount 18 * And mount Sinái was all on smoke because the Lord came downe vpon it in fire the smoke there of ascended as the smoke of a fornace and all the mount trembled excedingly 19 And when the sound of the trumpet blewe long and waxed louder and louder Mosés spake and God answered him by voyce 20 For the Lorde came downe vpon mount Sinái on the top of the mount and whē the Lorde called Mosés vp into the top of the mount Mosés went vp 21 Then the Lord said vnto Mosés Go down charge the people that they breake not their boūdes to go vp to the Lord to gaze lest manie of them perish 22 And let the Priests also whiche come to the Lorde be sanctified lest the Lorde destroye them 23 And Mosés said vnto the Lord The people can not come vp into the mount Sinai for thou hast chaged vs saying Set markes on the mountaine and sanctifie it 24 And the Lord said vnto him Go get thee downe and come vp thou and Aarón with thee but let not the Priestes and the people breake their boundes to come vp vnto the Lord lest he destroye them 25 So Mosés went downe vnto the people and tolde them CHAP. XX. 2 The commandements of the first table 12. The commā dements of the seconde 18 The people afraid are comforted by Mosés 23. Gods of siluer and golde are againe forbiden 24. Of what sort the altar ought to be 1 THen GOD spake all these wordes saying 2 * I am the Lord thy God which haue broght thee out of the 〈◊〉 of Egypt out of the hou se of bondage 3 Thou shalt haue none other gods before me 4 * Thou
of our sanctification 18 The tables written by the finger of God 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Beholde I haue called by name Bezaleél the sonne of Vri the sonne of 〈◊〉 of the tribe of Iudáh 3 Whome I haue filled with the Spirit of God in wisdome in vnderstanding and in know ledge and in all workemanship 4 To finde out curious workes to worke in golde and in siluer and in brasse 5 Also in the art to set stones and to carue in timber and to worke in all maner of worke manship 6 And beholde I haue ioyned with him Aholiab the sonne of Ahisamáh of the trible of Dan and in the heartes of all that are wise hearted haue I put wisdome to make al that I haue commanded thee 7 That is the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the Arke of the Testimonie and the Merciseat that shal be thereupon with all in struments of the Tabernacle 8 Also the Table and the instruments thereof and the pure Candelsticke with all his instruments and the Altar of perfume 9 Likewise the Altar of burnt offring with all his instruments and the Lauer with his fote 10 Also the garmentes of the ministration and the holy garments for Aarón the Priest and the garmēts of his sonnes to minister in the Priests office 11 And the anointing oyle and swete perfume for the Sanctuarie according to all that I haue commanded thee shal they do 12 ¶ Afterward the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 13 Speake thou also vnto the childrē of Israél and say Notwithstanding kepe ye my Sab baths for it is a signe betwene me and you in your generations that ye may knowe that I the Lord do sanctifie you 14 * Ye shal therefore kepe the Sabbath for it is holy vnto you he that defileth it shall dye the death therfore whosoeuer worketh therein the same persone shal be euen cut of from among his people 15 Six dayes shal men worke but in the seuenth day is the Sabbath of the holy rest to the Lord whosoeuer doeth any worke in the Sabbath day shal dye the death 16 Wherefore the children of Israél shal kepe the Sabbath that they may obserue the rest through out their generations for an euerla sting couenant 17 It is a signe betwene me and the children of Israél for euer * for in six dayes the Lord made the heauen and the earth and in the seuenth 〈◊〉 he ceased and rested 18 Thus when the Lorde had made an end of communing with Mosés vpon mount Sinai * he gaue him two Tables of the Testimonie euen tables of stone written with the finger of God CHAP. XXXII 4 The Israelites impute their 〈◊〉 to the calf 14 God is appaised by Mosés prayer 19 Mosés breaketh the Tables 27 He slayeth the idolaters 32 Mosés zeale for the people 1 BVt when the people sawe that Mosés taried long or he came downe frō the moū taine the people gathered the selues together against Aarôn and said vnto him Vp make vs gods to go before vs for of this Mo sés the mā that broght vs out of the land of Egypt we know not what is become of hi. 2 And Aarōn said vnto them Plucke of the golden earinges whiche are in the eares of your wiues of your sinnes of your daugh ters and bring them vnto me 3 Then all the people pluckte from thē selues the golden earings which were in their eares and they broght them vnto Aarōn 4 * Who receiued them at their hands and facioned it with the grauing tole and made of it a molten calf then they said * These be thy gods ô Israél which broght thee out of the land of Egypt 5 When Aarôn sawe that he made an altar before it and Aarôn proclaimed saying To morowe shal be the holy day of the Lorde 6 So they rose vp the next day in the morning offred burnt offrigs broght peace offrings also * the people sate them downe to eat and drinke and rose vp to playe 7 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Mosés * Go get the downe for thy people which thou hast broght out of the land of Egypt hath corrupted their waies 8 They are sone turned out of the way whiche I commanded thē for they haue made them a molten calf and haue worshipped it and haue offred thereto saying * These be thy gods ô Israél whiche haue broght thee out of the land of Egypt 9 Againe the Lord said vnto Mosés * I haue sene this people and beholde it is a stifnecked people 10 Now therfore let me alone that my wrath may waxe hote against them for I will consume them but I wil make of thee a mightie people 11 * But Mosés praied vnto the Lord his God said O Lorde why doeth thy wrath waxe hote against thy people whiche thou hast broght out of the land of Egypt with great power and with a mightie hand 12 * Wherefore shal the Egyptians speake say He hathe broght them out maliciously for to slay them in the mountaines to con sume them from the earth turne frome thy fearce wrath and change thy minde from this euil toward thy people 13 Remembre Abrahám Izhák and Israél thy seruants to whome thou swarest by thine owne selfe and saidest vnto them * I wil multiplie your sede as the starres of the heauen and all this land that I haue spoken of wil I giue vnto your sede and thei shal inherit it foreuer 14 Then the Lord changed his minde from the euil which he threatened to do vnto his people 15 So Mosés returned and went downe from the mountaine with the two Tables of the Testimonie in his hand the Tables were written on bothe their sides euē on the one side and on the other were thei written 16 And these Tables were the worke of God and this writing was the writting of God grauen in the Tables 17 And when Ioshúa heard the noise of the people as thei showted he said vnto Mosés There is a noise of warre in the hoste 18 Who answered It is not the noise of them that haue the victorie nor the noise of them that are ouercome but I do heare the noise of singing 19 Nowe assone as he came nere vnto the hoste he sawe the calf and the dancing so Mosēs wrath waxed hote and he cast the Tables out of his hands and brake them in pieces beneth the mountaine 20 * After he toke the calf which they had ma de and burned it in the fire and ground it vnto powder and strowed it vpon the water and made the childrē of Israél drinke of it 21 Also Mosés said vnto Aarón What did this people vnto thee that thou hast broght so great a sinne vpon them 22 Then Aarón answered Let not the wrath of my lord
before you the land is defiled 28 And shall not the land spue you out if ye defile it as it spued out the people that were before you 29 For whosoeuer shall commit anie of these abominacions the persones that do so shal be cut of from among their people 30 Therefore shall ye kepe mine ordinances that ye do not anie of the abominable customes which haue bene done before you and that ye defile not your selues therein for I am the Lord your God CHAP. XIX 1 A repeticion of sondrie lawes and ordinances 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto al the Cōgregacion of the children of Israél say vnto thē * Ye shal be holy for I the Lord your God am holy 3 ¶ Ye shall feare euerie man is mother his father and shall kepe my Sabbaths for I am the Lord your God 4 ¶ Ye shall not turne vnto idoles nor make you molten gods I am the Lord your God 5 ¶ And when ye shal offer a peace offring vn to the Lord ye shal offer it frely 6 * It shal be eaten the day ye offer it or on the morowe and that whiche remaineth vntill the third day shal be burnt in the fire 7 For if it be eaten the third day it shal be vncleane it shal not be accepted 8 Therefore he that eateth it shall beare his iniquitie because he hathe defiled the halowed thing of the Lorde and that persone shal be cut of from his people 9 ¶ * When ye reape the haruest of your land ye shal not reape euerie corner of your field nether shalt thou gather the glainyngs of thy haruest 10 Thou shalt not gather the grapes of thy vineyarde 〈◊〉 nether gather euery grape of thy vineyarde but thou shalt leaue them for the poore for the stranger I am the Lord your God 11 ¶ Ye shal not steale nether deale falsely netherlie one to another 12 ¶ * Also ye shal not sweare by my Name falsely nether shalt thou defile the Name of thy God I am the Lord. 13 ¶ Thou shalt not do thy neighbour wrong nether robbe him * The worckemans hire shal not abide with thee vntil the morning 14 ¶ Thou shalt not curse the deafe * nether put a stumbling blocke before the blinde but shalt feare thy God I am the Lord. 15 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustely ī iudgemēt * thou shalt not fauour the persone of the poore nor honour the persone of the mighty but thou shalt iudge thy neighbour iustly 16 ¶ Thou shalt not walke about withtalcs among thy people Thou shalt not stand against the blood of thy neighbour I am the Lord. 17 ¶ Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thi ne heart but thou shalt plainely rebukc thy neighbour suffre him not to sinne 18 ¶ Thou shalt not auenge nor be mindeful of wrong against the childrē of thy peo ple. * but shalt louc thy neighbour as thy selfe I am the Lord. 19 ¶ Ye shal kepe mine ordinances Thou shalt not let thy cattel gendre with others of diuers kīdes Thou shalt not sowe thy field with mingled sede nether shal a garment of diuers things as of linen and wollen come vpon thee 20 ¶ Whosoeuer also lieth medleth with a woman that is abonde maid affianced to a housbād not redemed nor fredome giuē her she shal be scourged but they shal not dye because she is not made fre 21 And he shal bring for his trespas offring vnto the Lord at the dore of the Taberna cle of the Congregation a ram for a trespas offring 22 Then the Priest shal make an atonement for him with the rā of the trespas offring before the Lord concerning his sinne which he hath done pardō shal be giuen him for his sinne which he hathe cōmitted 23 ¶ Also when ye shal come into the land and haue planted eucrie tre for meat ye shal counte the frute thereof as vncircumcised thre yere shal it be vncircumcised vnto you it shal not be eaten 24 But in the fourth yere all the frute there of shal be holy to the praise of the Lord. 25 And in the fift yere shal ye eat of the frute of it that it may yelde to youthe encrease there of I am the Lord your God 26 ¶ Ye shal not eat the flesh with the blood ye shal not vse which craft nor obserue times 27 * Ye shal not cut round the corners of your heades nether shalt thou marre the tuftes of thy beard 28 * Ye shal not cut your flesh for the dead nor make anie printe of a marke vpon you I am the Lord. 29 ¶ Thou shalt not make thy daughter commen to cause her to be a whore lest the land also fall to whoredome and the land be ful of wickednes 30 ¶ Ye shal kepe my Sabbaths and reueren ce my Sanctuarie 〈◊〉 the Lord. 31 ¶ Ye shal not regarde them that worke with spirits * nether sothesaiers ye shal not seke to them to be defiled by them I am the Lord your God 32 ¶ Thou shalt rise vp before the horehed and honour the persone of the olde man and dread thy God I am the Lord. 33 ¶ And if a stranger soiourne with thee in your land ye shal not vexe him 34 * But the stranger that dwelleth with you shal be as one of your selues thou shal loue him as thy selfe for ye were strāgers in the land of Egypt I am the Lord your God 35 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustly in iudgement in line in weight or in measure 36 * You shal haue iuste balances true weigh tes a true Ephah a true Hin I am the Lord your God which haue broght you out of the land of Egypt 37 Therefore shal ye obserue all mine ordinances and all my iudgements and do them I am the Lord. CHAP. XX. 2 They that giue of their sedeto Molech must dye 6. They that haue recours to sorcerers 19 The man that committeth adulterie 11 Incest or fornication with the kinred or affinitie 24 Israel a peculiar people to the Lord. 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Thou shalt say also to the children of Israel * Whosoeuer he be of the children of Israel or of the strangers that dwel in Israél that giueth his children vnto Molech he shal dye the death the people of the land shal stone him to death 3 And I wil set my face against that man cut him of from among his people because he hath giuen his children vnto Mō lech for to defile my Sāctuarie and to pol lute mine holy Name 4 And if the people of the landhide their eyes winke at that mā when he giueth his children vnto Mólech kil him
not 5 Then wil I set my face against that man and against his familie and wil cut him of and all that go a whoring after him to cō mit whoredome with Mólech from amōg their people 6 ¶ If anie turne after suche as worke with spirits after so the saiers to go a whoring after them then wil I set my face against that persone and wil cut him of from among his people 7 ¶ Sanctifie your selues therefore * and be holy for I am the Lord your God 8 Kepe ye therefore mine ordināces do thē I am the Lord which doeth sāctifie you 9 ¶ * If there be anie that curseth his father or his mother he shal dye the death seing he hathe cursed his father his mother his blood shal be vpon him 10 ¶ * And the mā that cōmitteth adulterie with another mans wife because he hathe commited adulterie with his neighbours wife the adulterer the adulteres shal dye the death 11 And the man that lieth with his fathers wife because he hathe vncouered his fathers * shame theishal bothe dye their blood shal be vpon them 12 Also the man that lieth with his daughter in lawe they bothe shal dye the death they haue wroght abominacion their blood shal be vpon them 13 * The man also that lieth with the male as one lieth with a woman they haue bothe committed abomin a ciō they shal dye the death their blood shal be vpon them 14 Likewise he that taketh a wife her mother committeth wickednes thei shal 〈◊〉 ne him and them with fire that there be no wickednes among you 15 * Also the mā that lieth with a beast shal dye the death and ye shal slay the beast 16 And if a woman come to anie beast and lie there with then thou shalt kil the woman and the beast they shal dye the death their blood shal be vpon them 17 Also the man that taketh his sister his fathers daughter or his mothers daughter and seeth her shame she seeth his shame it is vilennie therefore they shal be cut of in the sight of their people because he hathe vncouered his sisters shame he shal beare his iniquitie 18 * The man also that lieth with a woman hauing her disease vncouereth her sha me and openeth her fountaine she opē the fountaine of her blood thei shal be euē bothe cut of from among their people 19 Moreouer thou shalt not vncouer the sha me of thy mothers sister * nor of thy fathers sister because he hathe vncouered his kin they shal beare their iniquitie 20 Likewise the man that lieth with his fathers brothers wife and vncouereth his vncles shame they shal beare their iniquitie and shal dye childles 21 So the man that taketh his brothers wife cōmitteth fil thines because he hathe vncouered his brothers shame they shal be childles 22 ¶ Ye shal kepe therefore all mine * ordinances and all my iudgemēts and do thē that the land whither I bring you to dwel therein * spue you not out 23 Wherefore ye shal not walke in the maners of this nacion which I cast out befo re you for they haue committed all these things * therefore I ab horred them 24 But I haue said vnto you ye shal inherit their land and I wil giue it vnto you to pos sesse it euen a lād that floweth with milke and honie I am the Lord your God which haue separated you from other people 25 * Therefore shal ye put difference betwene cleane beastes vncleane and betwe ne vncleane foules and cleane nether shal 〈◊〉 defile your selues with beastes and fou les nor with anie creping thing that the grounde bringeth for the which I haue separated from you as vncleane 26 Therefore shal ye be * holie vnto me for I the Lord am holie I haue separated you frō other people that ye shulde be mine 27 ¶ * And if a man or woman haue a spirit of diuinacion or sothe saying in them they shal dye the death they shal stone them to death their blood shal be vpon them CHAP. XXI 2 For whome the Priests may lamēt 6 How pure the Priest ought to be bothe in them selues and in their familie 1 ANd the Lord said vnto Mosés Speake vnto the Priestes the sonnes of Aarón and say vnto them Let none be defiled by the dead among his people 2 But by his kin semā that is nere vnto him to wit by his mother or by his father or by his sōne or by his daughter or by his brother 3 Or by his sister a maid that is nere vnto him which hathe not had a housband for her he may lament 4 He shal not lament for the prince amōg his people to pollute himselfe 5 Thei shal not make * balde partes vpon their head nor shaue of the lockes of their beard nor make anie cuttigs ī their flesh 6 They shal be holy vnto their God and not pollute the Name of their God for the sacrifices of the Lord made by fire and the bread of their God thei do offer therefore they shal be holy 7 Thei shal not take to wife an whore or one polluted nether shal thei marie a wo man diuorced from her housbád for suche one is holy vnto his God 8 Thou shalt sanctifie him therefore for he offreth the bread of thy God he shal be holy vnto thee for I the Lord which sanctifie you am holy 9 ¶ If a Priests daughter fall to playe the whore she polluteth her father therefore shal she be burnt with fire 10 ¶ Also the hie Priest among his brethren vpon whose head the anointingoyle was powred and hathe consecrated his hand to put on the garmēts shal not vncouer his head nor rent his clothes 11 Nether shal he go to anie dead body nor make him selfe vncleane by his father or by his mother 12 Nether shal he go out of the Sanctuarie nor pollute the holyplace of his god for the crowne of the anointing oyle of his God is vpon him I am the Lord. 13 Also he shall take a maid vnto his wife 14 But a widowe or a diuorced woman or a polluted or an harlot these shall he not mary but shall take a mayde of his owne people to wife 15 Nether shal he defile his sede amonge his people for I am the Lord whiche sanctifie him 16 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 17 Speake vnto Aarón and say Whosoeuer of thy sede in their generaciōs hath anie blemishes shall not preace to offer the breade of his God 18 For whosoeuer hathe anie blemish shall not come nere as a man blinde or lame or that hathe a flat nose or that hath any misshapen membre 19 Or a man that
seuenth day and he shal purifie him selfe the seuenth day and wash his clothes and wash him self in water and shal be cleane at euen 20 But the man that is vncleane and purifieth not himselfe that persone shal be cut of frō among the Congregacion because he hathe defiled the Sanctuarie of the Lord and the sprinkling water hathe not bene sprinkled vpon him therefore shal he be vncleane 21 And it shal be a perpetual lawe vnto them that he that sprinkleth the sprinkling water shal wash his clothes also he that toucheth the sprinkling water shal be vncleane vntil euen 22 And whatsoeuer the vncleane persone toucheth shal be vncleane ād the persone that toucheth him shal be vncleane vntil the euen CHAP. XX. 1 Miriám dyeth 2 The people murmure 8 They haue water out of the rocke 14. 〈◊〉 denyeth the Israelites passage 25. 28 The death of Aarón in whose rowme Eleazár succedeth 1 THen the children of Iraél came with the whole Congregacion to the desert of 〈◊〉 in the first moneth and the people abode at Kadésh where Miriám dyed and was buryed there 2 But there was no water for the Congregacion and they assembled thē selues against Mosés and against Aarón 3 And the people chode with Mosés and spake saying Wolde God we had perished * when our brethren dyed before the Lord. 4 * Why haue ye thus broght the congregacion of the Lord vnto this wildernes that both we and our cattel shulde dye there 5 Wherefore now haue ye made vs to come vp from Egypt to bring vs into this miserable place which is no place of sede nor figs nor vines nor pomgranates nether is there anie water to drinke 6 Then Mosés and Aarón went from the assem blie vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and fel vpon their faces and the glorie of the Lord appeared vnto them 7 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 8 Take the rod and gather thou and thy bro ther Aarón the Congregacion together and speake ye vnto the rocke before their eies and it shal giue forthe his water and thou shalt bring them water out of the rocke so thou shalt giue the Congregacion and their beastes drinke 9 Then Mosés toke the rod from before the Lord as he had commanded him 10 And Mosés and Aarón gathered the Congregacion together before the rocke and Moses sayd vnto thē Heare now yerebels shal we bring you water out of this rocke 11 Then Mosés lift vp his hand and with his rod he smote the rocket wise and the water came out abundantly so the Congregacion and their beasts dranke 12 ¶ Agayne the Lord spake vnto Mosés and to Aarón Because ye beleued me not to sanctifie me in the presence of the children of Israél therefore ye shal not bring this Congregacion into the land which I haue giuen them 13 This is the water of Meribáh because the children of Israél stroue with the Lord and he was sanctified in them 14 ¶ Then Mosés sent messengers from Kadésh vnto the King of Edôm saying Thus saith thy brother Israél Thou knowest all the trauaile that we haue had 15 How our fathers went downe into Egypt we dwelt in Egypt a long time where the Egyptians handled vs euill and our fathers 16 But when we cryed vnto the Lord he heard our voyce and sent an Angel hath broght vs out of Egypt beholde we are in the citie Kadésh in thine vtmost boader 17 I pray thee that we may passe through thy countrey we wil not go through the fieldes 〈◊〉 the vineyardes nether wil we drinke of the water of the welles we will go by the kynges way and nether turne vnto the right hand nor to the left vntill we be past thy borders 18 And Edóm answered him Thou shalt not passe by me lest I come out against thee with the sworde 19 Then the children of Israél said vnto hym We wil go vp by the hie way and if I and my cattel drinke of thy water I will then paye for it I will onely without anie harme go through on my fete 20 He answered againe Thou shalt not go through Thē Edōm came out against hym with much people with a mighty power 21 Thus Edóm denied to giue Israél passage through his countrie wherefore Israél turned way from him 22 ¶ And when the children of Israél with all the Congregacion departed from * Kadésh they came vnto the mount Hor. 23 And the Lord spake vnto Mosês and to Aarón in the mount Hor nere the coste of the land of Edôm saying 24 Aarôn shal be gathered vnto his people for he shall not entre into the land whiche I haue giuen vnto the children of Israél because ye disobeied my commandement at the water of Meribáh 25 Take * Aarón and Eleazár his sonne and bring them vp into the mount Hor. 26 And cause Aarôn to put of his garments and put them vpon Eleazár his sonne for Aarón shall be gathered to his fathers and shall dye there 27 And Mosés did as the Lord had cōmanded and thei went vp into the mount Hor in the sight of all the Congregacion 28 And Mosés put of Aarons clothes put thē vpō Eleazar his sonne * so Aaron dyed there in the top of the mount and Mosés Eleazár came downe from of the mount 29 When al the Cōgregacion sawe that Aarôn was dead all the house of Israél wept for Aarón thirtie dayes CHAP. XXI 3 Israél vainquisheth King Arád 6 The firy serpentes are sent for the rebellion of the people 24. 33 Sihón and Og are ouercome in battel 1 WHen King * Arâd the Canaanite which dwelt toward the South heard tel that Israél came by the waie of the spies then foght he against Israél toke of them prisoners 2 So Israél vowed a vowe vnto the Lord and said If thou wilt deliuer and giue this people into mine hand thē I wil vtterly destroye their cities 3 And the Lord heard the voyce of Israél and deliuered them the Canaanites and they vtterly destroyed them and their cities and called the name of the place Hormáh 4 ¶ After they departed from the mount Hor by the way of the red Sea to compasse the land of Edóm and the people were sore grie ued because of the way 5 And the people spake against God and against Mosés saying Wherefōre haue ye broght vs out of Egypt to dye in the wildernes for here is nether bread nor water and our soule * lotheth this light bread 6 * Wherefore the Lord sent firy serpentes among the people which stong the people so that manie of the people of Israél dyed 7 Therefore the people came to Mosés and said We haue sinned for we haue spoken against the Lord and against thee praye to the Lord
heare him nether shall thine eye pitie him nor shewe mercie nor kepe him secret 9 But thou shalt euē kill him thine hād shal be first vpon him to put him to death thē the hands of all the people 10 And thou shalt stone him with stones that he dye because he hathe gone about to thrust thee away from the Lord thy GOD which broght thee out of the land of Egipt from the house of bondage 11 That * all Israél may heare and feare and do no more anie such wickednes as this among you 12 ¶ If thou shalt heare say concernyng anie of thy cities which the Lord thy God hathe giuen thee to dwelin 13 Wicked men are gone out from among you haue drawen away the inhabitants of their citie saying Let vs go and serue other gods which ye haue not knowen 14 Then thou shalt seke make searche enquire diligently and if it be true and the thing certeine that suche abominacion is wroght among you 15 Thou shalt euē slaye the inhabitāts of that citie with the edge of the sworde destroy it vtterly and al that is therein and the cattell thereof with the edge of the sworde 16 And thou shalt gather all the spoile of it into the middes of the strete therof burne with fire the citie all the spoile thereof euerie whit vnto the Lorde thy God and it shal be an heape for euer it shall not be built againe 17 And there shal cleaue nothing of the dam ned thing to thine hand that the Lord maye turne from the fearcenes of his wrath and shewe thee mercie ād haue compassion on thee and multiplie thee as he hathe sworne vnto thy fathers 18 * When thou shalt obey the voyce of the Lord thy God and kepe all his commandements which I commande thee this day that thou do that which is right in the eies of the Lord thy God CHAP. XIIII 1 The maners of the Gentiles in marking thē selues for the dead may not be followed 4 What meates are cleane to be eaten and what not 29 The tithes for the Leuites stranger fatherles and widowe 1 YEare the children of the Lord your God * Ye shall not cut your selues nor make you anie bladnes betwene your eies for the dead 2 * For thou art an holy people vnto the Lord thy God and the Lord hathe chosen thee to be a precious people vnto him selfe aboue all the people that are vpon the earth 3 ¶ Thou shalt eat no maner of abominaciō 4 These are beasts whiche ye shal 〈◊〉 the befe the shepe and the goat 5 The hart and the roe bucke and the bugle and the wilde goat and the vnicorne the wilde oxe and the chamois 6 And euerie beast that parteth the hoofe and cleaueth the clift into two clawes and is of the beasts that cheweth the cud that shall ye eat 7 But these ye shal not eat of thē that chewe the cud and of them that deuide cleaue the hoofe onely the camel nor the hare nor the cony for they chewe the cud but deuide not the hoofe therfore they shal be vncleane vnto you 8 Also the swine because he deuideth the hoofe and cheweth not the cud shal be vncleane vnto you ye shal not eat of their flesh nor touche their dead cark eises 9 ¶ * These ye shal eat of al that are in the waters all that haue finnes scales shall ye eat 10 And whatsoeuer hath no finnes nor scales ye shall not eat it shal be vncleane vnto you 11 ¶ Of all cleane birdes ye shall eat 12 But these are they where of ye shall not eat the egle nor the goshawke nor the osprey 13 Nor the glead nor the kite nor the vulture after their kinde 14 Nor all kinde of rauens 15 Nor the ostriche nor the night crowe nor the semeaw nor the hawke after her kinde 16 Nether the litle owle nor the greate owle nor the redshanke 17 Nor the pellicane nor the swanne nor the cormorant 18 The storcke also the heron in his kinde nor the lap wing nor * the backe 19 And euerie creping thing that flieth shal be vncleane vnto you it shal not be eaten 20 But of all cleane foules ye may eat 21 Ye shall eat of nothing that dyeth alone but thou shalt giue it vnto the strāger that is within thy gates that he may eat it or thou maiest sel it vnto a strāger for thou art an ho ly people vnto the Lord thy God Thou shalt not * seeth a kid in his mothers milke 22 Thou shalt giue the tithe of al the increase of thy sede that commeth forth of the field yere by yere 23 And thou shalt eat before the Lorde thy God in the place whiche he shall chose to cause his Name to dwell there the tithe of thy corne of thy wine of thine oyle the first borne of thy kyne of thy shepe that thou maiest learne to feare the Lorde thy God alway 24 And if the way be to long for thee so that thou art not able to cary it because the place is far from thee where the Lord thy God shal chose to set his Name when the Lorde thy God shal blesse thee 25 Thē shalt thou make it in money and take the money in thine hand go vnto the place which the Lord thy God shal chose 26 And thou shalt bestow the money for what soeuer thine heart desireth whether it be oxe or shepe or wine or strong drinke or whatsoeuer thine heart desireth shalt eat it there before the Lord thy God reioyce bothe thou and thine housholde 27 And the Leuite that is within thy gates shalt thou not for sake for he hathe nether parte nor inheritance with thee 28 ¶ At the end of thre yere thou shalt bring for the all the tithes of thine encrease of the same yere and lay it vp with in thy gates 29 Then the Leuite shall come because he hathe no parte nor inheritance with thee the strāger the fatherles and the widowe whiche are within thy gates and shalt eat be filled that the Lord thy God may blesse thee in all the worke of thine hand whiche thou doest CHAP. XV. 1 The yere of releasing of debts 5 God blesseth them that kepe his commandements 7 To helpe the poore 12 The fredome of seruāts 19 The 〈◊〉 borne of the 〈◊〉 must be offred to the Lord. 1 AT the terme of seuen yeres thou shalt make a fredome 2 And this is the maner of the fredom euerie creditour shal quite the lone of his hād whi che he hathe sent to his neighbour he shall not aske it againe of his neighbour nor of his brother for the yere of the Lordes fredome is proclamed 3 Of a stranger thou maist require it but that which thou hast with thy brother
bread in the feast of the weks and in the feast of the Tabernacles and they shal not appeare before the Lord empty 17 Euerie man shall gyue accordyng to the gift of hys hande and accordynge to the blessing of the Lord thy God which he hath giuen theé 18 ¶ Iudges and officers shalt thou make thee in all thy cities whiche the Lord thy God gi ueth thee throughout thy tribes and they shall iudge the people with ryghteous iudgement 19 Wrest not thou the Lawe nor respect anye persone nether take reward for the reward blindeth the eyes of the wise ād peruerteth the wordes of the iust 20 That which is iust and right shalt thou followe that thou maiest liue and possesse the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee 21 ¶ Thou shalt plante thee no groue of anie trees nere vnto the altar of the Lorde thy God which thou shalt make thee 22 Thou shalte set thee vp no piller whiche thing the Lord thy God hateth CHAP. XVII 2 The punishment of the idolater 9 Hard controuersies are broght to the Priest and the iudge 12 The contemner muste dye 15 The election of the Kyng 16 and 17. What things he ought to auoide 18 And what he ought to imbrace 1 THou shalt offer vnto the Lorde thy God no bullocke nor shepe wherein is blemish or anie euill fauored thyng for that is an abominacion vnto the Lord thy God 2 ¶ If there be found among you in anie of thy cities whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee man or woman that hathe wroght wicked nes in the sight of the Lord thy God in trans gressing his couenant 3 And hathe gone and serued other gods and worshipped them as the sunne or the moone or anie of the hoste of heauen whiche I haue not commanded 4 And it be tolde vnto thee thou hast heard it then shalte thou inquire diligently and if it be true and the thing certeine that suche abominacion is wroght in Israél 5 Then shalte thou bryng forthe that man or that woman whyche haue committed that wicked thynge vnto thy gates whether it be man or woman ād shalt stone them with stones til they dye 6 * At the mouth of two or thre witnesses shal he that is worthy of death dye but at the mouth of one witnes he shal not dye 7 The hands of the witnesses shal be first vpon him to kil him and afterwarde the háds of all the people so thou shalt take the wicked away from among you 8 ¶ If there rise a matter to hard for thee in iudgement betwene blood and blood betwene plea and plea betwene plague plague in the matter of cōtrouersie within thy gates then shalt thou arise and go vp vnto the place which the Lord thy GOD shal chose 9 And thou shalt come vnto the Priests of the Leuites and vnto the iudge that shal be in those dayes and aske thei shal she we thee the sentence of iudgement 10 And thou shalt do according to that thing which they of that place which the Lord hathe chosen shewe thee and thou shalt obserue to do according to all that they informe thee 11 According to the Lawe which they shal teach thee and according to the iudgement whiche they shall tell thee shalte thou do thou shalt not decline from the thyng whiche they shall shewe thee nether to the right hand nor to the left 12 And that man that will do presumpteously not heark enyng vnto the Priest that standeth before the Lorde thy God to minister there or vnto the iudge that man shal dye and thou shalt take away euil from Israél 13 So all the people shall heare and feare and do no more presumpteously 14 ¶ When thou shalte come vnto the lande whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee and shalt possesse it and dwel therein if thou say I wil set a King ouerme like as all the nacions that are about me 15 Thē thou shalt make him King ouer thee whome the Lord thy God shal chose from amonge thy brethren shalte thou make a King ouer thee thou shalt not set a stranger ouer thee which is not thy brother 16 In anie wise he shal not prepare him manie horses nor bring the people againe to Egy pte for to increase the nōber of horses seing the Lord hathe said vnto you Ye shal hence forthe go no more againe that way 17 Nether shall he take hym manie wiues lest his heart turne away nether shal he gather him muche siluer and golde 18 And when he shall sit vppon the throne of his kyngdome then shall he write hym this Lawe repeted in a boke by the Priests of the Leuites 19 And it shal be wyth hym and he shall read therein all dayes of hys lyfe that he maye learne to feare the Lorde his God and to kepe all the wordes of this Lawe and these ordinances for to do them 20 That hys heart be not lyfted vp aboue hys brethren and that he turne not frome the commandement to the ryght hande or the left but that he maye prolong hys dayes in hys kyngdome he and hys sonnes in the middes of Israél CHAP. XVIII 3 The portion of the Leuites 6 Of the Leuite comming frome another palce 9 To auoyde the abominacion of the 〈◊〉 15 God wil not leaue them without a true Prophete 20 The false prophete shal be slayne 22 How he may be knowen 1 THe Priestes of the Leuites and all the tribe of Leui * shall haue no parte nor inheritance wyth Israél * but shall eat the offrings of the Lorde made by fire and his inheritance 2 Therefore shall they haue no inheritance among their brethren for the Lorde is their inheritance as he hathe said vnto them 3 ¶ And thys shal be the Priests duetie of the people that they whyche offer sacrifice whether it be bullocke or shepe shall giue vnto the Priest the shulder ād the two chekes and the mawe 4 The firste frutes also of thycorne of thy wine and of thine oyle and the firste of the flece of thy shepe shalt thou giue him 5 For the Lorde thy God hathe chosen hym out of all thy tribes to stande and minister in the Name of the Lorde him and hys sonnes for euer 6 ¶ Also when a Leuite shall come out of anie of thy cities of Israél where he remained and come wyth all the desire of hys hearte vnto the place whyche the LORD shall chose 7 He shall then minister in the Name of the Lord his God as al his brethren the Leuites whiche remaine there before the Lorde 8 They shall haue lyke porcions to eat beside that whiche commeth of hys sale of his patrimonie 9 When thou shalt come into the land whiche the Lorde thy God giueth thee thou shalte not learne to do after the
all thine heart and with all thy soule 17 * Thou hast set vp the Lord this day to be thy God and to walke in his wayes and to kepe his ordinances and his commandements and his lawes and to hearken vnto his voyce 18 And the Lord hathe set thee vp this day to be a precious people vnto him as he hathe promised thee and that thou shuldest kepe all his commandements 19 And to make thee * high aboue all nacions which he hathe made in praise and in name and in glorie * and that thou shuldest be an holie people vnto the Lord thy God as he hathe said CHAP. XXVII 2 They are commanded to write the Law vpon stones for a remembrance 5. Also to buylde an altar 13 The cursings are giuen on mount Ebál 1 THen Mosés with the Elders of Israél commanded the people saying Kepe all the commandements which I commande you this day 2 And whē ye shal passe ouer Iordén vnto the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee thou shalt setthee vp great stones plaister them with plaister 3 And shalt write vpon them all the wordes of this Lawe when thou shalt come ouer that thou maiest go into the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee a lād that floweth with my lke and hony as the Lord God of thy fathers hathe promised thee 4 Therefore when ye shal passe ouer Iordén ye shal set vp these stones which I commande you this day in mount Ebál thou shalt plaister them with plaister 5 * And there shalt thou buyld vnto the Lord thy God an altar euē an altar of stones thou shalt lift none yron instrument vpon them 6 Thou shalt make the altar of the Lord thy God of whole stones offer burnt offrings thereon vnto the Lord thy God 7 And thou shalt offer peace offrings and shalt eat there and reioyce before the Lord thy God 8 And thou shalt write vpon the stones all the wordes of this Lawe wel and plainly 9 ¶ And Mosés and the Priests of the Leuites spake vnto all Israél saying Take hede and heare ô Israél this day thou art become the people of the Lord thy God 10 Thou shalt hearken therefore vnto the voyce of the Lord thy God and do his commandements and his ordināces which I commande thee this day 11 ¶ And Mosés charged the people the same day saying 12 These shal stand vpon mount Gerizzim to blesse the people when ye shal passe ouer Iordén Simeôn and Leui and Iudáh and Issa chár and Ioséph and Beniamin 13 And these shal stand vpon 〈◊〉 Ebál to curse Reubén Gâd and Ashér and Zebulún Dan and 〈◊〉 14 And the Leuites shal answer and say vnto all the men of Israél with a loude voyce 15 ¶ Cursed be the mā that shal make anie carued or moltē image which is an abominaciō vnto the Lord the worke of the hāds of the craftesmā and putteth it in a secret place And al the people shal answer and say So be it 16 Cursed be he that curseth his father and his mother And all the people shal say So be it 17 Cursed be he that remoueth his neighbours marke And all the people shal say So be it 18 Cursed be he that maketh the blinde go out of the way And all the people shal say So be it 19 Cursed be he that hindreth the right of the stranger the fatherles and the wido we And all the people shal say So be it 20 Cursed be he that lieth with his fathers wif for he hathe vncouered his fathers skirt And all the people shal say So be it 21 Cursed be he that lieth with anie beast And all the people shal say So be it 22 Cursed be he that lieth with his sister the daughter of his father or the daughter of his mother And all the people shal say So be it 23 Cursed be he that lieth with his mother in lawe And all the people shal say So be it 24 Cursed be he that smiteth his neighbour secretly And all the people shal say So be it 25 * Cursed be he that tak eth a rewarde to put to death innocent blood And all the people shal say So be it 26 * Cursed be he that confirmeth nor all the wordes of this Lawe to do them And all the people shal say So be it CHAP. XXVIII 1 The promises to them that obey the commandements 15. The threatenings to the contrarie 1 IF * thou shalte obey diligently the voyce of the Lorde thy God and obserue and do all his commandements whiche I commande thee this daye then the Lorde thy GOD wil set thee on hygh aboue all the nacions of the earth 2 And al these blessings shal come on thee and 〈◊〉 thee if thou shalt obey the voyce of the Lord thy God 3 Blessed shalt thou be in the citie and blessed also in the field 4 Blessed 〈◊〉 be the frute of thy body and the frute of thy ground and the frute of thy cattel the increase of thy kine and the flockes of thy shepe 5 Blessed shal be thy basket and thy dough 6 Blessed shalt thou be when thou comest in and blessed also when thou goest out 7 The Lord shall cause thyne enemies that rise against thee to fall before thy face they shal come out against thee one way and shal flee before thee seuen wayes 8 The Lorde shall commande the blessing to be with thee in thy store houses and in all that thou 〈◊〉 thine hād to will blesse thee in the land which the Lord thy Godgiueth thee 9 The Lord shal make thee an holy people vnto him selfe as he hathe sworne vnto thee if thou shalt kepe the commandements of the Lord thy God and walke in his waies 10 Thē all people of the earth shal se that the Name of the Lord is called vpon ouer thee and they shal be afraid of thee 11 And the Lord shal make thee plenteous in goods in the frute of thy body and in the frute of thy cattel and in the frute of thy ground in the land which the Lord swarevn to thy fathers to giue thee 12 The Lord shal open vnto thee his good treasure euen the heauen to giue rayne vnto thy land in due season and to blesse all the worke of thine hands thou shalt lend vnto many nacions but shalt not borowe thy self 13 And the Lord shal make thee the head and not the tayle and thou shalt be aboue onely and shalt not be beneth if thou obey the commandemēts of the Lord thy God which I commande thee this day to kepe and to do them 14 But thou shalt not decline from anie of the wordes which I commande you this day ether to the right hand or to the left to go after other gods to serue them
hast forgotten the myghtie GOD that begate thee and haste forgotten God that formed thee 19 The Lord then sawe it and was angry for the prouocacion of his sonnes and of hys 〈◊〉 20 And he said I will hide my face from them I will se what their end shal be for they are a frowarde generacion children in whome is no fayth 21 They haue moued me to ielousie with hat which is not God they haue prouoked me to angre with theyr vanities * and I wyll moue them to ielousie with those whiche are no people I will prouoke them to angre with a 〈◊〉 nacion 22 For fire is kyndled in my wrath and shall burne vnto the bothome of hell and shall consume the earth with her increase and set on fire the fundacions of the mountaines 23 I will send plagues vppon them I will bestowe mine arrowes vpon them 24 They shal be burnt with hunger and consumed wyth heat and with bitter destruction I will also send the teeth of 〈◊〉 vpon them with the venime of serpents 〈◊〉 in the dust 25 The sworde shall kill them without and in the chambers feare bothe the 〈◊〉 man and the yong womā the suckeling with the man of graye heere 26 I haue said I wolde scatter them abroade I wolde make their remembrance to cease frō among men 27 Saue that I feared the furie of the enemie lest their aduersaires shulde waxe proude and lest they shulde saye Our hye hand and not the Lord hathe done all this 28 For they are a nacion voyde of counsel nether is there anie 〈◊〉 in them 29 Oh that they were wise then they wolde vnderstand this they wolde consider their later 〈◊〉 30 Howe shulde one chase a thousande and two putten thousand to flight except their strong God had solde them and the Lorde had shut them vp 31 For their God is not as our God euen our enemies being iudges 32 For their vine is of the vine of Sodom and of the vines of Gomoráh their grapes are grapes of gall their clusters be bitter 33 Their wine is the poyson of dragons and the cruel gall of aspes 34 Is not this laid in store with me and sealed vp among my treasures 35 * Vengeance and recopense are mine their fote shall slide in due time for the daye of their destruction is at hand and the thinges that shal come vpon them make haste 36 For the Lorde shall iudge his people and repent toward his seruantes when he seeth that their power is gone and none shut vp in holde nor 〈◊〉 abroad 37 When men shal say Where are their gods their myghtie God in whome their trusted 38 Whyche did eat the fat of their sacrifices and did drynke the wyne of theyr drynke offrynge 〈◊〉 hym ryse vp and helpe you let 〈◊〉 be your refuge 39 Beholde now for I I am he and there is no Gods 〈◊〉 me * I 〈◊〉 ād giue life I wounde and I make whole * nether is there anie that can deliuer out of mine hand 40 For I lift vp mine hand to heauen and say I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 euer 41 If I whet my glitteryng sworde and myne hand take holde on iudgement I wil execute vengeance on mine enemies and wyll rewarde them that hate me 42 I wyll make mine arrowes dronke wyth blood and my worde shall eat flesh for the blood of the 〈◊〉 and of the captiues whē I beginne to take vengeance of the enemie 43 * Ye nations prayse hys people for he will auenge the blood of hys seruauntes and wyll execute vengeance vpon hys aduersaries and wil be merciful vnto his land and to his people 44 ¶ Then Mosés came and spake all the wordes of this song in the audience of the people he and Hoshéa the sunne of Nun. 45 When Mosés had made an end of speaking all these wordes to all Israél 46 Then he said vnto them * Set your hearts vnto all the wordes which I testifie agaynst you this daye that ye may commande them vnto your children that they may obserue and do all the wordes of this Lawe 47 For it is no vaine worde concerning you but it is your life and by this worde ye shall prolong your dayes in the land whether ye go ouer lordén to possesse it 48 * And the Lord spake vnto Mosés the selfe same day saying 49 Go vp into this mountaine of Abarim vnto the mount Nebó whiche is in the land of Moáb that is ouer agaynst Ierichô and beholde the land of Canáan whiche I giue vnto the children of Israél for a possession 50 And dye in the mount whyche thou goest vp vnto and thou shalte be * gathered vnto thy people * as Aarôn thy brother dyed in mounte Hor and was gathered vnto hys people 51 Because ye * trespassed agaynst me among the children of Israél at the waters of Meribáh at Kadésh in the wildernes of Zin for ye sanctified me not among the children of Israél 52 Thou shalt therfore se the land before thee but shalt not go thither I meane into the land which I giue the children of Israél CHAP. XXXIII 1 Mosés before his death blesseth all the tribes of Israél 26 There is no God like to the God of Israél 29 Nor anie people like vnto his 1 NOw this is the blessing where with Mosés the man of God blessed the children of Israél before his death and said 2 The LORD came from Sinái and rose vp from Seir vnto them and appeared clearely from mount Parán and he came with ten thousandes of Saintes and at hys ryght hand a firy Lawe for them 3 Thogh he loue the people yet all thy Saintes are in thine hands and they are hum bled at thy fete to receiue thy wordes 4 Mosés commanded vs a Lawe for an inheritance of the Congregacion of Iaakób 5 Thē he was among the righteous people as King when the heades of the people ād the tribes of Israél were assembled 6 ¶ Let Reubén liue and not dye thogh hys men be a small nomber 7 ¶ And thus he blessed Iudáh ād said Heare ô Lorde the voice of Iudáh and bryng hym vnto hys people hys handes shal be sufficient for hym if thou helpe hym against his ennemies 8 ¶ And of Leui he sayd Let thy * Thummim and thine Vrim be with thine holy one whō thou didest proue in Massáh and didest cause him to striue at the waters of Meribáh 9 Who sayd vnto hys father and to hys mother I haue not sene hym nether knewe he hys brethren 〈◊〉 knewe hys owne children for they obserued thy worde and kept thy couenant 10 They shall teache Iaakób thy iudgements and Israél thy Lawe they shall put in cens before thy face and the burnt offring vpon thine altar 11 Blesse ô Lorde hys substance and
〈◊〉 the worke of his hands smite through the loines of them that rise agaynste him and of thē that hate him that they rise not againe 12 ¶ Of Beniamin he said The beloued of the Lord shal dwel in safety by him the Lord shal couer hym all the day long and dwel betwene his shulders 13 ¶ And of Ioséph he said Blessed of the Lord is his land for the swetenes of heauen for the dewe and for the depth lying beneth 14 And for the swete increase of the sunne ād for the swete increase of the moone 15 And for the swetenes of the top of the ancient mountaines and for the swetenes of the olde hilles 16 And for the swetenes of the earth and abū dance thereof and the good will of him that dwelt in the bushe shal come vpō the head of Ioséph and vpon the top of the head of him that was * separated from his brethrē 17 His beautie shal be like his first borne bullocke and his hornes as the hornes of an vnicorne with them he shal smite the people together euē the ends of the worlde these are also the ten thousands of Ephráim and these are the thousands of Manasséh 18 ¶ And of Zebulun he sayd Reioyce Zebulun in thy going out and thou Ishachar in thy tentes 19 They shall call the people vnto the mountaine there they shall offer the sacrifices of ryghteousnes for they shall sucke of the abundance of the sea and of the treasures hid in the sand 20 ¶ Also of Gad he said Blessed be he that enlargeth Gad he dwelleth as a lion that catcheth for his pray the arme with the head 21 And he locked to hym selfe at the begynnyng because there was a porcion of the Lawe giuer hid yet he shall come wyth the heads of the people to execute the iustice of the Lord and his iudgements with Israél 22 ¶ And of Dan he said Dan is aliōs whelpe he shal leape from Bashán 23 ¶ Also of Naphtali he sayd ô Naphtali satisfied with fauour and filled with the blessing of the Lorde possesse the West and the South 24 ¶ And of Ashér he said Ashér shal be blessed with childrē he shal be acceptable vnto his brethren and shal dip his fote in oyle 25 Thy shooes shal be yron and brasse and thy strength shall continue as long as thou liuest 26 ¶ There is none like God ô righteous peo ple which rideth vpō the heauēs for thine helpe and on the cloudes in his glorie 27 The eternal God is thy refuge and vnder his armes thou arte for euer he shall caste out the enemie before thee and will say destroye them 28 Then Israél the founteine of Iaakób shall dwell alone in safety in a land of wheat and wine also his heauens shall drop the dewe 29 Blessed art thou ô Israél who is lyke vnto thee ô people saued by the Lord the shylde of thine helpe and whiche is the sworde of thy glorie therefore thine enemies shal be in subiection to thee and thou shalte tread vpon their hie places CHAP. XXXIIII 1 Mosés seeth all the lande of Canáan 5 He dyeth 8 Israél wepeth 9 Ioshua succedeth in Mosés rowme 10 The prayse of Mosés 1 THen Mosés went from the plaine of Moáb vp into mount Nebō vnto the top of Pisgáh that is ouer agaynste Ierichó and the Lorde shewed hym * all the lande of Gileád vnto Dan. 2 And al Naphtali the land of Ephráim and Manasséh and all the land of Iudáh vnto the vtmost sea 3 And the South the plaine of the valley of Ierichó the citie of palme trees vnto Zoár 4 And the Lord said vnto him * This is the land which I sware vnto Abrahám to Izhák and to Iaak ob saying I will giue it vnto thy sede I haue caused thee to se it with thine eyes but thou shalt not go ouer thither 5 So Mosés the seruant of the Lorde dyed there in the land of Moáb according to the worde of the Lord. 6 And he buryed him in a valley in the land of Moáb ouer against Beth-peôr but no man knoweth of his sepulchre vnto this day 7 Mosés was now an hundreth twenty yere olde when he dyed his eye was not dimme nor his naturall force abated 8 And the children of Israél wept for Mosés in the plaine of Moáb thirty dayes so the dayes of weping and mournyng for Mosés were ended 9 And Ioshúa the sonne of Nun was full of the spirit of wisdome for Mosés had put his hands vpon him And the children of Israéll were obedient vnto him and did as the Lord had commanded Mosés 10 But there arose not a Prophet since in Israél like vnto Mosés whome the Lord knewe face to face 11 In all the miracles and wonders which the Lord sent him to do in the land of Egypt before Pharaóh and before al his seruants and before all his land 12 And in all that mighty hand and all that great feare which Mosés wroght in the sight of all Israél THE BOKE OF IOSVA THE ARGVMENT IN this boke the holy Gost setteth moste liuely before our eyes the accomplishement of Gods promes who as he promised by the mouthe of Mosés that a Prophet shulde be raised vp vnto the people like vnto him whome he willeth to obey Deut. 18. 15. so he sheweth him selfe here true in his promes as at al other times after the death of Mosés his faithful seruant he raiseth vp Ioshúa to be ruler and gouernour ouer his people that nether they shulde be discouraged for lacke of a captaine nor haue occasion to distrust Gods promises hereafter And because that Ioshúa might be confirmed in his vocation and the people also might haue none occasion to grudge as thogh he were not approued of God he is adorned with moste excellent giftes and 〈◊〉 of God bothe to gouerne the people with counsel and to defend 〈◊〉 with strength that he lacked nothing whiche ether belonged to a valiant captaine or a faithfull minister So he ouercometh all difficulties and bringeth them into the land of Canáan the whiche according to Gods ordinance he deuideth among the people and appointeth their borders he establisheth lawes and ordinances and putteth them in remembrance of Gods manifolde benefites assuring them of his grace and fauour if they obey God and contrariewise of his 〈◊〉 and vengeance if they 〈◊〉 him This historie doeth represent Iesus Christ the true Ioshúa who leadeth vs into eternal felicitie which is signified vnto vs by this land of canáan From the beginning of the Genesis to the end of this boke are conteined 2597 yeres For from Adám vnto the flood are 1656 from the flood vnto the departure of Abrahám 〈◊〉 of Caldea 363. and from thence to the death of Ioseph 290. So that the Genesis conteineth 2390. Exodus 140. the
other thre bokes of Moses 40. Ioshúa 27. So the whole maketh 2597 yeres CHAP. I. 2 The Lord incourageth Ioshua to inuade the lād 4. The borders and limites of the land of the Israelites 5 The Lord promiseth to assist Ioshua if he obey his worde 11. Ioshua commandeth the people to prepare them selues to passe ouer Iordén 12 And exhorteth the Reubenites to execute their charge 1 〈◊〉 after the death of Mosés the seruāt of the Lord the Lord spake vnto Ioshúa the sonne of Nun Mosés minister saying 2 Mosés my sernant is dead now therefore arise go ouer this Iordén thou and all this people vnto the land which I giue them that is to the children of Israél 3 * Euerie place that the sole of your fote shal treade vpon haue I giuen you as I said vnto Mosés 4 * From the wildernes and this Lebánón euen vnto the great Riuer the riuer Peráth all the land of the Hittites euen vnto the great sea toward the going downe of the sunne shal be your coast 5 There shal not a man be able to withstand thee all the dayes of thy life as I was with Mosés so wil I be with thee * I wil not lea ue thee nor forsake thee 6 Be strong and of a good courage for vnto this people shalt thou deuide the land for an inheritance which I sware vnto their fathers to giue them 7 Onely be thou strong and of a moste valiant courage that thou maiest obserue and do according to all the' Lawe which Mosés my seruant hathe commanded thee * thou shalt not turne away from it to the right hād nor to the left that thou maiest prosper whethersoeuer thou goest 8 Let not this boke of the Lawe departe out of thy mouth but meditate therein day and night that thou maiest obserue and do according to all that is writtē therein for then shalt thou make thy way prosperous then shalt thou haue good successe 9 Haue not I commanded thee saying Be strong and of a good courage feare not nor be discouraged for I the Lord thy God wil be with thee whethersoeuer thou goest 10 ¶ Then Ioshúa commanded the officers of the people saying 11 Passe through the hoste and commande the people saying Prepare you vitailes for after thre daies ye shal passe ouer this Iordē to go in to possesse the land which the Lord your God giueth you to possesse it 12 ¶ And vnto the Reubenites and to the Gadites to halfe the tribe of 〈◊〉 spake Ioshúa saying 13 * Remēber the worde which Mosés the ser uant of the Lorde commanded you saying The Lord your God hathe giuen you rest hathe giuen you this land 14 ¶ Your wiues your children your cattel shall remaine in the land which Mosés gaue you on this side Iordén but ye shal go ouer before your brethren armed all that be men of warre and shal helpe them 15 Vntill the Lord haue giuen your brethren rest as well as to you and vntil they also shall possesse the land which the Lord your God giueth thē then shal ye returne vnto the land of your possession shal possesse it whiche land Mosés the Lords 〈◊〉 gaue you on this side 〈◊〉 towarde the sunne rising 16 Then they answered Ioshúa saying Al that thou hast commanded vs we wil do whethersoeuer thou sendest vs we wil go 17 As we obeyed Mosés in all things so will we obey thee onely the Lord thy GOD be with thee as he was with Mosés 18 Whosoeuer shal rebelle against thy cōman dement wil not obey thy wordes in al that thou cōmandest him let him be put to death onely be strong and of good courage CHAP. II. 1 Ioshúa sendeth mē to spie 〈◊〉 whome Raháb hideth 11 She consesseth the God of Israél 12 She requireth a signe for 〈◊〉 deliuerance 21 The spies returne to Ioshúa with comfortable tidings 1 THen Ioshúa the sonne of Nun sent out of Shittim two men to spie secretly saying Go ve we the land also Ierichó and they went and * came into an harlots house named Raháb and lodged there 2 Then reporte was made to the Kyng of Ierichó saying Beholde there came men hether to night of the children of Israél to spie out the countrey 3 And the King of Ierichô sent vnto Rahāb saying Bring forth the men that are come to thee and whiche are entred into thine house for they be come to searche out all the land 4 But the woman had taken the two men hid them Therefore said she thus There came men vnto me but I wist not whence they were 5 And when they shut the gate in the darcke the men went out whether the men went I wote not followe ye after thē quickely for ye shall ouertake them 6 But she had broght thē vp to the roofe of the house and hyd them with the stalkes of flaxe whiche she had spread abroade vpon the roofe 7 And certeine men pursued after them the way to Iordén vnto the fourdes and assone as thei which pursued after them were gone out thei shut the gate 8 ¶ And before thei were a slepe she came vp vnto them vpon the roofe 9 And said vnto the men I knowe that the Lord hathe giuen you the land and that the feare of you is fallen vpon vs and that all the inhabitants of the land faint because of you 10 For we haue heard how the Lord * dryed vp the water of the read Sea before you whē you came out of Egypt and what you did vnto the two Kings of the Amorites that were on the other side Iordén vnto * Sihōn and to Og whome ye vtterly destroyed 11 And whē we hearde it our heartes did faint and there remained no more courage in anie because of you for the Lord your God he is the God in heauen aboue and in earth beneth 12 Now therefore I pray you sweare vnto me by the Lord that as I haue shewed you mercie ye wil also shewe mercie vnto my fathers house and giue me a true token 13 And that ye wil saue aliue my father and my mother and my brethren and my sisters and all that thei haue and that ye wil deliuer our soules from death 14 And the men answered her Our life for you to dye if ye vtter not this 〈◊〉 busines when the Lord hathe giuen vs the land we wil deale mercifully and truely with thee 15 Thē she let them downe by a corde through the windowe for her house was vpon the towne wall and she dwelt vpon the wall 16 And she said vnto them Go you into the mountaine lest the pursuers mete with you and hyde your selues there thre daies vntil the pursuers be returned thē afterward may ye go your way 17 And the men
said vnto her We wil be bla mels of this thine othe which thou hast made vs 〈◊〉 18 Beholde when we come into the land thou shalt binde this corde of red threde in the windowe whereby thou lettest vs downe thou shalt bring thy father and thy mother thy brethren and al thy fathers housholde home to thee 19 And whosoeuer then doeth go out at the dores of thine house īto the streat his blood shal be vpon his head we will be gylteles but whosoeuer shal be with thee in the house his blood shal be on our head if anie hand touche him 20 And if thou vtter this our matter we wil be quit of thine othe which thou hast made vs sweare 21 And she answered According vnto your wordes so be it then she sent them away ād they departed and she bounde the red corde in the windowe 22 ¶ And they departed and came into the mo untaine and there abode thre daies vntil the pursuers were returned and the pursuers soght them throughout all the way but founde them not 23 So the two men returned and descended from the mountaine passed ouer came to Ioshúa the sonne of Nun and tolde hym all things that came vnto them 24 Also they said vnto Ioshúa Surely the Lord hathe deliuered into our hands all the land for euen all the inhabitants of the countrey faint because of vs. CHAP. III. 3 Ioshúa commandeth them to departe when the Arke remoueth 7 The Lord promiseth to exalt Ioshúa before the people 9 Ioshuas exhortation to the people 16 The waters parte a sunder whiles the people passe 1 THen Ioshúa rose verie early and they remoued from Shittim and came to Iordén he al the children of Israél lodged there before they went ouer 2 And after thre daies the officers went throughout the hoste 3 And commanded the people saying When yese the Arke of the couenant of the Lord your God and the Priests of the Leuites bea ring it ye shall departe from your place and go after it 4 Yet there shal be a space betwene you it about two thousand cubites by measure ye shal not come nere vnto it that ye may know the way by the which ye shal go for ye haue not gone this way in times past 5 Now Ioshúa had said vnto the people * Sanctifie your selues for tomorow the Lord wil do wonders among you 6 Also Ioshúa speake vnto the Priests saying Take vp the Arke of the couenāt go ouer before the people so they toke vp the Arke of the couenant went before the people 7 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Ioshúa This day wil I begin to magnifie thee in the sight of al Israél which shal knowe that * as I was with Mosés so wil I be with thee 8 Thou shalt therefore commāde the Priests that beare the Arke of the couenant saying When ye are come to the drinke of the waters of Iordén ye shall stand still in Iordén 9 ¶ Then Ioshua said vnto the children of Israél Come 〈◊〉 and heare the wordes of the Lord your God 10 And Ioshúa said Hereby ye shall knowe that the liuing God is among you that he wil certeinly cast out before you the Canaanites and the Hittites and the Hiuites and the Perizzites and the Gergashites and the Amorites and the Iebusites 11 Beholde the Arke of the couenant of the Lorde of all the worlde passeth before you into Iordén 12 Now therefore take frome among you twelue men out of the tribes of Israél out of euerie tribe a man 13 And assone as the soles of the fete of the Priests that beare the Arke of the Lord God the Lord of all the worlde shall stay in the waters of Iordén the waters of Iordē shal be cut of for the waters that come frō aboue * shall stand still vpon an heape 14 ¶ Then when the people were departed from their tentes to go ouer Iordén the Priests bearing the * Arke of the couenant went before the people 15 And as they that bare the Arke came vnto Iordén and the fete of the Priests that bare the Arke were dipped in the brinke of the water * for Iordén vseth to fil al his bākes all the times of haruest 16 Then the waters that came downe frome aboue stayed and rose vpon an heape and departed far frō the citie of Adám that was beside Zaretán but the waters that came downe towarde the Sea of the wildernes euen the salt Sea failed and were cut of so the people went right ouer against Ierichō 17 But the Priests that bare the Arke of the couenant of the Lord stode drye within Iordē ready prepared and all the Israelites went ouer drye vntill all the people were gone cleane ouer through Iordén CHAP. IIII. 2 God commāded Ioshua to set vp twelue stones in Iordén 18 The waters returne to their olde course 20 Other twelue stones are set vp in Gilgál 21 This miracle must be declared to the posteritie 1 ANd when all the people were wholly gone * ouer 〈◊〉 after the Lord had spoken vnto Ioshúa saying 2 Take you twelue men out of the people out of euerie tribe a man 3 And commāde you them saying Take you hence out of the middes of Iordén out of the place where the Priests stode in a readines twelue stones whiche ye shall take away with you and leaue them in the lodging where you shall lodge this night 4 Then Ioshúa called the twelue men whome he had prepared of the children of Israéll out of euerie tribe a man 5 And Ioshúa said vnto them Go ouer before the Arke of the Lord your God euē through the middes of Iordén and take vp euerie man of you a stone vpon his shulder according vnto the nomber of the tribes of the children of Israél 6 That this may be a signe among you that when your children shal aske their fathers in time to come saying What meane you by these stones 7 Then ye may answer them That the waters of Iordén were cut of before the Arke of the couenant of the Lord for when it passed through Iordén the waters of Iordén were cut of therefore these stones are a memorial vnto the children of Israél for euer 8 Then the children of Israél did euen so as Ioshúa had commanded toke vp twelue stones out of the middes of Iordē as the lord had said vnto Ioshûa according to the nomber of the tribes of the children of Israél caried thē a way with thē vnto the lodging and layed them downe there 9 And Ioshua setvp twelue stones in the mid des of Iordén in the place where the fete of the Priests whiche bare the Arke of the couenant stode and there haue they cōtinued vnto this day 10 ¶ So the Priest which bare the Arke stode in the middes
from the people of God declaryng vnto vs thereby that the Gentiles shulde be sanctified by hym and ioyned with his people and that there shulde be but one shepefolde and one shepherde And it semeth that this historie apperteineth to the time of the Iudges CHAP. I. 1 Elimelech goeth with his wife and childrē into the land of Moáb 3 He and his sonnes dye 19 Naomi and Ruth come to Beth 〈◊〉 1 IN the tyme that the iudges ruled there was a dearth in the lād a man of Beth-léhem Iudáh went for to soiourne in the countrey of Moáb he and hys wife and his two sonnes 2 And the name of the man was Elimélech and the name of his wyfe Naomi and the names of his two sonnes Mahlon and Chilion Ephrathites of Beth-léhem Iudáh and when they came into the land of Moáb they continued there 3 Then Elimélech the housbande of Naomi dyed ād she remained with her two sonnes 4 Whiche toke them wyues of the Moabites the ones name was Orpáh and the name of the other Ruth and they dwelled there about ten yeres 5 And Mahlón and Chilion dyed also bothe twaine so the woman was left destitute of her two sonnes and of her housband 6 ¶ Then she arose with her daughters in law and returned from the countrey of Moáb for she had hearde saye in the countrey of Moáb that the Lorde had visited his people and giuen them bread 7 Wherefore she departed oute of the place where she was and her two daughters in lawe with her and they went on theyr waye to returne vnto the land of Iudáh 8 Then Naomi sayd vnto her two daughters in lawe Go returne eche of you vnto her own mothers house the Lord shewe fauour vnto you as ye haue done with the dead and with me 9 The Lorde grante you that you may finde rest ether of you in the house of her houshand And when she kissed them they lift vp their voyce and wept 10 And they said vnto her Surely we will returne with thee vnto thy people 11 But Naomisaid Turne agayne my daughters for what cause will you go with me are there anie mo sonnes in my wombe that they may be your housbands 12 Turne againe my daughters go your way for I am to olde to haue an housband if I shuld say I haue hope and if I had an housband this night yea if I had borne sonnes 13 Wolde ye tary for them til they were of age wolde ye be differred for them from taking of housbands nay my daughters for it grieueth me muche for your sakes that the hād of the Lorde is gone out against me 14 Then they lift vp their voyce and wept againe and Orpáh kissed her mother in law but Ruth abode still with her 15 And Naomi said Beholde thy sister in lawe is gone backe vnto her people and vnto her gods returne thou after thy sister in law 16 And Ruth answered Intreat me not to leaue thee nor to departe from thee for whither thou goest I will go and where thou dwellest I will dwel thy people shal be my people and thy God my God 17 Where thou dyest wil I dye and there wil I be buried the Lord do so to me and more also if ought but death departe thee and me 18 ¶ When she sawe that she was stedfastly minded to go with her she left speaking vnto her 19 So they went bothe vntyll they came to Beth-léhē when they were come to Beth-léhem it was noised of them through all the citie and they said Is not this Naomi 20 And she answered them Call me not Nao mi but call me Mará for the Almyghtie hathe giuen me muche bitternes 21 I went out full ād the Lord hath caused me to returne empty why call ye me Naomi seyng the Lord hath hūbled me and the Almyghty hathe broght me vnto aduersitie 22 So Naomi returned and Ruth the Moabitesse her daughter in law with her when she came out of the coūtrey of Moáb and they came to Beth-léhem in the begynnyng of barly haruest CHAP. II. 1 〈◊〉 gathered corne in the fieldes of Boaz. 15 The gentlnes of Boaz toward her 1 THen Naomis housband had a kynsman one of great power of the familie of Elimélech and his name was Bóaz 2 And Ruth the Moabitesse sayde vnto Naomi I pray thee let me go to the field and ga ther eares of corne after him in whose sight I find fauour And she said vnto her Go my daughter 3 ¶ And she went came and gleaned in the field after the reapers and it came to passe that she met with the portion of the field of Boaz who was of the familie of Elimélech 4 And beholde Bóaz came from Beth-léhem and said vnto the reapers The Lord be with you and thei answered him The Lord blesse thee 5 Thē said Bôaz vnto his seruant that was appoīted ouerthe reapers Whose maid is this 6 And the seruant that was appointed ouer the reapers answered and said It is the Moabitish mayd that came with Naomi out of the countrey of Mōab 7 And she said vnto vs I pray you let me gleane and gather after the reapers among the sheaues so she came and hathe continued from that time in the morning vnto now saue that she taried a litle in the house 8 ¶ Then said Bóaz vnto Ruth Hearest thou my daughter go to none other field to gather nether go from hence but abide here by my maidens 9 Let thine eyes be on the field that they do reape and go thou after the maidens Haue I not charged the seruants that they touche thee not Moreouer when thou art a thirst go vnto the vessels and drinke of that which the seruants haue drawen 10 Then she fel on her face and bowed her self to the ground and said vnto him How haue I foūd fauour in thine eyes that thou shuldest knowe me seing I am a stranger 11 And Bôaz answered and said vnto her All is tolde and shewed me that thou hast done vnto thy mother in law since the death of thine housband and how hast left thy father and thy mother and the land where thou wast borne art come vnto a people which thou knewest not in time past 12 The Lord recompence thy worke and a ful reward be giuen thee of the Lord God of Israél vnder whose wings thou art come to trust 13 Then she said Let me finde fauour in thy sight my lord for thou hast comforted me and spoken comfortably vnto thy maid thogh I be not like to one of thy maids 14 And Bôaz said vnto her At the meale time come thou hither and eat of the bread and dip thy morsel in the vinegre And she sate beside the reapers and he reached her parched corne and she did eat and was 〈◊〉 and left thereof 15 ¶ And when she arose to gleane
in Gilgál and all the people for feare followed him 8 And he taried seuē dayes according vnto the time that Samuél had appointed but Samuél came not to Gilgál therefore the people were scatred from him 9 And Saūl said Bring a burnt offring to me and peace offrings and he offred a burnt offring 10 And assone as he had made an ende of offring the burnt offring beholde Samuél came and Saúl went forthe to mete hym to salute him 11 And Samuél said What haste thou done Thē Saúl said Because I sawe that the people was scatred from me and that thou camest not within the dayes appointed that the Philistims gathered them selues together to Michmásh 12 Therfore said I The 〈◊〉 will come downe now vpon me to Gilgál and I haue not made supplicaciō vnto the Lord. I was bolde therfore and offred a burnt offring 13 And Samuēl said to Saūl Thou hast done foolishly thou hast not kept the commādemēt of the Lord thy God which he cōmanded thee for the Lord had now stablished thy kingdome vpon Israél for euer 14 But now thy kingdome shal not cōtinue the Lord hath soght him a man after his owne hearte and the Lord hathe cōmanded him to be gouernour ouer his people because thou haste not kept that whiche the Lord had commanded thee 15 ¶ And Samuél arose and gate him vp from Gilgálin Gibeáh of Beniamin and Saūl nombred the people that were found with him about six hundreth men 16 And Saúl and Ionathán his sonne the people that were founde with them had their abiding in Gibeáh of Beniamin but the Philistims pitched in Michmásh 17 And there came out of the hoste of the Philistims thre bādes to destroy one bāde turned vnto the way of Ophráh vnto the land of Shuál 18 And another bande turned towarde the way to Beth-horōn and the thirde bāde turned toward the waye of the coast that loketh toward the valley of Zeboim toward the wildernes 19 Then there was no smith found through out all the land of Israél for the Philistims said Lest the Ebrewes make them swordes or speares 20 Wherefore all the Israelites went downe to the Philistims to sharpen euerie mā his share his mattocke and his axe his weding hooke 21 Yet they had a file for the shares and for the mattockes and for the pickeforkes for the axes and for to sharpē the goades 22 So when the day of battel was come there was nether sworde nor speare founde in the hands of anie of the people that were with Saúl and with Ionathán but onelye with Saúl Ionathán his sonne was there founde 23 And the garisō of the Philistims came out to the passage of Michmásh CHAP. XIIII 14 Ionathán and his armour bearer put the Philistims to flight 24 Saúl hindeth the people by an othe not to eat til euening 32 The people eat with the blood 38 Saúl wolde put 〈◊〉 to death 45 The people delyuer him 1 THen on a daye Ionathán the sonne of Saúl said vnto the yong man that bare hys armour Come and let vs go ouer toward the Philistims garison that is yonder on the otherside but he tolde not hys father 2 And Saúl taryed in the border of Gibeáh vnder a pomegranate tre whiche was in Migrōn and the people that were wyth him were about six hundreth men 3 And Ahiáh the sonne of Ahitúb * Ichabods brother the sonne of Phine hás the sonne of Eli was the Lords Priest in Shilōh and ware an Ephōd and the people knew not that Ionathán was gone 4 ¶ Now in the way whereby Ionathā soght to go ouer to the Philistims garison there was a sharpe rocke on the one side and a sharpe rocke on the other side the name of the one was called Bozēz and the Name of the other Séneh 5 The one rocke stretched from the North toward Michmásh the other was from the South toward Gibeáh 6 And Ionathán said to the yonge man that bare his armour Come and let vs go ouer vnto the garison of these vn circumcised it may be that the Lord wil worke with vs for it is not hard to the Lord * to saue with manie or with fewe 7 And he that bare his armour said vnto him do all that is in thine heart go where it pleaseth thee beholde I am with thee as thine heart desireth 8 Then said Ionathán Beholde we go ouer vnto those men and will shewe our selues vnto them 9 If they say on this wise to vs Tarie vntill we come to you then we wil stād still in our place and not go vp to them 10 But if they say Come vp vnto vs then we wil go vp for * the Lord hathe delyuered them into our hand and this shal be a signe vnto vs. 11 So they bothe shewed them selues vnto the garison of the Philistims and the Philistims said Se the Ebrewescome out of the holes wherein they had hid them selues 12 And the men of the garison answered Ionathán and hys armour bearer and sayd Come vp to vs for we wyll shewe you a thynge Then Ionathán said vnto hys armour bearer Come vp after me for the Lord hathe deliuered them into the hande of Israél 13 So Ionathán went vp vpon his hands and vpon his fete and his armour bearer after him and some fel before Ionathán his armour bearer slewe others after him 14 So the firste slaughter which Ionathán and his armour bearer made was aboute twentie men within that compasse as it were within halfe an acre of land whyche two oxen plowe 15 And there was a feare in the hoste and in the field and amōg all the people the garison also they that went out to spoile were afrayed them selues and the earthe trembled for it was stricken with feare by God 16 ¶ Then the watchmē of Saúl in Gibeáh of Beniamin sawe and behold the multitude was discomfited and smiten as they went 17 Therefore said Saúl vnto the people that were with him Searche now and se who is gone frome vs. And when they had nombred beholde Ionathán and hys armour bearer were not there 18 And Saúl said vnto Ahiáh Brynge hither the Arke of God for the Arke of God was at that time with the children of Israél 19 ¶ And while Saul talked vnto the Priest the noise that was in the hoste of the Philistims spred farther abroade and en creased therefore Saúl say de vnto the Prieste Withdrawe thine hand 20 And Saúl was assembled with all the people that were with him and they came to the battell and beholde * euerye mans sworde was against his fellowe and there was a very great discomfiture 21 Moreouer the Ebrewes that were with the Philistims before time and were come with thē into all partes of the hoste euen they also turned to be with the
Israelites that were with Saúl and Ionathán 22 Also all the men of Israél whiche had hid them selues in mount Ephráim when they heard that the Philistims were fled they followed after them in the battel 23 And so the Lord saued Israél that day and the battel continued vnto Beth-áuen 24 ¶ And at that time the men of Israél were pressed with hunger for Saúl charged the people with an othe saying Cursed be the man that eateth foode til ny ght that I may be auēged of mine enemies so none of the people tasted anie sustenance 25 And all they of the land came to a wood where hony lay vpon the ground 26 And the people came into the wood and beholde the hony dropped and no man moued his hand to his mouth for the people feared the othe 27 But Ionathán heard not when hys father charged the people with the othe wherefore he put forthe the end of the rod that was in his hand and dipt it in an hony cōbe and put his hand to his mouthe and hys eyes receyued sight 28 Then answered one of the people and said Thy father made the people to sweare saying Cursed be the man that eateth sustenance thys daye and the people were faint 29 Then said Ionathán My father hathe troubled the land se now how mine eyes are made cleare because I haue tasted a litle of this hony 30 How muche more if the people had eatē to day of the spoile of their enemies which they founde for had there not bene now a greater slaughter among the Philistims 31 ¶ And they smote the Philistims that day from Michmásh to Aiialón and the people were exceding faint 32 So the people turned to the spoyle and toke shepe and oxen and calues and slewe them on the grounde and the people did eat them * with the blood 33 Then men tolde Saúl saying Beholde the people sinne against the Lord in that thei eate with the blood And he said Ye haue trespassed roule a greate stone vnto me this day 34 Againe Saúl said Go abroade among the people and bid them bring me euerie man his oxe and euery man his shepe and slaye them here and eate and sinne not against the Lord in eating with the blood And the people broght euery mā his oxe in hys hand that night and slewe them there 35 Then Saúl made an altar vnto the Lorde and that was the first altar that he made vnto the Lord. 36 ¶ And Saúl said Let vs go downe after the Philistims by night and spoyle them vntil the morning shine and let vs not leaue a mā of them And they said Do whatsoeuer thou thinkest best Then said the Priest Let vs drawe nere hither vnto God 37 So Saúl asked of God saying Shall I go downe after the Philistims wilt thou deliuer them into the hāds of Israél But he answered him not at that time 38 ¶ And Saúl said * All ye chief of the people come ye hither and knowe and se by whome this sinne is done this day 39 For as the Lord liueth whiche saueth Israél thogh it be done by Ionathán my sonne he shall dye the death But none of all the people answered him 40 Then he said vnto all Israél Be ye on one side and I and Ionathán my sonne will be on the other side And the people said vnto Saúl Do what thou thinkest best 41 Then Saúl said vnto the Lord God of Israél Giue a perfet lot And Ionathán Saúl were taken but the people escaped 42 And Saúl said Cast lot betwene me Ionathán my sonne And Ionathán was taken 43 Then Saúl said to Ionathán Tell me what thou hast done And Ionathán tolde hym and said I tasted a litle hony with the end of the rod that was in mine hand and lo I must dye 44 Againe Saúl answered God do so more also vnles thou dye the death Ionathán 45 Aud the people sayde vnto Saúl Shall Ionathán dye who hathe so mightelye deliuered Israél God for bid As the Lorde liueth there shal not one heere of his heade fall to the grounde for he hathe wroght with God this day So the people deliuered Ionathán that he dyeth not 46 Then Saúl came vp from the Philistims the Philistims went to their owne place 47 ¶ So Saúl helde the kyngedome ouer Israél and foght against all his enemies on euerie side against Moáb and against the children of Ammón and against Edóm and against the Kings of Zobáh and agaynste the Philistims and whethersoeuer he wēt he handled them as wicked men 48 He gathered also an hoste and smote Amalék deliuered Israél out of the háds of them that spoiled them 49 Now the sonnes of Saúl were Ionathán and Ishui and Malchishúa and the names of his two daughters the elder was called Meráb and the yonger was named Michál 50 And the name of Sauls wife was Ahinóam the daughter of Ahimáaz and the name of his chief captaine was Abnér the sonne of Ner Sauls vncle 51 And Kish was Sauls father and Ner the father of Abnér was the sonne of Abiél 52 And there was sore warre against the Philistims all the dayes of Saúl and whomesoeuer Saúl sawe to be a stronge man and mete for the warre he toke him vnto him CHAP. XV. 3 Saúl is commanded to slay Amalék 9 He spareth Agág and the best things 19 Samuél reproueth him 28 Saúl is reiected of the Lord and his kingdome giuen to another 33 Samuél heweth Agág in pieces 1 AFterwarde Samuél said vnto Saúl * The Lord sent me to anoint thee King ouer his people ouer Israél nowe therefore obey the voyce of the wordes of the Lord. 2 Thus saith the Lord of hostes I remember what Amaléh did to Israél * how they layed wait for them in the waye as they came vp from Egypt 3 Nowe therefore go and smite Amalék destroye ye all that perteineth vnto thé and haue no compassion on thē but slay bothe man and woman bothe infante and suckeling bothe oxe and shepe bothe camel and asse 4 ¶ And Saúl assembled the people and nōbred them in Tel aim two hundreth thousand fotemen and ten thousand men of Iudáh 5 And Saúl came to a citie of Amalék and set watch at the riuer 6 And Saúl said vnto the Kenites Go departe and get you downe from amonge the Amalekites lest I destroye you wyth them for ye shewed mercy to all the children of Israél when they came vp frome Egypt and the Kenites departed from among the Amalekites 7 So Saúl smote the Amalekites from Hauiláh as thou commest to Shur that is before Egypt 8 And toke Agág the King of the Amalekites aliue destroyed all the people with the edge of the sworde 9 But Saúl and the people spared Agág and the better shepe and the oxen
the Lord Beholde I will raise vp euill agaynste thee out of thine owne house will * take thy wiues before thine eyes and giue them vnto thy neyghbour and he shall lye with thy wiues in the sight of this sunne 12 For thou didest it secretlye but I wyll do this thing before all Israél and before the sunne 13 Then Dauid said vnto Nathán * I haue sinned against the Lord. And Nathán said vnto Dauid The Lord also hath put away thy sinne thou shalt not dye 14 How beit because by this dede thou hast caused the ennemies of the Lord to blaspheme the childe that is borne vnto thee shal surely dye 15 ¶ So Nathán departed vnto his house the Lord stroke the childe that Vriahs wife bare vnto Dauid and it was sicke 16 Dauid therefore besoght GOD for the childe and fasted and went in and laye all night vpon the earth 17 Thē the Elders of his house arose to come vnto him to cause him to rise from the grounde but he wolde not nether did he eat meat with them 18 So on the seuenth day the childe dyed the seruāts of Dauid feared to tel him that the childe was dead for they said Behold while the childe was aliue we spake vnto him and he wolde not hearken vnto our voyce how then shal we say vnto him The childe is dead to vexe him more 19 But when Dauid sawe that hys seruantes whispered Dauid perceiued that the child was dead therfore Dauid said vnto his seruants Is the childe dead And they said He is dead 20 Then Dauid arose from the earthe and washed and anointed him selfe and changed his apparel came into the house of the Lord and worshiped afterward came to his owne house and bade that 〈◊〉 shuld set bread before him and he did eat 21 Then said his seruants vnto him What thynge is this that thou haste done thou did est fast and wepe for the childe while it was aliue but when the childe was dead 〈◊〉 did est rise vp and eat meat 22 And he said While the child was yet aliue I fasted and wept for I said Who can tell whether GOD will haue mercie on me that the childe may liue 23 But now beynge dead wherefore shulde I nowe fast Can I bring him againe anye more I shall go to hym but he shall not returne to me 24 ¶ And Dauid comforted Bath-shéba hys wife went in vnto her and lay with her * and she bare a sonne and he called hys name Salomôn also the Lord loued him 25 For the Lord had sent by Nathán the Prophet therefore * he called his name Iedidiáh because the Lord loued him 26 ¶ Then Ioáb foght agaynste Rabbáh of the children of Ammón and toke the citie of the kingdome 27 Therefore Ioáb sent messengers to Dauid saying I haue foght againste Rabbáh and haue taken the citie of waters 28 Now therefore gather the rest of the people together and besiege the Citie that thou maiest take it lest the victorie be attributed to me 29 So Dauid gathered all the people together and went against Rabbáh and besieged it and toke it 30 * And he toke their Kings crowne from his head which wayed a talent of golde with precious stones it was set on Dauids head and he broght away the spoyle of the citie in exceding great abundance 31 And 〈◊〉 caryed awaye the people that was therein and put them vnder sawes and vnder yron harowes vnder axes of yrō and caste them into the tyle kylne euen thus did he with all the cities of the chyldren of Ammón Then Dauid and all the people returned vnto Ierusalém CHAP. XIII 14 Amnón Dauids sonne 〈◊〉 his sister Tamár 19 Tamár is comforted by her brother Absalóm 29 Absalóm therefore killeth Amnón 1 NOw after this so it was that Absalôm the sonne of Dauid hauing a fayre sister whose name was Tamár Amnôn the sonne of Dauid loued her 2 And Amnon was so sore vexed that he fel sick for his sister Tamár for she was a virgin it semed harde to Amnôn to do any thing to her 3 But Amnôn had a friende called Ionadáb the sonne of Shimeáh Dauids brother and Ionadáb was a very subtile man 4 Who said vnto him Why arte thou the Kings sonne so leane from day to day wilt thou not tel me Thē Amnôn answered him I loue Tamár my brother Absaloms sister 5 And Ionadáb said vnto him Lye downe on thy bed and make thy selfe sicke and when thy father shal come to se thee say vnto him I pray thee let my sister Tamár come and giue me meat and let her dresse meat in my sight that I may se it and eat it of her hand 6 ¶ So Amnôn laye downe made him self sicke and when the King came to se him Amnôn said vnto the King I pray thee let Tamár my sister come and make me a couple of cakes in my sight that I may receiue meat at her hand 7 Then Dauid sent home to Tamár saying Go now to thy brother Amnōs house and dresse him meat 8 ¶ So Tamár went to her brother Amnōs house and he laye downe and she toke floure and kneadit and made cakesin his sight and did bake the cakes 9 And she toke a panne and powred them out before him but he wolde not eate Thē Amnôn said Causeye euery man to go out from me so euery man wēt out from him 10 Then Amnôn said vnto Tamár Bring the meat into the chamber that I maye eat of thine hād And Tamár toke the cakes whiche she had made and broght thē into the chamber to Amnôn her brother 11 And when she had set them before hym to eat he toke her and said vnto her Come lye with me my sister 12 But-she answered him Naye my brother do not force me for no such thing * ought to be done in Israél commit not this folie 13 And I whether shal I cause my shame to go and thou shalt be as one of the fooles in Israél now therefore I pray thee speak to the King for he wil not denye me vnto thee 14 How beit he wolde not he arken vnto her voyce but being stronger then she forced her and lay with her 15 Thē Amnôn hated her excedingly so that the hatred where with he hated her was greater then the loue where with he had loued her and Amnôn said vnto her Vp get thee hence 16 And she answered him There is no cause this euil to put me away is greater thē the other that thou didest vnto me but he wolde not heare her 17 But called his seruant that serued him said Put this woman now out from me locke the dore ' after her 18 And she had a garment of diuers coulers vpon her for
with suche garmēts were the Kings daughters that were virgins appa reled Then his seruant broght her out and locked the dore after her 19 And Tamár put a 〈◊〉 on her head rent the garment of diuers coulers which was on her and layed her hand on her head went her way crying 20 And Absalôm her brother said vnto her Hathe Amnôn thy brother bene with thee Now yet beistyl my sister he is thy brother let not this thing grieue thine heart So Tamár remained desolate in her brother Absaloms house 21 ¶ But when King Dauid heard all these things he was very wrothe 22 And Absalom said vnto his brother Amnôm nether good nor bad for Absalôm ha ted Amnôn because he had forced his sister Tamár 23 ¶ And after the time of two yeres Absalôm had shepe sherers in Baal-hazôm which is beside Ephráim and Absalôm called all the Kings sonnes 24 And Absalôm came to the King and said Beholde now thy seruant hathe shepe sherers I pray thee that the King with his ser uants wolde go with thy seruant 25 But the King answered Absalōm Nay my sonne I pray thee let vs not go all lest we be chargeable vnto thee Yet Absalôm laye sore vpon him howbeit he wolde not go but thanked him 26 Then said Absalôm But I pray thee shal not my brother Amnôn go with vs And the King answered him Why shulde he go with thee 27 But Absalōm was instant vpon him and he sent Amn on with him and all the Kings children 28 ¶ Now had Absalóm commanded his seruants saying Marke now when Amnons heatt is mery with wine and when I say vnto you Smite Amnôn kil him feare not for haue not I commanded you be bolde therefore and play the men 29 And the seruants of Absalôm did vnto Amnôn as Absalôm had commanded and all the Kings sonnes arose and euery man gate him vp vpon his mule and fled 30 ¶ And while thei were in the way tidings came to Dauid saying Absalom hathe slay ne all the Kings sonnes and there is not one of them left 31 Then the King arose and tare his garmēts and lay on the grounde and all his seruants stode by with their clothes rent 32 And Ionadáb the sonne of Shimeád Dauids brother answered and said Let not my lord suppose that they haue slayne all the yong men the Kings sonnes for Amnon onely is dead because Absalom had reported so since he forced his sister Tamār 33 Now therefore let not my lord the King take the thing so grieuously to thinke that all the Kings sónes are dead for Am non onely is dead 34 ¶ Then Absalom fled and the yong man that kept the watche lift vp his eyes and loked and beholde there came muche peo ple by the way of the hil side behinde him 35 And Ionadáb said vnto the King Beholde the Kings sonnes come as thy seruant said so it is 36 And assone as he had left speaking behold the Kings sonnes came and lift vp their voyce and wept and the King also and all his seruants wept excedingly sore 37 But Absalom fled away and went to Talmái the sonne of Ammihúr King of Geshúr Dauid mourned for his sóne eueryday 38 So Absalom fled and went to Geshûr and was there thre yeres 39 And King Dauid desired to go forthe vnto Absalom because he was pacified cō cerning Amnôn seing he was dead CHAP. XIIII 2 Absalom 〈◊〉 reconcilied to his father by the subteltie of Ioab 24 Absalom maynot se the Kings face 25 The beau tie of Absalom 30 He causeth Ioabs corne to be burnt is broght to his fathers presence 1 THen Ioáb the sonne of Zeruiáh perceiued that the Kings heart was towarde Absalom 2 And Ioáb sent to Tekoah and broght thence a subtile woman and said vnto her I pray thee faine thy selfe to mourne now put on morning apparel anoint not thy selfe with oyle but be as a woman that had now long time mourned for the dead 3 And come to the King and speake of this maner vnto him for Ioáb taught her what the shulde say 4 ¶ Then the woman of Tekoáh spake vnto the King and fel downe on her face to the grounde and did obeisance said Helpe ô King 5 Then the King said vnto her What ayleth thee And she answered I am in dede a widowe and mine housband is dead 6 And thine hand mayd had two sonnes they two stroue together in the field there was none to parte them so the one smote the other and 〈◊〉 him 7 And beholde the whole familie is risen against thine hand mayd and thei said De liuer him that smote his brother that we may kil him for the soule of his brother whome he slewe that we may destroy the heire also so they shal quenchemy sparkle which is left and shal not leane to mine housband nether name nor posteritie vpō the earth 8 And the King said vnto the woman Go to thine house I wil giue a charge for thee 9 Then the woman of Tekóah said vnto the King My lord ó King this trespasse be on me and on my fathers house and the King and his throne be giltles 10 And the King said Bring him to me that speaketh against thee and he shal touche thee nomore 11 Then said she I pray thee let the King re member the Lord thy God that thou wol dest not suffer many reuengers of blood to destroy lest thei slaye my sonne And he answered As the Lord liueth there shal not one heere of thy sōne fall to the earth 12 Then the woman said I pray thee let thine hand maid speake a worde to my lord the King And he said Say on 13 Then the woman said Wherefore thē hast thou thoght suche a thing against the people of God or why doeth the King as one which is fautie speake this thing that he wil not bring againe his banished 14 For we must nedes dye and we are as wa ter spilt on the grounde which can not be gathered vp againe nether doeth God spare anie persone yet doeth he appoint meanes not to cast out frō him him that is expelled 15 Now therefore that I am come to speake of this thing vnto my lord the King the cause is that the people haue made me afraide therefore thine hand maid said Now wil I speake vnto the King it may be that the King wil performe the request of his handmaid 16 For the King wil beare to deliuer his hād maid out of the hand of the mā that wolde destroye me and also my sonne frō the inheritance of God 17 Therefore thine hand maid said The word of my Lord the King shal nowe be comfortable for my Lord the King is euen as an k Angel of God in
Ahithōphel bothe with Dauid and with Absalōm CHAP. XVII 7 Ahithophels counsel is ouerthrowen by Hushai 14. The Lord had so ordeineth 19 The Priest sonnes are hid in the well 22 Dauid doeth ouer Iordén 23 Ahithophel hangeth himselfe 27 Thei bring vitails to Dauid 1 MOreouer Ahithōphel said to Absalōm Let me chuse out now twelue thousand men and I wil vp and follow after Da uid this night 2 And I wil come vpon him for he is weary and weake handed so I wil feare him and all the people that are with him shal flee and I wil smite the King onely 3 And I wil bring againe all the people vnto thee and when all shal returne the mā whome thou seket being slaine all the people shal be in peace 4 And the saying pleased Absalōm wel and all the Elders of Israél 5 Then said Absalōm Call now Hushái the Archite also let vs heare like wise what he sayeth 6 So when Hushái came to Absalōm Absalóm spake vnto him saying Ahithophel hathe spoken thus shal we do after saying or no tel thou 7 Hushái then answered vnto Absalōm The counsel that Ahithóphel hathe giuen is not good at this time 8 For said Hushái thou knowest thy father is a valiant warriar and wil not lodge with the people 9 Beholde he is hid now in some caue or in some place and thogh some of them he ouer throwe nat the first yet the people shal heare say The people that followe Absalōm be ouerthrowen 10 Then he also that is valiant whose heart is as the heart of a lion shal shrinke faint for all Israel knoweth that thy father is is valiant and they which he with him stowte men 11 Therefore my counsel is that all Israél be gathered vnto thee from Dan euen to Beer-shéba as the sand of the sea in nomber that thou go to battel in thine owne persone 12 So shal we come vpon him in some place where we shal finde him and we wil vpon him as the dewe falleth on the ground of all the men that are with him we wil not leaue him one 13 Moreouer if he be gotten into a citie thē shal all the mē of Israél bring ropes to that citie and we wil drawe it into thee riuer vntil there be not one smale stone found there 14 ¶ Then Absalōm and all the men of Israél said The counsel of Hushái the Archite is better then the counsel of Ahithóphel for the LORD had determined to destroy the good counsel of Ahithophel that the Lord might bring euil vpon Absalōm 15 Then said Hushái vnto Zadōk and to Abia that the Priests Of this and that maner did Ahithōphel and the Elders of Israél counsel Absalōm and thus and thus haue I counseled 16 Now therefore send quickly and shewe Diuid saying Tary not this night in the fields of the wildernes but rather get thee ouer least the King be deuoured and all the people that are with him 17 Now Ionathán and Ahimáaz abode by En-rogél for they might not be sene to come into the citie and a maid went and tolde them and they went and shewed King dauid 18 Neuertheles a yong man sawe them and tolde it to Absalōm therefore they bothe departed quickly came to a mans house in Bahurim who had a well in his court into the which they went downe 19 And the wise toke and spred a couering ouer the welles mouthe spred grounde cornethereon that the thing shulde not be knowen 20 And when Absaloms seruants came to the wife into the house they said Where is Ahimáaz and Ionathán And the woman answered them They be gone ouer the broke of water And when they had soght them and colde not finde them they returned to Ierusalém 21 And assone as they were departed the other came out of the well and went and tolde King Dauid and said vnto him Vp and get you quickly ouer the water for suche counsel hathe Ahithōphel giuen against you 22 Then Dauid arose and all the people that were with him and they went ouer Iordén vntil the dawning of the day so that the relacked not one of them that was not come ouer Iordén 23 ¶ Now when Ahithōphel sawe that his co unsel was not followed he sadled his asse arose he went home vnto his citie and put his housholde in ordre and hanged him selfe and dyed and was buried in his fathers graue 24 Then 〈◊〉 came to Mahanáim And Absalōm passed ouer Iordén he and all the men of Israél with him 25 And Absalóm made Amasá captaine of the hoste in the stead of Ioáb which Amasá was a mans sonne named Ithrá an 〈◊〉 that went in to Abigál the daughter of Nahásh sister to Zeruiáh Ioabs mother 26 So Israél and Absalóm pitched in the land of Gileáh 27 ¶ And when Dauid was come to Mahanáim Shobi the sonne of Nahásh out of Rabbáh of the children of Ammón and Machir the sonne of Ammiél out of Lo-debár and Barzelái the 〈◊〉 out of Rogél 28 Broght beds and basens and earthen vessels and wheat and barly and floure parched corne and beanes and lentils parched corne 29 And they broght hony and butter and shepe and chese of kine for Dauid and for the people that were with him to eat for they said The people is hungry and weary and thirsty in the wildernes CHAP. XVIII 2 Dauid deuideth his armie into thre partes 9 Absalóm is hanged slaine and cast in a 〈◊〉 33 Dauid lamenteth the death of Absalóm 1 THen Dauid nombred the people that were with him and set ouer thē captaines of thousands and captaines of hundreths 2 And Dauid sent forthe the third parte of the people vnder the hād of Ioáb and the third parte vnder the hād of Abishái Ioabs brother the sōne of Zeruiáh the other third parte vnder the hand of Ittái the Gittite and the King said vnto the people I wil go with you my selfe also 3 But the people 〈◊〉 Thou shalt not go forthe for if we 〈◊〉 away they wil not regarde vs nether wil they passe for vs thogh halfe of vs were slaine but thou art now worthe ten thousand of vs there fore now it is better that thou succour vs out of the 〈◊〉 4 Then the King said vnto them What semeth you best that I wil do So the King stode by the gate side and all the people came out by hundreths and by thousands 5 And the King cōmanded Ioáb and Abishái and Ittai saying Entreate the yong man Absalòm gently for my sake and all the people hearde whē the King gaue all the captaines charge concerning Absalóm 6 So the people went out into the field to meete Israél the battel was in the wood of Ephráim 7 Where the people of Israél were slaine be fore the seruants of
And when it was day he went out and stode and said to all the people Ye be righteous beholde I conspired against my master and slewe him but who slewe all these 10 Knowe now that there shal fall vnto the earth nothing of the worde of the Lord which the Lord spake concerning the house of Aháb for the Lord hathe broght to passe the things that he spake by his seruant * Eliiáh 11 So Iehú slewe all that remayned of the hou se of Aháb in Izreél and all that were great with him and his familiars and his priests so that he let none of his remaine 12 ¶ And he arose and departed and came to Samaria And as Iehú was in the waye by an house where the shepherdes did shere 13 He met with the brethren of Ahaziáh King of Iudáh and said Who are ye And thei answered We are the brethren of Ahaziáh and go downe to salute the children of the King and the children of the Quene 14 And he said Take them aliue And thei toke them aliue and slewe them at the well be side the house where the shepe are shorne euen two and fourtie men and he left not one of them 15 ¶ And when he was departed thence he met with Iehonadáb the sonne of Recháb comming to mete him and he blessed him and said to him Is thine heart vpright as mine heart is toward thine And Iehonadáb an swered Yea douteles Then giue me thine hand And when he had giuen him his hand he toke him vp to him into the 〈◊〉 16 And he said Come with me and se the zeale that I haue for the Lord so they made him ryde in his charet 17 And when he came to Samaria he slewe all that remained vnto Ahà b in Samaria til he had destroyed him according to the worde of the Lord which he spake to Eliiáh 18 Then Iehú assembled all the people said vnto them Aháb serued Báal a litle but Iehú shal serue him muche more 19 Now therefore call vnto me all the prophe tes of Báal all his seruants and all his priests let not a man be lack ing for I haue a great sacrifice for Báal who soeuer is lacking he shal not liue But Iehú did it by a subtilitie to destroye the seruants of Báal 20 And Iehú said Proclaime a solemne assem blie for Báal And thei proclaimed it 21 So Iehú sent vnto all Israél and all the seruants of Báal came and there was not a man left that came not And thei came into the house of Báal and the house of Báal was ful from end to end 22 Then he said vnto him that had the charge of the vestrie Bring forthe vestements for all the seruants of Báal And he broght thē out vestements 23 And when Iehú went and Iehonadáb the sonne of Recháb into the house of Báal he said vnto the seruants of Báal Searche diligently and loke lest there be here with you any of the seruants of the Lord but the seruants of Báal onely 24 And when thei went in to make sacrifice burnt offring Iehú appointed fourescore mē without and said If anie of the men whome I haue broght into your hands escape his 〈◊〉 shal be for his soule 25 And when he had made an end of the burnt offring Iehú said to the garde and to the captaines Go in slaye them let not a man come out And they smote them with the edge of the sworde And the garde and the captaines cast them out and went vnto the citie where was the temple of Báal 26 And they broght out the images of the tem ple of Báal and burnt them 27 And they destroyed the image of Báal and threwe downe the house of Báal and made aiakes of it vnto this day 28 So Iehú destroyed Báal out of Israél 29 But from the sinnes of Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát which made 〈◊〉 to sinne Iehú departed not from them nether from the golden calues that were in Beth-éland that were in Dan. 30 〈◊〉 And the Lord said vnto Iehú Because thou hast diligētly executed that which was right in mine eyes and hast donevnto the house of Aháb according to all things that were in mine heart therefore shal thy sonnes vnto the fourte generacion sit on the throne of Israél 31 But Iehú regarded notto walke in the lawe of the Lord God of Israél with all his heart for he departed not from the sinnes of Iero boám which made Israél to sinne 32 In those dayes the Lord began to lothe Israél and Hazaél smote them in all the coastes of Israél 33 From Iordén Eastwarde euen all the land of Gileád the Gadites and the Reubenites and them that were of Manasséh from Aroér which is by the riuer Arnōn and Gileád and 〈◊〉 34 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iehú and all that he did and all his valiant dedes are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél 35 And Iehu slept with his fathers and they bu ryed him in Samaria and 〈◊〉 his sonne reigned in his steade 36 And the time that Iehú reigned ouer Israél in Samaria is eight and twentie yeres CHAP. XI 1 Athaliah putteth to death all the Kings sonnes except Ioash the sonne of Ohoziah 4 Ioash is appointed King 15 〈◊〉 causeth 〈◊〉 to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He maketh a couenant 〈◊〉 God and the people 18 Baal and his priests are destroyed 1 THen * Athaliah the mother of Ahaziáh when she saw that her sonne was dead she arose and destroyed all the Kings sede 2 But 〈◊〉 bathe daughter of King Iorám and sister to Ahaziáh toke loásh the sonne of Ahazià h and stale him from amc̄g the Kings sonnes that shulde be slaine bothe him and his nource keping thē in the bed chamber and they hid him from Athaliah so that he was not slaine 3 And he was with her hid in the house of the Lord six yere and Athaliáh did reigne ouer the land 4 ¶ * And the seuenth yere Iehoiadá sent toke the captaines 〈◊〉 hundreths with other captaines and them of the garde and caused thē to come vnto him into the house of the Lord and made a couenant with thē toke an othe of thē in the house of the Lord and shewed them the Kings sonne 5 And he commanded them saying This is it that ye must do The third parte of you that cometh on the Sabbath shal warde towarde the Kings house 6 And another third parte in the gate of Sur and another third parte in the gate behinde them of the garde and ye shal kepe watche in the house of Massáh 7 And two partes of you that is all that go out on the Sabbath day shal kepe the watche of the house of the Lord about the King 8 And ye shal compasse the King round about euerie
to sling 15 He made also verie artificial engins in Ieru salém to be vpon the towres and vpon corners to shote arowes and great stones and his name spred farre abroade because God did helpe him meruelously til he was mightie 16 ¶ But when he was strong his heart was lift vp to his destruction for the transgressed against the Lord his God and went into the Temple of the Lord to burne incense vpon the altar of incense 17 And Azariáh the Priest went in after him with him foure score Priests of the Lord valiant men 18 And they withstode Vzziáh the King and said vnto him * It perteineth not to thee Vzziáh to burne incense vnto the Lord but to the Priests the sonnes of Aarón that are consecrated for to offer incense go for the of the Sanctuarie for thou hast transgressed thou shalt haue none honour of the Lord God 19 Then Vzziáh was wroth and had incense in his hād to burne it and while he was wroth with the Priests the leprosie rose vp in his forehead before the Priests in the house of the Lord beside the incense altar 20 And when Azariáh the chief Priest with all the Priests loked vpon him beholde he was leprous in his forehead and they caused him hastely to departe thence he was euē compelled to go out because the Lord had smiten him 21 * And Vzziáh the King was a le prevnto the day of his death and dwelt as a lepre in an house aparte because he was cut of from the house of the Lord and Iothám his sonne ruled ouer the Kings house and iudged the people of the land 22 Concerning the rest of the actes of Vzziáh first and last did Isaiáh the Prophet the sonne of Amóz write 23 So Vzziáh slept with his fathers they bu ryed him with his fathers in the field of the buryal whiche perteined to the Kings for they said He is a lepre And Iothám his son ne reigned in his stead CHAP. XXVII 1 Iothám reigned and ouereōmeth the Ammonites 8 His reigne death 9 Aház his sonne reigneth in his stead 1 IOthán* was fyue twētie yere olde whē he began to reigne and reigned sixtene yere in Ierusalém and his mothers name was Ierusháh the daughter of Zadok 2 And he did vprighthly in the sight of the Lord acording to all that his father Vzziáh did saue that he entred not into the Temple of the Lord the people did yet corrupt their waies 3 He 〈◊〉 the hye gate of the house of the Lord and he buylt very muche on the wall of the castel 4 Moreouer he buylt cities in the moūtaines of Iudáh and in the forests he buylt palaces and towres 5 And he foght with the King of the children of Ammón and preuailed against them And the children of Ammón gaue him the same yere an hundreth talēts of siluer ten thou sand measures of wheat and ten thousād of barly this did the children of Ammón giue him bothe in the secódyete the third 6 So Iothám became migthie because he di rected his way before the Lord his God 7 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iothám and all his warres and his wayes lo they are writen in the boke of the Kings of Isráel and Iudáh 8 He was fyue and twentie yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned sixtene yere in Ierusalém 9 And Iothám slept with his fathers and they buryed him in the citie of Dauid Aház his sonne reigned in his stead CHAP. XXVIII 1 Aház an ydolater is giuen into the hands of the Sitians the King of Israél 9 The Prophet reproueth the Israelites crueltie 18 Iudáh is molested with enemies 23 Aházincreaseth his idolatrie 26 His death successour 1 AHáz * was twentie yere olde when he began to reigned sixtene yere in Ierusalém did not vprightly in the sight of the Lord like Dauid his father 2 But he wallked in the wayes of the Kings of Israél and made euen molten images for Baalim 3 Moreouer he burnt incense in the valley of Ben-hinnom and burnt his sonnes with fyre after the abominaciōs of the heathē whome the Lord had cast out before the children of Israél 4 He sacrificed also and burnt incense in the hie places and on hilles and vnder euerie grene tre 5 Wherefore the Lord his God deliuered him into the hand of the King of the Aramites they smote him and toke of his manie prisoners and broght them to Damascus and he was also 〈◊〉 into the hand of the King of Israél which smote him with a great slaughter 6 For Pekáh the sonne of Remaliáh slewe in Iudah six score thousand in one day all valiant men because they had forsaken the Lord God of their fathers 7 And Zichri a mightic man of Ephráim sle we Maaseiáh the Kings sonne and Azrikám the gouernour 〈◊〉 the house and 〈◊〉 the seconde after the King 8 And the children of Israél toke prisoners of their brethren two hundreth thousand of women sonnes and daughters and caryed away muche spoile of them and broght the spoile to Samaria 9 ¶ But there was a Prophet of the Lords whose name was Odéd and he went out before the hoste that came to Samaria and said vnto them Beholde because the Lord God of your fathers is wroth with Iudáh he hathe deliuered them into your hand and ye haue slaine them in a rage that reacheth vp to heauen 10 And now ye purpose to kepe vnder the chil dren of Iudáh and Ierusalém as seruants and hand maides vnto you but are not you suche that sinnes are with you before the Lord your God 11 Now therefore heare me and deliuer the captaines againe which ye haue taken prisoners of your brethren for the fearce wrath of the Lord is to ward you 12 Wherefore certeine of the chief of the children of Ephráim Azariáh the sonne of Ieho hanán Berech iáh the sōne of Meshillemōth and 〈◊〉 the sonne of Shallū and Amasá the sonne of Hadlái stode vp against them that came from the warre 13 And said vnto thē Bring not in the captiues hether for this shal be a sinne vpon vs against the Lord ye entēd to adde more to our sinnes and to our trespasse thogh our tres passe be great and the fearce wrath of God is against 〈◊〉 14 So the armie left the captiues and the spoile before the princes and all the Congregacion 15 And the mē that were named by name rose vp and toke the prisoners with the spoile clothed all that were naked among them and arayed them and shod them and gaue them meat and gaue them drinke and anointed them and caryed all that were feble of them vpon asses and broght them to Ierichó the citie of Palmetrees to their brerhren so they returned to Samaria 16
9 Who is ignorāt of all these but that the hand of the Lord hathe made these 10 In whose hand is the soule of euerie liuing thing and the breath of all mankinde 11 Doeth not the cares discerne the wordes and the mouth taste meat for it self 12 Among the ancient is wisdome and in the length of dayes is vnderstanding 13 With him is wisdome and strength he hathe counsel and vnderstanding 14 Beholde he wil breake downe and it can not be buylt he shutteth a man vp and he can not be losed 15 Beholde he withholdeth the waters thei drye vp but when he sendeth them out they destroye the earth 16 With him is strength and wisdome he that is 〈◊〉 and that deceiueth are his 17 He causeth the counselers to go as spoiled and maketh the iudges fooles 18 He loseth the colar of Kings and girdeth their loines with a girdle 19 He leadeth awaythe princes as a pray and ouerthroweth the mightie 20 He taketh away the speache from the faith ful counselers and taketh away the iudgement of the ancient 21 He powreth contempt vpon princes mak eth the strength of the mightie weake 22 He discouereth the depe places from their darkenes and bringeth forthe the shado we of death to light 23 He increaseth the people and destroyeth them he inlargeth the nacions and bringeth them in againe 24 He taketh away the hearts of them that are the chief ouer the people of the earth and maketh them to wander in the wildernes out of the way 25 They grope in the darke without light and he maketh them to stagger like a dronken man CHAP. XIII 1 Iob compareth his knowledge with the experience of his friends 16 The penitent shal be saued and the hypocrite condemned 20 He prayeth vnto God that he wolde not handle him rigorously 1 LO mine eye hathe sene all this mine eare hathe heard and vnderstand it 2 I knowe also asmuche as you knowe I am not inferior vnto you 3 But I wil speake to the Almightie and I desire to dispute with God 4 For in dede ye forge lyes and all you are phisicions of no value 5 Oh that you wolde holde your tongue that it might be imputed to you for wisdome 6 Now heare my disputation and giue eate to the arguments of my lippes 7 Wil ye speake wickedly for Gods defence and talke deceitfully for his cause 8 Wil ye accept persone or wil ye contend for God 9 Is it wel that he shulde seke of you wil you make alye for him as one lyeth for a man 10 He wilsurely reproue you if ye do secretly accept anie persone 11 Shal not his excellencie make you afrayd and his feare fall vpon you 12 Your memories may be compared vnto ashes and your bodies to bodies of claye 13 Holde your tongues in my presence that I may speake and let come vpon what wil. 14 Wherefore do I take my flesh in my tethe and put my soule in mine hand 15 Lo thogh he slay me yet wil I trust in him and I wil reproue my wayes in his sight 16 He shal be my saluation also for the hypocrite shal not come before him 17 Heare diligently my wordes and marke my talke 18 Beholde now if I prepare me to iudgemēt I knowe that I shal be iustified 19 Who is he that wil pleade with me for if I now holde my tongue I dye 20 But do not these two things vnto me then wil I not hide my self from thee 21 Withdrawe thine hand from me and let not thy feare make me afraied 22 Then call thou and I wil answer or let me speake and answer thou me 23 How manie are mine iniquities and sinnes shewe me my rebellion and my sinne 24 Wherefore hidest thou thy face and takest me for thine enemie 25 Wilt thou breake a leafe driuen to and fro and wilt thou pursue the drye stubble 26 For thou writest bitter things against me and makest me to possesse the iniquities of my youth 27 Thou puttest my fete also in the stockes and lokest narowly vnto all my paths and makest the printe thereof in the heeles of my fete 28 Suche one consumeth like a roten thing and as a garment that is moth eaten CHAP. XIIII 1 Iob describeth the shortenes and miserie of the life of man 14 Hope susteineth the godlie 22 The condition of mans life 1 MAn that is borne of woman is of short continuance and ful of trouble 2 He shooteth forthe as a floure and is cut downe he vanisheth also as * a shadow and continueth not 3 And yet thou openest thine eyes vpon such e one and causest me to entre into iudge ment with thee 4 * Who can bring a cleane thing out of 〈◊〉 there is not one 5 Are not his dayes determined the nomber of his moneths are with thee thou hast appointed his boūdes which he can not passe 6 Turne from him that he may cease vntil his desired day as an h yreling 7 For there is hope of atre if it be cut downe that it wil yet sproute the branches there of wil not cease 8 Thogh the rote of it waxe olde in the earth the stocke thereof be dead in the groūde 9 Yet by the sent of water it wil bud bring forthe bowes like a plant 10 But man is sicke and dyeth and man perisheth and where is he 11 As the waters passe from the sea and as the 〈◊〉 decayeth and dryeth vp 12 So man slepeth and riseth not for he shall not wake againe nor be raised frō his slepe til the heauen be nomore 13 Oh that thou woldest hide me in the graue and kepe me secret vntil thy wrath were past and woldest giue me terme and remember me 14 If a man dye shal he liue againe All the dayes of mine appointed time wil I waite til my changing shal come 15 Thou shalt call me and I shal answer thee thou louest the worke of thine owne hands 16 But now thou * nombrest my steps and doest not delay my sinnes 17 Mine iniquitie is sealed vp as in a bagge and thou addest vnto my wickednes 18 And surely as the mountaine that falleth cometh to noght and the rocke that is remoued from his place 19 As the water breaketh the stones when thou ouerflowest the things which growe in the dust of the earth so thou destroyest the hope of man 20 Thou preuailest alway against him so that he passeth away he changeth his face when thou castest him away 21 And he knoweth not if his sonnes shal be honorable nether shal he vnderstād concerning thē whether they shal be of lowe degre 22 But while his flesh is vpon him he shal be sorowful and while his soule is in him it shal mourne CHAP. XV. 1 Elipház reprehendeth
cruelly persecute Dauid against whome he praieth God to pleade and to 〈◊〉 his cause 8 That thev maye be taken in theyr nets and snares which thei laied 〈◊〉 him that his innocencie maye be declared 26 And that the innocent whiche taketh parte with him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and praise the Name of the Lord that thus 〈◊〉 his seruant 28 And so he promiseth to speake forthe the iustice of the Lord and to 〈◊〉 his Name all the dayes of his life ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 PLeade thou my cause ô Lord with thē that 〈◊〉 with me fight thou agaynst them that fight against me 2 Laie hand vpon the 〈◊〉 and buckler and stand vp for 〈◊〉 helpe 3 Bring out also the 〈◊〉 and stoppe the waie against them that persecuteme saie vnto my soule I am thy saluacion 4 Let them be confounded put to shame that seke after my soule let thē be turned backe and broght to confusion that imagine mine hurt 5 Let them be as chaffe before the winde let the Angel of the Lord scater thē 6 Let their waie be 〈◊〉 and slipperie and let the Angel of the Lord persecute them 7 For without cause they haue hid the pit and their net for me without cause haue they digged a pit for my soule 8 〈◊〉 destruction come vppon hym at 〈◊〉 and let his net that he hathe laied 〈◊〉 take him 〈◊〉 him fall into the 〈◊〉 destruction 9 〈◊〉 my soule shal be ioyfull in the Lord 〈◊〉 reioyce in his saluacion 10 All my bones shal saie Lord who is like 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which deliuerest the poore from him that is to strōg for himlyea the poore and him that is in miserie frome hym that spoileth him 11 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 did rise vp thei asked of methings that I knewe not 12 They rewarded me euill for good to haue spoiled my soule 13 Yet I when thei were sicke I was clothed with a sacke I humbled my 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and my praier was 〈◊〉 vpon 〈◊〉 bosome 14 I behaued my 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to my brother 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 15 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 16 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 bakets 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 againstme 17 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 long wilt thou beholde this 〈◊〉 my 〈◊〉 from their tumulte euē my 〈◊〉 soule from the lions 18 So wil I giue thee thākes in a 〈◊〉 Cōgregacion I wil praise thee among muche people 19 Let not them that are mine enemies 〈◊〉 reioyce ouerme nether let them winke with the eye that hate me without a cause 20 For they speake not as friendes but they imagine 〈◊〉 words against the 〈◊〉 of the land 21 And they gaped on me with their mouthes saying Aha aha our eye hath sene 22 Thou hast sene it ô Lord kepe not silēce be not farre from me ô Lord. 23 Arise and wake to my iudgement euen to my cause my God and my Lord. 24 Iudge me ô Lord my God accordynge to thy righteousnes and let them not reioyce ouer me 25 Let them not saye in their heartes O our soule reioyce nether let them saye We haue deuoured him 26 Let them be confounded put to shame together that reioyce at mine hurt let them be clothed with confusiō shame that lift vp them selues against me 27 But let them be ioyfull and glad that loue my ryghteousnes yea let them saye alwaie Let the Lord be magnified whiche loueth the prosperitie of his seruant 28 And my tongue shal vtter thy righteousnes and thy praise euerie day PSAL. XXXVI 1 The Prophet gricuously vexed by the wicked doeth cōplaine of their malicious wickednes 6 Then he turneth to consider the vnspeakable goodnes of God towardes all creatures 9 But specially towards his children that by the faith thereof he maye be comforted assured of hys deliuerance by this ordinarie course of Gods worke 13 who in the ende destroyeth the wicked and 〈◊〉 the iuste ¶ To him that excelleth A Psal. of Dauid the seruant of the Lord. 1 WIckednes saieth to the wicked man cuē in mine heart that there is no feare of God before his eyes 2 For he flattereth hym selfe in hys owne eyes while his iniquitie is found worthie to be hated 3 The wordes of his mouthe are iniquitie and deceite he hathe left of to vnderstand and to do good 4 He imagineth mischief vpon his bed he setteth him selfe vpon a waie that is not good and doeth not abhorre euil 5 Thy mercie ô Lord reacheth vnto the heauens and thy faithfulnes vnto the cloudes 6 Thy righteousnes is like the mightye mountaines thy iudgements are like a great deepe thou Lord doest saue man beast 7 How excellent is thy mercie ô God! therfore the children of men truste vnder the shadowe of thy wings 8 They shal be satisfied with the fatnes of thine house and thou shalt giue thē drinke out of the riuer of thy pleasures 9 For with thee is the well of life in thy light shal we se light 10 Extend thy louing kindenes vnto them that knowe thee and thy ryghteousnes 〈◊〉 them that are vpright in heart 11 Let not the fote of pride come agaynste me and let not the hand of the wicked mē moue me 12 There they are fallen that worke iniquitie they are cast downe and shal not be able to rise PSAL. XXXVII 1 This Psalme conteineth exhortation and consolatiō for the weake that are grieued at the prosperitie of the wicked and the affliction of the godlie 7 For how prosperously soeuer the wicked do liue for the time he doeth affirme their felicitie to be vaine and transitorie because they are not in the fauour of God but in the end they are destroyed as his enemies 11 And how miserably that the righteous semeth to liue in the world yet his end is peace and he is in the fauour of God he is deliuered frome the wicked and preserued ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 FReate not thy self because of the wicked men nether be enuious for the euil doers 2 For they shall soone be cut downe like grasse and shal wither as the grene herbe 3 Trust thou in the Lord and do good dwel in the land thou shalt be fed assuredly 4 And delite thy self in the Lord and he shal giue thee thine hearts desire 5 Commit thy waye vnto the Lord trust in him and he shal bring it to passe 6 And he shal bring forthe thy righteousnes as the light and thy iudgement as the noone daye 7 Waite paciently vpon the Lord and hope in him freat not thy self for him whiche prospereth in his way nor for the māthat bringeth his entreprises to passe 8 Cease from angre leaue of wrath freat not thy selfe also to do euil 9 For euil doers shal be
God euen our God shal blesse vs. 7 God shal blesse vs and all the ends of the earth shal feare him PSAL. LXVIII 1 In this psalme Dauid setteth forthe as in a glasse the wōderful mercies of God towarde his people 5 who by all meanes moste strange sortes declared him self to thē 15 And therefore Gods Church by reason of his promises graces and victories doeth excel without comparison all worldlie things 34 He exhorteth therefore all men to praise God for euer ¶ To him that excelleth A psalme or song of 〈◊〉 1 GOd wil arise and his enemies shal be scattered they also that hate him shal flee before him 2 As the smoke vanisheth so 〈◊〉 thou driue them awaye and as waxe melteth before the fyre so shal the wicked perish at the presence of God 3 But the righteous shal be glad reioyce before God yea they shal leape for ioye 4 Sing vnto God and sing praises vnto his Name exalt him that rideth vpon the heauēs in his Name Iah and reioyce before him 5 He is a Father of the 〈◊〉 and a Iudge of the widowes euen God in his holie habitation 6 God maketh the solitarie to dwell in families and deliuereth them that were prisoners in stockes but the rebellious shal dwel in a drye land 7 O God when thow wentest forthe before thy people when thou wentest through the wildernes Sélah 8 The earth 〈◊〉 and the heauens dropped at the presence of his God euen Sinái was moued at the presence of God euen the God of Israél 9 Thou ô God sendest a gracious raine vpon thine inheritance and thou didest refresh it when it was wearie 10 Thy Congregacion dwelled therein for thou ö God hast of thy goodnes prepared it for the poore 11 The Lord gaue matter to the women to tel of the great armie 12 Kings of the armies did flee thei did flee and she that remained in the house deuided the spoile 13 Thogh ye haue lien among pots yet shal ye be as the wings of a dooue that is couered with siluer whose fethers are like yelowe golde 14 When the Almightie scatered Kings in it it was white as the snow in Zalmōn 15 The mountaine of God is like the moun taine of Bashán it is an high Mountaine as mount Basháu 16 Why leape ye ye high mountaines as for this Mountaine God deliteth to dwell in it yea the Lord wil dwell in it for euer 17 The charets of God are twentie thousand thousands Angels and the Lord is among them as in the Sanctuarie of Sinái 18 Thou art gone vp on high thou hast led captiuitie captiue and receiued giftes for men yea euen the rebellious hast thou led thtthe Lord God might dwell there 19 Praised be the Lord euen the God of our saluacion which ladeth vs daiely with benefites Sélah 20 This is our God euen the God that saueth vs and to the Lord God belong the issues of death 21 Surely God wil wound the head of his enemies and the heerie pate of him that walketh in his sinnes 22 The Lord hathe said I wil bring my people againe from Bashán I wil bring them againe from the depths of the Sea 23 That thy foote maye be dipped in blood the tongue of thy dogges in the blood of the enemies euen in it 24 They haue sene ô God thy goings the goings of my God my King which art in the Sanctuarie 25 The singers went before the plaiers of instruments after in the middes were the mai des playing with timbrels 26 Praise ye God in the assemblies and the Lord ye that are of the foūtaine of Israél 27 There was litle Beniamin with their ruler and the princes of Iudáh with their assemblie the princes of Zebulūn and the princes of Nephtali 28 Thy God hathe appointed thy strength stablish ô GOD that whiche thou hast wroght in vs. 29 Out of thy Temple vpon Ierusalém Kings shal bring presents vnto thee 30 Destroye the companie of the spearemen and multitude of the mightie bulles with the calues of the people that tread vnder fete pieces of siluer scater the people that delite in warre 31 Then shal the princes come out of Egypt Ethiopia shal haste to stretch her hands vnto God 32 Sing vnto God ô ye kingdomes of the earth sing praise vnto the Lord Séláh 33 To him that rideth vpon the moste high hea uens which were from the beginning beholde he wil send out by his voyce a mightie sounde 34 Ascribe the power to God for his maiestie is vpon Israél and his strength is in the cloudes 35 O God thou art terrible out of thine holie places the God of Israēl is he that giueth strength and power vnto the people praised be God PSAL. LXIX 1 The cōplaints prayers feruent zeale great anguish of Dauid is set forthe as a figure of Christ all his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The malicious crueltie of the enemies 22 And their punishement also 26 Where Iudas suche traitors are accursed 30 He gathereth courage in his affliction of 〈◊〉 praises vnto God 32 Which are more acceptable thē all sacrifices whereof all the afflicted maye take comfort 35 Finally he doeth prouoke all creatures to praises 〈◊〉 of the kingdome of Christ the preseruacion of the Church where all the 〈◊〉 37 And their sede shal dwel for euer ¶ To him that excelleth vpon Shoshannim A Psalme of Dauid 1 SAue me ô God for the waters are entred euen to my soule 2 I sticke fast in the depe myre where no staie is I am come into depe waters the strea mes runne ouer me 3 I am wearie of crying my throte is drye mine eyes faile whiles I waite for my God 4 They that hate me without a cause are mo thē the heere 's of mine head they that wolde destroye me and are mine enemies falsely are mightie so that I restored that whiche I toke not 5 O God thou knowest my foolishnes my fautes are not hid from thee 6 Let not them that trust in thee ô Lord God of hostes be ashamed for me let not those that seke thee be confounded through me o God of Israél 7 For thy sake haue I suffred reprofe shame hathe couered my face 8 I am become a stranger vnto my brethren euen an aliant vnto my mothers sonnes 9 For the zeale of thine house hathe eaten me and the rebukes of them that rebuked thee are fallen vpon me 10 I wept and my soule fasted but that was to my reprofe 11 I put on a sacke also and I because a prouer be vnto them 12 They that sate in the gate spake of me and the drunkards sang of me 13 But Lord I make my prayer vnto thee in an acceptable time euē in the
people might se in fewe wordes the effect of the whole histories of the Bible ¶ A Psalme to giue instruction committed to Asáph 1 HEare my doctrine ô my people incline your eares vnto the wordes of my mouth 2 I wil open my mouth in a parable I wil declare high sentences of olde 3 Which we haue heard and knowen and our fathers haue tolde vs. 4 We wil not hide them from their children but to the generaciō to come we wil shewe the praises of the Lord his power also and his wonderful workes that he hathe done 5 How he established a testimonie in Iaakób and ordeined a Law in Israél which he commanded our fathers that they shulde teache their children 6 That the posteritie might knowe it and the children which shulde be borne shulde stand vp and declare it to their children 7 That they might set their hope on God not forget the workes of God but kepe his commandements 8 And not to be as their fathers a disobediēt and rebellious generation a generation that set not their heart a right and whose spirit was not faithful vnto God 9 The children of Ephráim being armed shooting with the bowe turned backe in the day of battel 10 They kept not the couenant of God but refused to walke in his Law 11 And forgate his Actes and his wonderful workes that he had shewed 〈◊〉 12 He did maruelous things in the sight of their fathers in the land of Egypt euen in the field of Zōan 13 * He deuided the Sea and led them through he made also the waters to stand as an heape 14 * In the daie time also he led them with a cloude and all the night with a light of fyer 15 * He claue the rockes in the wildernes and gaue them drinke as of the great depths 16 * He broght floods also out of the stonie roc ke so that he made the waters to descēd like the riuers 17 Yet they sinned stil against him and prouoked the Highest in the wildernes 18 And tempted God in their heartes in requiring meat for their lust 19 * They spake against God also saying Can God prepare a table in the wildernes 20 * Beholde he smote the rocke that the wa ter gushed out and the streames ouerflowed can he giue bread also or prepare flesh for his people 21 Therefore the Lord heard and was angrie and the * fyer was kindled in Iaakób and also wrath came vpon Israél 22 Because they beleued not in God and trusted not in his helpe 23 Yet he had cōmanded the cloudes aboue and had opened the dores of heauen 24 And had rained downe MAN vpon them for to eat and had giuen them of the wheat of heauen 25 * Man did eat the bread of Angels he sent them meat ynough 26 He caused the Eastwinde to passe in the heauen and through his power he broght in the Southwinde 27 He rained flesh also vpon them as dust and feathered foule as the sand of the sea 28 And he made it fall in the middes of their cāpe euen round about their habitations 29 So thei did eat and were wel filled for he gaue them their desire 30 They were not turned frō their lust but the meat was yet in their mouthes 31 When the wrath of God came euen vpon them and slew the strongest of them smo te downe the chosen men in Israél 32 For all this thei sinned stil and beleued not his wonderous workes 33 Therefore their daies did he consume in vanitie and their yeres hastely 34 And when he slewe them thei soght him and they returned and soght God early 35 And thei remembred that God was their strength and the moste high God their rede mer. 36 But thei 〈◊〉 him with their mouth dissembled with him with their tongue 37 For their heart was not vpright with him nether were they faithful in his couenant 38 Yet he being merciful forgaue their iniquitie and destroyed them not but of times called backe his angre and did not stirre vp all his wrath 39 For he remēbred that thei were flesh yea a winde that passeth cōmeth not againe 40 How oft did they 〈◊〉 him in the wildernes and grieue him in the desert 41 Yea they returned and tempted God and limited the Holie one of Israél 42 Thei remēbred not his hand nor the daie when he deliuered them from the enemie 43 Nor him that set his signes in Egypt and his wonders in the field of Zóan 44 And turned their riuers into blood their floods that thei colde not drinke 45 He sent a swarme of flies among them which deuo ured them and frogs which destroyed them 46 He gaue also their frutes vnto the caterpiller and their labourvnto the grashopper 47 He destroied their vines with haile their wilde figgetrees with the hailestone 48 He gaue their cattel also to the haile and their flockes to the thunderboltes 49 He cast vpon them the fiercenes of his angre indignation and wrath and vexation by the sending out of euil Angels 50 He made awaie to his angre he spared not their soule from death but gaue their life to the pestilence 51 And smote all the firstborne in Egypt euē the beginning of their strength in the tabernacles of Ham. 52 But he made his people to go out like shepe and led them in the wildernes like a flocke 53 Yea he caried them out safely and they fea red not and the Sea 〈◊〉 their enemies 54 And he broght them vnto the borders of his Sanctuarie euen to this Mountaine which his right hand purchased 55 * He cast out the heathen also before thē caused them to fall to the lot of his inheritance and made the tribes of Israél to dwell in their tabernacles 56 Yet they tempted and prouoked the moste high God and kept not his testimonies 57 But turned backe and delt falsely like their fathers thei turned like a deceit ful bowe 58 And thei prouoked him to angre with their high places and moued him to wrath with their grauen image 59 God heard this and was wroth and greatly 〈◊〉 Israél 60 So that he forsoke the habitation of Shiló euen the Tabernacle where he dwelt among men 61 And deliuered his power in to captiuitie and his beautie into the ennemies hand 62 And he gaue vp his people to thesworde and was angrie with his inheritance 63 The fyer deuoured their chosen men and their maides were not praised 64 Their Priests fell by the sworde and their widowes lamented not 65 But the Lord awaked as one out of slepe and as a strong man that after his wine cryeth 〈◊〉 66 And smote his enemies in the
hinder partes and put them to a perpetual shame 67 Yet he refused the tabernacle of Ioséph and chose not the tribe of Ephráim 68 But chose the tribe of Iudáh and mount Zión which he loued 69 And he buylt his Sanctuarie as an high palace like the earth which he stablished for euer 70 He chose Dauid also his seruant and toke him from the shepefoldes 71 Euen from behinde the ewes with yong broght he him to fede his people in Iaakób and his inheritance in Israél 72 So he fed them according to the simplicitie of his heart and guided thē by the discretion of his hands PSAL. LXXIX 1 The Israelites complaine to God for the great calamitie and oppression that thei suffred by Gods enemies 8 And cōfessing their sinnes flee to Gods mercies with ful hope of deliuerance 10 Because their calamities were ioyned with the contempt of his Name 13 For the which thei promes to be thankeful ¶ A Psalme committed to Asáph 1 O God the heathen are come into thine in heritance thine holie Temple haue they 〈◊〉 and made Ierusalém heapes of stones 2 The dead bodies of thy seruants haue thei giuen to be meat vnto foules of the heauen and the flesh of thy Sainctes vnto the beastes of the earth 3 Their blood haue thei shed like waters round about Ierusalém and there was none 〈◊〉 burye them 4 We are a reproche to our neighbours euen a scorne and derision vnto them that are round about vs. 5 Lord how long wilt thou be angrie for euer shal thy gelousie burne like fyer 6 * Powre out thy wrath vpon the heathē that haue not knowen thee and vpon the kingdomes that haue not called vpon thy Name 7 For thei haue deuoured Iaakób and made his dwelling place desolate 8 Reméber not against vs the former iniquities but make haste let thy tēder mercies preuent vs for we are in great miserie 9 Helpe vs ô God of our saluacion for the glorie of thy Name and deliuer vs and be merciful vnto our sinnes for thy name sake 10 Wherefore shulde the heathen saie Where is their God let him be knowen among the heathen in our sight by the vengeance of the blood of thy seruants that is shed 11 Let the sighing of the prisoners come before thee according to thy mightie arme preserue the children of death 12 And render to our neighbours seuen folde into their bosome their reproche where with they haue reproched thee ô Lord. 13 So wethy people and shepe of thy pasture shal praise thee for euer and frō generation to generation we wil set forthe thy praise PSAL. LXXX 1 A lamentable praier to God to helpe the miseries of his Church 8 Desiring him to consider their first estate when his fauour shined towards them to the intent that he might finish that worke which he had begonne ¶ To him that excelleth on Shoshannim Edúth A Psalme commited to Asáph 1 HEare ô thou Shepherd of Israél thou that leadest Ioséph like shepe shew thy brightenes thou that sittest betwene the Cherubims 2 Before Ephráim and Beniamin Manasséh stirre vp thy streugth and come to helpe vs. 3 Turne vs againe ô God and cause thy face to shine that we maie be saued 4 O Lord God of hostes how long wilt thou be angrie against the praier of thy people 5 Thou hast fed thē with the bread of teares and giuen them teares to drinke with greate measure 6 Thou hast made vs a strife vnto our neigh bours and our enemies laugh at vs among them selues 7 Turne vs againe ô God of hostes cause thy face to shine and we shal be saued 8 Thou hast broght a vine out of Egypt thou hast cast out the heathen and planted it 9 Thou madest roume for it and didest cause it to take roote and it filled the land 10 The moūtaines were couered with the shadow of it the boughs thereof were like the goodlie cedres 11 She stretched out her brāches vnto the Sea and her boughes vnto the Riuer 12 Why hast thou then broken downe her hedges so that all thei which passe by the waie haue plucked her 13 The wilde bore out of the wood hat he destroied it and the wilde beastes of the field haue eaten it vp 14 Returne we beseche thee ô God of hostes loke downe from heauen and beholde and visit this vine 15 And the vine yarde that thy right hand hathe planted and the yong vine which thou madest strong for thy self 16 It is burnt with fyer and cut downe and they 〈◊〉 at the rebuke of thy countenance 17 Let thine hand be vpon the man of thy right hād vpō the sonne of mā whome thou madest strong for thine owne self 18 So wil not we go backe from thee reuiue thou vs and we shal call vpon thy Name 19 Turne vs againe ô Lord God of hostes cause thy face to shine and we shal be saued PSAL. LXXXI 1 An exhortation to praise God bothe in heart and voice for his benefites 8 And to worship him onely 11 God cō dēneth their ingratitude 12 And sheweth what great be nefites thei haue lost through their owne malice ¶ To him that excelleth vpon Gittith A Psalme commited to Asáph 1 SIng ioy fully vnto God our strength sing loude vnto the God of Iaakób 2 Take the song and bring forthe the timbrel the pleasant harpe with the viole 3 Blowe the trūpet in the c newmoone euen in the time appointed at our feast daie 4 For this is a statute for Israél and a Law of the God of Iaak ób 5 He set this in Ioséph for a testimonie whē he came out of the land of Egypt where I heard a language that I vnderstode not 6 I haue withdrawē his shulder from the bur den and his hands haue left the pottes 7 Thou calldest in affliction and I deliuered thee answered thee in the secret of the thunder I proued thee at the waters of Me ribáh Sélah 8 Heare ô my people and I wil protest vnto thee o Israél if thou wilt heark en vnto me 9 Let there be no strange god in thee nether worship thou anie strange God 10 For I am the Lord thy God which broght thee out of the land of Egypt open thy mouth wide and I wil fil it 11 But my people wolde not heare my voyce and Israél wolde none of me 12 So I gaue thē vp into the hardenes of their heart and they haue walked in their owne counsels 13 Oh that my people had hearkened vnto me and Israél had walked in my wayes 14 I wolde sone haue humbled their enemies turned mine hād against their aduersaries 15 The haters of the Lord shuld haue bene subiect vnto him and their time shuld
man slaine thou hast scattered thine ennemies with thy mightie arme 11 The heauens are thine the earth also is thine thou hast laied the fundacion of the worlde and all that therein is 12 Thou hast created the North the South Tabór and Hermôn shall reioyce in thy Name 13 Thou hast a mightie arme strong is thine hand and highis thy right hand 14 Righteousnes and equitie are the stablishment of thy throne mercie and trueth go before thy face 15 Blessed is the people that can reioyce in thee they shall walke in the light of thy countenance ô Lord. 16 They shal reioyce cōtinually in thy name and in thy righteousnes shalt they exalte themselues 17 For thou art the glorie of their strēgth and by thy fauour our hornes shal be exalted 18 For our shield apperteineth to the lord and our King to the Holie one of Israél 19 Thou spakest then in a visiō vnto thine Holie one and saidest I haue laied helpe vpon one that is mightie I haue exalted one chosen out of the people 20 I haue founde Dauid my seruante with mine holie oyle haue I anointed him 21 Therefore myne hande shal be established with him and myne arme shall strengthen him 22 The enemie shal not oppresse him nether shal the wicked hurt him 23 But I will destroy his foes before his face and plague them that hate him 24 My trueth also my mercie shal be with him and in my Name shall his horne be exalted 25 I will set his hand also in the sea and hys right hand in the floods 26 He shal crye vnto me Thou art my Father my GOD and the rocke of my saluacion 27 Also I wil make him my first borne higher then the Kings of the earth 28 My mercie will I kepe for hym for euermore and my couenant shal stand fast with him 29 His sede also will I make to endure for euer and his throne as the dayes of heauē 30 But if his children forsake my Lawe and walke not in my iudgements 31 * If they breake my statutes kepe not my commandements 32 Then will I visite their transgression with the rod and their iniquitie with strokes 33 Yet my louing kindenes will I not take from him nether wil I falsifie my trueth 34 My couenant will I not breake nor alter the thynge that is gone out of my lippes 35 I haue sworne once by mine holines that I wil not faile Dauid saying 36 His sede shal endure for euer his throne shal be as the sunne before me 37 He shal be established for euermore as the moone and as a faithfull witnes in the heauen Sélah 38 But thou hast reiected and abhorred thou hast bene an grie with thine Anointed 39 Thou hast broken the couenant of thy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his e crowne casting it on the grounde 40 Thou hast broken downe all his walles thou hast layed his forteresses in ruine 41 All that go by the waye spoile him he is a rebuke vnto his neighbours 42 Thou haste set vp the right hande of hys enemies and made all his aduersaries to reioyce 43 Thou hast also turned the edge of hys sworde and hast not made him to stande in the battel 44 Thou hast caused his dignitie to decay cast his throne to the grounde 45 The dayes of his youth hast thou shortened and couered him with shame 〈◊〉 46 Lord how long wilt thou hide thy selfe for euer shal thy wrath burne like fyre 47 Remember of what time I am wherfore shuldest thou create in vaine all the children of men 48 What man liueth and shall not se death shal he deliuer his soule from the hand of the graue Sélah 49 Lord where are thy former mercies whiche thou swarest vnto Dauid in thy trueth 50 Remember ô Lord the rebuke of thy seruants which I beare in my bosome of all the mightie people 51 For thine enemies haue reproched thee ô Lord because they haue reproched the fotesteppes of thine Anointed 52 Praised be the Lord for euermore So be it euen so be it PSAL. XC 1 〈◊〉 in his praier setteth before vs the eternall sauour of God toward his 3 Who are nether admonished by the breuitie of their life 7 Nor by his plagues to be thākful 12 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 praieth God to turne 〈◊〉 hearts and continue his 〈◊〉 toward them and 〈◊〉 posteritie for euer ¶ A praier of Mosês the man of God 1 LOrd thou haste bene our habitacion from generacion to generacion 2 Before the mountaines were made and before thou hadest formed the earth and the worlde euen from euerlasting to euerlasting thou art our God 3 Thou turnest man to destruction againe thou saiest Returne ye sonnes of Adám 4 For a thousand yeres in thy sight are as yesterdaie when it is past and as a watche in the night 5 Thou hast ouerflowed them they are as a slepe in the morning he groweth like the grasse 6 In the morning it florisheth and groweth but in the euening it is cut downe and withereth 7 For we are consumed by thine angre by thy wrath are we troubled 8 Thou hastset our iniquities before thee and our secret sinnes in the light of thy countenance 9 For all our dayes are past in thine angre we haue spent our yeres as a thoght 10 The time of our life is threscore yeres ten and if they be of strength foure score yeres yet their strength is but labour and sorowe for it is cut of quickly and we flee away 11 Who knoweth the power of thy wrath for according to thy feare is thine angre 12 Teache vs so to nomber our dayes that we maie applie our hearts vnto wisdome 13 Returne ô Lord how long be pacified toward thy seruants 14 Fill vs with thy mercye in the mornyng so shall we reioyce and be glad all our dayes 15 Comfort vs according to the dayes that thou hast afflicted vs and accordynge to the yeres that we haue sene euil 16 Let thy worke be sene towarde thy seruants and thy glorie vpon their childrē 17 And let the beautie of the Lord our God be vpon vs and direct thou the worke of our hands vpon vs euen direct the worke of our hande PSAL. XCI 1 Here is described in what assurance he 〈◊〉 that putteth his whole truste in God and 〈◊〉 him selfe wholly to his protection in 〈◊〉 14 A promes of God to those that loue him 〈◊〉 hym and truste in him to deliuer them and giue them immortal glorie 1 WHo sodwelleth in the secret of the moste High shal abide in the shadow of the Almightie 2 I will say vnto the Lorde O myne hope and my fortres he is my God in him wil I trust 3 Surely he wil deliuer thee from the
people and the shepe of hys pasture 4 Enter into his gates with praise into his courtes with reioycing praise hym blesse his Name 5 For the Lord is good his mercie is euerlasting and his trueth is from generacion to generacion PSAL. CI. 1 Dauid describeth what gouernement he will obserue in his house and kingdome 5 He wil punish and correct by rooting forthe the wicked 6 And cherishing the godlie persones ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 I Will sing mercie and iudgement vnto thee ô Lord wil I sing 2 I wil do wisely in the persite waie til thou comest to me I will walke in the vprightnes of mine hearte in the middes of myne house 3 I wil set no wicked thing before mine eies I hate the worke of them that fall awaie it shal not cleaue vnto me 4 A froward hearte shall depart from me I wil knowe none euil 5 Him that priuely sclan dereth his neighbour wil I destroie him that hath a proude loke and high heart I can not suffer 6 Mine eies shal be vnto the faithful of the land that they maie dwell with me he that walketh in a perfit waie he shal serue me 7 There shall no deceitfull persone dwell within mine house he that telleth lies shal not remaine in my sight 8 Betimes will I destroye all the wicked of the land that I maie cut of all the workers of iniquitie from the Citie of the Lord. PSAL. CII 1 It semeth that this praier was appointed to ' the faithfull to praie in the captiutie of 〈◊〉 16 A consolation for the building of the Church 18 whereof followeth the praise of God to be published vnto all posteritie 〈◊〉 The conuersion of the Gentiles 28 And the stabilitie of the Church ¶ A praier of the afflicted when he shal be in distres and powre forthe his meditation before the Lord. 1 O Lord heare my praier let my crye come vnto thee 2 Hide not thy face from me in the time of my trouble in cline thine eares vnto me when I call make haste to heare me 3 For my daies are consumed like smoke my bones are burnt like an herth 4 Mine heartis smitten and withereth like grasse because I forgate to eat my bread 5 For the voice of my groning my bones do cleaue to my skin 6 I am like a pelicane of the wildernes I am like an owle of the deserts 7 I watche and am as a sparowe alone vpon the house toppe 8 Mine enemies reuile me daiely and thei that rage against me haue sworne against me 9 Surely I haue eaten ashes as breade and mingled my drinke with weping 10 Because of thine indignation and thy wrath for thou hast heaued me vp and cast me downe 11 My daies are like a shado we that fadeth and I am withered like grasse 12 But thou ô Lord doest remaine for euer and thy remembrance from generacion to generacion 13 Thou wilt arise haue mercie vpō Zión for the time to haue mercie thereō for the appointed time is come 14 For thy seruāts delite in the stones the-reof and haue pitie on the dust thereof 15 Then the heathen shal feare the Name of the Lord and all the Kings of the earth thy glorie 16 When the Lord shal buylde vp Zión and shal appeare in his glorie 17 And shal turne vnto the praier of the desolate and not despise their praier 18 This shal be writen for the generacion to come and the people which shal be created shal praise the Lord. 19 For he hath loked downe from the height of his Sanctuarie out of the heauē did the Lord beholde the earth 20 That he might heare the mourning of the prisoner and deliuer the childrē of death 21 That they maye declare the Name of the LORD in Zión and hys prayse in Ierusalém 22 When the people shal be gathered together and the kyngdomes to serue the Lord. 23 He abated my strength in the waye shortened my daies 24 And I said O my God take me not away in the middes of my daies thy yeres endure from generacion to generacion 25 Thou hast a foretime laied the fundation of the earth and the heauēs are the worke of thine hands 26 Thei shall perishe but thou shalt endure euen thei all shal waxe olde as doeth a garment as vesture shalt thouchange them and thei shal be changed 27 But thou art the same and ' thy yeres shal not faile 28 The children of thy seruants shal continue and their sede shal stand fast in thy sight PSAL. CIII 1 He prouoketh all to praise the Lord which hathe pardoned his sinnes deliuered him from destruction and giuen him sufficient of all good things 10 Then head deth the ten dre mercies of God which he sheweth likea moste tendre Father towards his childrē 14 The frailtie of mans life 20 An exhortation to man and Angels to praise the Lord. 1 MY soule praise thou the Lord and all that is within me praise his holie Name 2 My soule praise thou the Lord and forget not all his benefites 3 Which forgiueth all thine iniquitie and healeth all thine in firmities 4 Which redemeth thy life from the graue and crowneth thee with mercie and compassions 5 Which satisfieth thy mouth with good things and thy youth is renued like the egles 6 The Lord executeth righteousnes and iud gement to all that are oppressed 7 He made his waies knowen vnto Mosés his workes vnto the children of Israél 8 The Lord is ful of compassion and mercie slowe to angre and of great kindenes 9 He wil not alwaie chide nether kepe his angre for euer 10 He hathe not dealt with vs after our sinnes nor rewarded vs according to our ini quities 11 For as high as the heauen is aboue the earth so great is his mercie toward them that feare him 12 As farre as the East is from the West so farre hathe he remoued our sinnes fromvs 13 As a father hathe compassion on his children so hathe the Lord compassion on thē that feare him 14 For he knoweth whereof we be made he remembreth that we are but dust 15 The daies of man are as grasse as a flower of the field so florisheth he 16 For the winde goeth ouer it and it is gone and the place thereof shal knowe it nomore 17 But the louing kindenes of the Lord endureth for euer vpon them that feare him and his righteousnes vpon childrēs children 18 Vnto them that kepe his couenant and thinke vpon his commandements to do them 19 The Lord hathe prepared his throne in heauen and his kingdome ruleth ouer all 20 Praise the Lord ye his Angels that excel in strength that do his commandement in obeying the voice of his worde 21 Praise the Lord all ye his
the barbarous people 2 Iudáh was his sanctificatiō and Israél his dominion 3 The Seasawe it and fled Iordén was turned backe 4 The moūtaines leaped like ramps the hilles as lambs 5 What ailed thee ô Sea that thou fled dest ô Iordén why wast thou turned backe 6 Ye mountaines why leaped ye like rams and ye hilles as lambs 7 The earth trembled at the presence of the Lord at the presence of the God of Iaak 〈◊〉 8 Which turneth the rocke into waterpooles and the flint into a fountaine of water PSAL. CXV 1 A prayer of the faithful oppressed by idolatrous tyrants against whome they desire that God wolde succour thē 9 Trusting moste constantly that God wil preserue them in this their nede seing that he hathe adopted and receiued them to his fauour 〈◊〉 Promising finally that thei wil not be vnmindeful of so great a benefite if it wolde please God to heare their prayer deliuer them by his omni potent power 1 NOt vnto vs ô Lord not vnto vs but vnto thy Name giue the glorie for thy louing mercie and for thy trueths sake 2 Wherefore shal the heathen saye Where is now their God 3 But our God is in heauen he doeth whatsoeuer he wil. 4 Their idoles are siluer and golde euen the worke of mens hands 5 They haue a mouth and speake not thei haue eyes and se not 6 Thei haue eares and heare not thei haue no ses and smell not 7 Thei haue hands and touche not they haue fete and walke not nether make they a sounde with their throte 8 They that make them are like vnto them so are all that trust in them 9 O Israél trust thou in the Lord for he is their helpe and their shield 10 O house of Aarō trust ye in the Lord for he is their helper and their shield 11 Ye that feare the Lord trust in the Lord for he is their helper and their shield 12 The Lord hathe bene mindeful of vs he wil blesse he wil blesse the house of Israél he wil blesse the house of Aarón 13 He wil blesse them that feare the Lord both small and great 14 The Lord wil encrease his graces toward you euen toward you and toward your chil dren 15 Ye are blessed of the Lord which made the heauen and the earth 16 The heauens euen the heauens are the Lords but he hathe giuen the earth to the sō nes of men 17 The dead praise not the Lord nether anie that go downe into the place of silence 18 But we wil praise the Lord frō hence forthe and for eue Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVI 1 Dauid being in great dāger of Saul in the desert of Maón perce uing the great and inestimable loue of God toward him magnisieth suche great mercies 13 And protesteth that he wil be thankeful for the same 1 I Loue the Lord because he hathe heard my voice and my prayers 2 For he hathe inclined his eare vnto me whē I did call vpon him in my dayes 3 When the 〈◊〉 of death compassed me the griefs of the graue caught me when I founde trouble and sorowe 4 Then I called vpon the Name of the Lord saying I beseche thee 〈◊〉 Lord deliuer my soule 5 The Lord is merciful and righteous and our God is ful of compassion 6 The Lord preserueth the simple I was in mi serie and he saued me 7 Returne vnto thy rest ô my soule for the Lord hathe bene beneficial vnto thee 8 Because thou hast deliuered my soule from death mine eyes from teares and my fete from falling 9 I shal walke before the Lord in the land of the liuing 10 I beleued therefore did I speake for I was sore troubled 11 I said in my feare All men are lyers 12 What shal I rendre vnto the Lord for all his benefites to ward me 13 I wil take the cup of saluacion and call vpon the Name of the Lord. 14 I wil paye my vowes vnto the Lord euen now in the presence of all his people 15 Precious in the sight of the Lord is the death of his Saints 16 Beholde Lord for I am thy seruant I am thy seruant and the sonne of thine hand maied thou hast broken my bonds 17 I wil offer to thee a sacrifice of praise wil call vpon the Name of the Lord. 18 I wil paie my vowes vnto the Lord euen now in the presence of all his people 19 In the courtes of the Lords house euen in the middes of thee ô 〈◊〉 Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVII 1 He exhorteth the Gentiles to praise God because he hath accomplished aswel to them as to the Iewes the promes oflife euerlasting by Iesus Christ. 1 ALl * naciōs praise ye the Lord all ye peo ple praise him 2 For his louing kindenes is great toward vs and the trueth of the Lord endureth for euer Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVIII 1 Dauid reiected of Saúl and of the people at the time appointed obteined the kingdome 4 For the which he bid deth all them that feare the Lord to be thankeful And vn der his persone in all this was Christ liuely set for the who shulde be of his people reiected 1 PRaise ye the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth for euer 2 Let Israél now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 3 Let the house of Aarón now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 4 Let them that feare the Lord now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 5 I called vpon the Lord in trouble and the Lord heard me and set me at large 6 The Lord is with me therefore I wil not feare what man can do vnto me 7 The Lord is with me among thē that helpe me therefore shal I se my desire vpon mine enemies 8 It is better to trust in the Lord then to haue confidence in man 9 It is better to trust in the Lord then to haue confidence in princes 10 All nations haue compassed me but in the Name of the Lord shal I destroye them 11 Thei haue compassed me yea they haue cōpassed me but in the Name of the Lord I shal destroye them 12 They came about me like bees but they were quēched as a fyre of thornes for in the Name of the Lord I shal destroye them 13 Thou hast thrust sore at me that I might fall but the Lord hathe holpen me 14 The Lord is my strength and song for he hathe bene my deliuerance 15 The voice of ioye and deliuerance shal be in the tabernacles of the righteous saying The right hand of the Lord hathe done valiantly 16 The right hand of the Lord is exalted the right hand of the Lord hathe done valiantly 17 I shal not dye but liue and declare the workes of
of death 13 Euen in laughing the heart is sorowful and the end of that mirth is heauines 14 The heart that declineth shal be saciate with his owne wayes but a good man shal departe from him 15 The foolish wil beleue euerie thing but the prudent wil consider his steppes 16 A wise man eareth and departeth from euil but a foole rageth and is careles 17 He that is hastie to angre committeth folie and a busie bodie is hated 18 The foolish do inheritie folie but the prudent are crowned with knowledge 19 The euil shal bowe before the good and the wicked at the gates of the righteous 20 The poore is 〈◊〉 euē of his owne neigh bour but the friēds of the riche are manie 21 The sinner despiseth his neighbour but he that hathe mercie on the poore is blessed 22 Do not they erre that imagine euil 〈◊〉 but to them that thinke on good things shal be mercie and trueth 23 In all labour there is abundance but the talke of the lippes bringeth onely want 24 The 〈◊〉 of the wise is their riches and the folie of fooles is foolishnes 25 A faithful witnes deliuereth soules but a disceiuer speaketh lies 26 In the feare of the Lord is an assured strength and his children shal haue hope 27 The feare of the Lord is as a well spring of life to auoide the snares of death 28 In the multitude of the people is the ho nour of a King and for the want of people cometh the destruction of the prince 29 He that is slowe to wrath is of great wis dome but he that is of an hastie minde exalteth folie 30 A sound heart is the life of the flesh but enuie is the rotting of the bones 31 * He that oppresseth the poore reproueth him that made him but he honoreth him that hathe mercie on the poore 32 The wicked shal be cast away for his malice but the righteous hathe hope in his death 33 Wisdome resteth in the heart of him that hathe vnderstanding and is knowē in the mindes of fooles 34 Iustice exalteth a nation but sinne is a shame to the people 35 The pleasure of a King is in a wise seruāt but his wrath shal be toward him that is lewde CHAP XV. 1 A * Soft answer putteth away wrath but grieuous wordes stirre vp angre 2 The tongue of the wise vseth knowledge aright but the mouth of fooles * bableth out foolishnes 3 The eyes of the Lord in euerie place behol de the euil and the good 4 A wholsome tongue is as a tre of life but the frowardnes thereof is the breaking of the minde 5 A foole despiseth his fathers instruction but he that regardeth correctiō is prudēt 6 The house of the righteous hathe muche treasure but in the reuenues of the wicked is trouble 7 The lippes of the wise do spread abroad knowledge but the heart of the foolish doeth not so 8 The sacrifice of the wicked is a bomin ation to the Lord but the praier of the righ teous is acceptable vnto him 9 The way of the wicked is an abominacion vnto the Lord but he loueth him that fol loweth righteousnes 10 Instructiō is euil to him that for saketh the way and he that hateth correction shal dye 11 Hel destructiō are before the lord how much more the hearts of the sonnes of mē 12 A scorner loueth not him that rebuketh him nether wil he go vnto the wise 13 * A ioyful heart maketh a chereful countenance but by the sorow of the heart the minde is heauie 14 The heart of him that hathe vnderstanding seketh knowledge but the mouthe of the foole is fed with foolishnes 15 All the daies of the afflicted are euil but a good conscience is a continual feast 16 * Better is a litle with the feare of the lord thē great treasure and trouble therewith 17 Better is a dinner of grene herbes were loue is then a stalled oxe hatred therewith 18 * An angrie man stirreth vp strife but he that is slowe to wrath appeaseth strife 19 The way of a slouthful man is as an hedge of thornes but the way of the righteous is plaine 20 * A wise sonne reioyceth the father but a foolish man despiseth his mother 21 Foolishnes is ioye to him that is destitute of vnderstanding but a man of vnderstanding walketh vprightly 22 Without coūsel toghtes come to nought but f in the multitude of counsellers there is stedfastnes 23 A ioye cometh to a mā by the answer of his mouth and how good is a worde in due season 24 The waie of life is on high to the prudēt to auoide from hel beneth 25 The Lord wil destroy the house of the prou de men but he wil stablish the borders of the widowe 26 The thoghts of the wicked are abomination to the Lord but the pure haue plea sant wordes 27 He that is gredie of gaine troubleth his owne house but he that hateth giftes shal liue 28 The heart of the righteous studieth to an swer but the wicked mans mouth bableth euil things 29 The Lord is farre of from the wicked but he heareth the praier of the righteous 30 The light of the eies reioyceth the heart and a good name ma keth the bones fat 31 The eare that hearkeneth to the correction of life shal lodge among the wise 32 He that refuseth instruction despiseth his owne soule but he that obeieth correctiō getteth vnderstanding 33 The feare of the Lord is the instruction of wisdome and before honour goeth humilitie CHAP. XVI 1 THe preparations of the heart are in man but the answer of the tōgue is of the Lord. 2 All the waies of a man are cleane in his o wne eies but the lord pōdereth the spirits 3 Cōmit thy workes vnto the Lord thy thoghts shal be directed 4 The Lord hathe made all things for his owne sake yea euen the wicked for the day of euil 5 All that are proude in earth are an abomi nation to the Lord thogh * hand ioyne in hand he shal not be vnpunished 6 By mercie and trueth iniquitie shal be forgiuē and by the feare of the Lord they departe from euil 7 When the waies of a man please the Lord he wil make also his enemies at peace with him 8 * Betteri litle with righteousnes then great reuenues without equitie 9 The heart of mā purposeth his way but the Lord doeth direct his steppes 10 A diuine sentence shal be in the lippes of the King his mouth shal not transgresse iniudgement 11 * A true weight and balance are of the Lord all the weights of the bagge are his worke 12 It is an abominacion to Kings to commit wickednes for the throne isstablished by iustice 13 Righteous lippes are the
citie of vanitie is brokē downe euerie house is shut vp that no man may come in 11 There is a 〈◊〉 for wine in the stretes all ioye is darkened the mirth of the worlde is gone away 12 In the citie is left desolacion and the gate is smitten with destruction 13 ¶ Surely thus shal it be in the middes of the earth among the people as the shaking of an oliue tre and as the grapes when the vintage is ended 14 They shal lift vp their voyce thei shal shou te for the magnificence of the Lord they shal reioyce from the sea 15 Wherefore praise ye the Lord in the valleis euen the Name of the Lord God of Israél in the yles of the sea 16 From the vttermost parte of the earth we haue heard praises euen glorie to the Iuste and I said My leanenes my leanenes wo is me the 〈◊〉 haue offended yea the transgressors haue grieuously offended 17 Feare and the pit and the snare are vpon thee ô inhabitant of the earth 18 And he that fleeth from the noise of the fea re shal fall into the pit and he that commeth vp out of the pit shal be taken in the snare for the windowes from on high are open and the fundacions of the earth do shake 19 The earth is 〈◊〉 brokē downe the earth is 〈◊〉 dissolued the earth is moued excedingly 20 The earth shal rele to and fro like a dronken man and shal be remoued like a tent the iniquitie thereof shal be heauie vpon it so that it shal fall and rise no more 21 ¶ And in that day shal the Lord visite the hoste aboue that is on hie euen the Kings of the worlde that are vpon the earth 22 And 〈◊〉 shal be gathered together as the prisoners in the pit and thei shal be shut vp in the prison and after manie daies shal thei be visited 23 Then the moone shal be abasshed and the sunne 〈◊〉 whē the Lord of hostes shal reigne in mount Zión and in Ierusalém and glorie shal be before his ancient men CHAP. XXV A thankesgiuing to God in that that he sheweth him self iudge of the worlde by punishing the wicked and 〈◊〉 the godlie 1 O Lord thou art my God I wil exalte thee I wil praise thy Name for thou hast done wonderful things according to the counsels of olde with a stable trueth 2 For thou hast made of a citie an heap of a strōg citie a ruine euē the palace of stran gers of a citie it shal neuer be buylt 3 Therefore shal the mightie people giue glorie vnto thee the citie of the strong nacions shal feare thee 4 For thou hast bene a strēgth vnto the poore euen a strength to the nedie in his trouble a refuge against the tempest a shadowe against the heate for the blast of the mightie is like a storme against the wall 5 Thou shalt bring downe the noise of the strangers as the heat in a drye place he wil bring downe the song of the mightie as the heat in the shadowe of a cloude 6 And in this mountaine shal the Lord of ho stes make vnto all people a feast of fat things euen a feast of fined wines of fat things ful of marowe of wines fined and purified 7 And he wil destroye in this mountaine the couering that couereth all people and the vaile that is spred vpon all nacions 8 He wil destroye death for euer and the Lord God wil wipe away the teares from all faces and the rebuke of his people wil he take away out of all the earth for the Lord hathe spoken it 9 And in that day shal men say Lo this is our God we haue waited for him and he wil saue vs. This is the Lord we haue waited for him we wil reioyce and be ioyful in his saluacion 10 For in this mountaine shal the hand of the Lord rest and Moà b shal be threshed vnder him euen as strawe is threshed in Madmenáh 11 And he shal stretch out his hand in the middes of them as he that swimmeth stretcheth them out to swimme and with the strēgth of his hands shal he bring downe their pride 12 The defense also of the height of thy walles shal he bring downe and lay lowe and cast them to the grounde euen vnto the dust CHAP. XXVI A song of the faithful wherein is declared in what consisteth the saluaciō of the Church and wherein they ought to trust 1 IN that day shal this song be sung in the land of Iudà h We haue a strong citie saluacion shal God set for walles and bul warkes 2 Open ye the gates that the righteous naciō which kepeth the trueth may entre in 3 By an assured purpose wilt thou preserue perfite peace because thei trusted in thee 4 Trust in the Lord for euer for in the Lord God is strength for euer more 5 For he wil bring downe them that dwell on hie the hie citie he wil abase euen vnto the grounde wil he cast it downe and bring it vnto dust 6 The fote shal treade it downe euē the fete of the poore and the steps of the nedie 7 The way of the iuste is righteousnes thou wilt make equal the righteous path of the iust 8 Also we ô Lord haue waited for thee in the way of thy iudgements the desire of our soule is to thy Name and to the remēbrance of thee 9 With my soule haue I desired thee in the night and with my spirit within me wil I seke thee in the morning for seing thy iudgements are in the earth the inhabitāts of the worlde shal learne righteousnes 10 Let mercie be shewed to the wicked yet he wil not learne righteousnes in the land of vprightnes wil he do wickedly and wil not beholde the maiestie of the Lord. 11 O Lord they wil not beholde thine hie hand but thei shal se it and be confounded with the zeale of the people and the fyre of thine enemies shal deuoure them 12 Lord vnto vs thou wilt ordeine peace for thou also hast wroght all our workes for vs. 13 O Lord our God other lords beside thee haue ruled vs but we wil remember thee onely and thy Name 14 The dead shal not liue nether shal the dead arise because thou hastvisited and scattered them and destroyed all their memorie 15 Thou hast encreased the nacion ô Lord thou hast encreased the nacion thou art made glorious thou hast enlarged all the coastes of the earth 16 Lord in trouble haue thei visited thee they powred out a prayer when thy chastening was vpon them 17 Like as a woman with childe that draweth nere to the trauail is in sorow and cryeth in her peines so haue we bene in thy sight ô Lord. 18 We haue conceiued
the Lord shal deuoure from the one end of the land euen to the other end of the land no flesh shal haue peace 13 They haue so wen wheat and reaped thor nes they were sicke and had no profite and they were ashamed of your frutes because of the fierce wrath of the Lord. 14 Thus saith the Lord against all mine euil neighbours that touche the inheritance which I haue caused my people Israél to in herite Beholde I wil plucke them out of their land plucke out the house of Iudáh from among them 15 And after that I haue plucked them out I wil returne and haue compassion on them wil bring againe euery man to his heritage and euery man to his land 16 And if they wil learne the wayes of my people to sweeare by my Name The Lord liueth as they taught my people to sweare by Báal then shal they be buy It in the middes of my people 17 But if they wil not obey then wil I vtterly plucke vp destroye that nacion saith the Lord. CHAP. XIII The 〈◊〉 of the Iewes is prefigured 〈◊〉 Why Israél was receiued to be the people of God and why they were forsaken 15 He exhorteth them repentance 1 THus saith the Lord vnto me Go and bye thee a linen girdle and put it vpon thy loynes and put it not in water 2 So I boght the girdle according to the cōmandement of the Lord and put it vpon my loynes 3 And the worde of the Lord came vnto me the seconde time saying 4 Take the girdle that thou hast boght whiche is vpon thy loynes and arise go to ward Peráth and hide it there in the cleft of the rocke 5 So I went and hid it by Peráth as the Lord had commanded me 6 And after many daies the Lord said vnto me Arise go to ward Peráth and take the girdle from thence which I commanded thee to hide there 7 The a went I to Peráth and digged and toke the girdle from the place where I had hid it and beholde the girdle was corrupt and was profitable for nothing 8 Then the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 9 Thus saith the Lord After this maner wil I destroye the pride of Iudáh and the great pride of Ierusalem 10 This wicked people haue refused to heare my worde and walke after the stubbernes of their owne heart and walke after other gods to serue them and to worship them therefore they shal be as this girdle which is profitable to nothing 11 For as the girdle cleaueth to the loines of a man so haue I tyed to me the whole house of Israél the whole house of Iudáh saith the LORD that they might be people that they might haue a name and praise and glorie but they wolde not heare 12 Therefore thou shalt saye vnto them this worde Thus saith the Lord GOD of Israél Euerie bottel shal be filled with wine and they shal saye vnto thee Do we not knowe that euerie bottle shal be filled with wine 13 Then shalt thou saye vnto them Thus saith the Lord Beholde I wil fil all the inhabitants of this land euen the Kings that fit vpon the throne of Dauid and the Priests and the Prophetes and all the inhabitans of Ierusalém with drunk ennes 14 And I wil shal them one 〈◊〉 nother euen the fathers and the sonnes together 〈◊〉 the Lord I wil not spare I wil not pitie nor haue compassion but destroie them 15 Heare and giue eare be not proude for the Lord hathe spoken it 16 Giue glorie to the Lord your God before he bring darkenes and or euer your fete stū ble in the darke mountaines and whiles you loke for light he turne it into the shadowe of death and make it as 〈◊〉 17 But if ye wil not heare this my soule shal wepe in secret for your pride and mine eye shal wepe and drop downe teares because the Lords flocke is caried awaie captiue 18 Saie vnto the King and to the Queene Humble your selues sit downe for the crow ne of your glorie shal come downe from your heads 19 The cities of the South shal be shut vp and no man shal open them all Iudáh shal be caried a waie captiue it shal be wholy caried awaie captiue 20 Lift vp your eyes and he holde them that come from the North where is the flocke that was giuē thee euē thy beautiful flock 21 What wilt thou saie when he shal visit thee for thou hast taught them to be captaines and as chief ouer thee shal not sorow take thee as a woman in trauail 22 And if thou saie in thine heart Wherefore come these things vpon me For the multitude of thine iniquities are thy skirts discouered and thy heles made bare 23 Can the blacke More change his skin or the leopard his spottes then maieye also do good that are accustomed to do euil 24 Therefore wil I scatre them as the stubble that is taken away with the South winde 25 That is thy portion and the parte of thy measures from me saith the Lorde because thou hast for gotten me and trusted in lies 26 Therfore I haue also discouered thy skirts vpō thy face that thy shame may appeare 27 I haue sene thine adulteries and thy neyings the filthines of thy whoredome on the hilles in the fields and thine abominations Wo vnto thee o 〈◊〉 wilt thou not be made cleane when shal it once be CHAP. XIIII 1 Of the death that shulde come 〈◊〉 The prayer of the people asking mercie of the Lord. 10 The 〈◊〉 people are not heard 12 Of prayer fasting and of 〈◊〉 Prophetes that seduce the people 1 THe worde of the Lord that came vnto Ieremiáh 〈◊〉 the dearth 2 Iudáh hathe mourned and the gates thereof are desolate they haue bene broght to heauines vnto the grounde and the crye of Ierusalém goeth vp 3 And their nobles haue sent their inferiours to the water who came to the welles and founde no water they returned with their vessels emptie they were ashamed and confounded and couered their heads 4 For the grounde was destroyed because there was no raine in the earth the plowmē were ashamed and couered their heades 5 Yea the hinde also calued in the 〈◊〉 and for soke it because there was no grasse 6 And the wilde asses did stand in the high pla ces and drewe in their winde like dragons their eyes dyd faile because there was no grasse 7 O Lord thogh our iniquities testifie against vs deale with vs accordyng to thy Name for our rebellions are manie we sinned against thee 8 O the hope of Israél the sauiour thereof in the tyme of trouble why art thou as a 〈◊〉 ger in the land as one that passeth by to tarie for a 〈◊〉 9 Why art thou as a man astonyed and as
all the Kings of the land of the Philistims and Ashkelón and Azzáh and Ekrōn and the remnant of Ashdod 21 Edóm and Moáb and the Ammonites 22 And all the Kings of Tyrus all the Kings of Zidón and the Kinge of the Yles that are beyonde the sea 23 And Dedán and Temá and Buz and all that dwell in the vtter must corners 24 And all the Kings of Arabia and all the Kings of Arabia that dwel in the desert 25 And all the Kings of Zimri all the Kings of ' Elám and all the Kings of the Medes 26 And all the Kings of the North farre and nere one to another and all the kingdomes of the worlde which are vpon the earth the King of Sheshách shal drinke after thē 27 Therefore say thou vnto them Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Drinke and be drunken and spewe and fall and rise no more because of the sworde which I wil send among you 28 ¶ But if thei refuse to take the cup at thine hand to drinke then tel them Thus saith the Lord of hostes ye shal certeinly drinke 29 For lo I beginne to plague the citie whe re my Name is called vpon and shulde you go fre Ye shal not go quite for I wil call for a sworde vpon all the inhabitās of the earth saith the Lord of hostes 30 Therefore prophecie thou against them all these wordes and saie vnto them * The Lord shal roare from aboue and thrust out his voice from his holie habitacion he shal roare vpon his habitacion and crye aloude as thei that presse the grapes against all the in habitans of the earth 31 The sounde shal come to the ends of the earth for the Lord hathe a cōtrouersie 〈◊〉 the nations and wil entre into iudgement with all flesh and he wil giue them that are wicked to the sworde saith the Lord. 32 ¶ Thus saith the Lord of hostes Beholde a plague shal go forthe from nation to nation and a * great whitle winde shal be raised vp from the coastes of the earth 33 And the slaine of the Lord shal be at that daie from one end of the earth euen vnto the other end of the earth thei shal not be mourned nether gathered nor buryed but shal be as the dongue vpon the grounde 34 Houle ye shepherds and crye and wallowe your selues in the ashes ye principal of the flocke for your daies of slaughter are accomplished and of your dispersion and ye shal fall like precious vessels 35 And the flight shal faile from the shepherds and the escaping from the principal of the flocke 36 A voice of the crye of the shepherds and an knowling of the principal of the flocke shal be heard for the Lord hathe destroyed their pasture 37 And the best pastures are destroyed becau se of the wrath and indignation of the Lord. 38 He hathe forsaken his couert as the lion for their land is waste because of the wrath of the oppressor and because of the wrath of his indignation CHAP. XXVI 2 Ieremiáh moueth the people to repentance 7 He is take of the false Prophetes and Priestes and brogh to iudgement 23 〈◊〉 the Prophet is killed of Iehoiakim contrarie to the wil of God 1 IN the beginning of the reigne of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudah ca me this worde from the Lord saying 2 Thus saith the Lord Stand in the court of the Lords House and speake vnto all the cities of Iudáh which come to worship in the Lords House all the wordes that I command thee to speake kepe not avoide backe 3 If so be they wil hearken and turne euerie man from his euil way that I may repent me of the plague which I haue determined to bring vpon them because of the wickednes of their workes 4 And thou shalt say vnto thē Thus saith the Lord If ye wil not heare me to walke in my Lawes which I haue set before you 5 And to heare the wordes of my seruants the Prophetes whome I sent vnto you bothe rising vp early and sending them and wil not obeie them 6 Then wil I make this House like Shilóh and wil make this Citie a cursse to all the nacions of the earth 7 So the Priestes and the Prophetes and all the people heard Ieremiáh speaking these wordes in the Houses of the Lord. 8 Now when Ieremiáh had made an ende of speaking all that the Lord had commanded him to speake vnto all the people then the Priestes and the Prophetes all the people toke him and said Thou shalt dye the death 9 Why hast thou prophecied in the Name of the Lord saying This House shal be like Shilóh and this citie shal be desolate without an inhabitant and all the people were gathered against Ieremiáh in the House of the Lord. 10 And when the princes of Iudáh heard of these things thei came vp from the Kings house into the House of the Lord and sate downe in the entrie of the newe gate of the Lords House 11 Then spake the Priestes and the Prophetes vnto the princes and to all the people saying This man is worthie to dye for he hathe prophecied against this citie as ye haue heard with your eares 12 Then spake Ieremiáh vnto all the princes to all the people saying The Lord hathe sent me to prophecie against this House and against this citie all the things that ye haue heard 13 Therefore now amend your waies your workes heare the voice of the Lord your God that the Lord may repent him of the plague that he hath pronoūced against you 14 As for me beholde I am in your hands do with me as ye thinke good and right 15 But knowe ye for certeine that if ye put me to death ye shal surely bring innocent blood vpon your selues and vpon this Citie and vpon the inhabitants thereof for of a trueth the Lord hath sét me vnto you to speake all these wordes in your eares 16 Then said the princes and all the people vnto the Priests to the Prophetes This man is not worthye to dye for he hathe spoken vnto vs in the Name of the Lord our God 17 ¶ Then rose 〈◊〉 certeine of the Elders of the land and 〈◊〉 to all the assemblie of the people saying 18 Micháh the Morashite * prophecied in the dayes of Hezekiáh King of Iudáh and spake to all the people of Iudáh saying Thus saith the Lord of hostes Ziōn shal be plowed like a field and Ierusalém shal be an heape the mountaine of the House shal be as the high places of the forest 19 Did Hezekiáh King of Iudáh and all Iudáh put him to death did he not feare the LORD and prayed before the Lord and the Lord repented hym of the plague that he had
pronounced against them thus might we procure greate euill against our soules 20 And there was also a mā that prophecied in the Name of the Lord one 〈◊〉 the sonne of Shemaiáh of Kiriáth iarem who prophecied against this citie and agaynste this land according ' to all the wordes of Ieremiáh 21 Now when Iehoiakim the King with all his men of power and all the princes heard his wordes the King soght to slaie hym But when Vriiáh heard it he was afraied fled and went into Egypt 22 Then Iehoiakim the King sent men into Egypt euen Elnathán the sonne of Achbór and certeine with him into Egypt 23 And thei fet Vriiáh out of Egypt broght him vnto Iehoiakim the King who slewe him with the sworde and cast hys dead bodie into the graues of the childrē of the people 24 But the hand of Ahikám the sonne of Shaphán was with Ieremiáh that thei shuld not giue him in to the hand of the people to put him to death CHAP. XXVII 1 Ieremiáh at the commandement of the Lord sendeth bondes to the King of 〈◊〉 and to the other Kings that were nere whereby thei are monished to be subiectes vnto Nebuchad-nezzār 9 He warneth the people and the Kings and rulers that thei beleue not false Prophetes 1 IN the beginning of the reigne of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudah came this worde vnto Ieremiáh from the Lord saying 2 Thus saith the LORD to me Make thee bondes and yokes and put them vppon thy necke 3 And send them to the King of Edóm and to the King of Moáb to the King of the Ammonites and to the King of Tyrus and to the King of Zidón by the hande of the messengers which come to Ierusalém vnto Zedekiáh the King of Iudáh 4 And commāde them to say vnto their masters Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Thus shall ye say vnto your masters 5 I haue made the earth the man and the beast that are vpō the ground by my great power by my out stretched arme haue giuen it vnto whome it pleased me 6 But now I haue giuen all these lands into the hand of Nebuchad-nezzár the King of Babél my seruant and the beastes of the field haue I also giuen him to serue him 7 And all nations shall serue hym and hys sonne and his sonnes sonne vntill the verie time of his land come also then manye nations and great Kings shall serue them selues of him 8 And the nation and kingdome which will not serue the same Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél and that will not put their necke vnder the yoke of the King of Babél the same nation wil I visite saith the Lord with the sworde and with the famine and with the pestilence vntill I haue wholy giuen them into his hands 9 Therefore heare not your Prophetes nor your south saiers nor your dreamers nor your inchāters nor your sorcerers which saie vnto you thus Ye shall not serue the King of Babél 10 For thei prophecie a lie vnto you to cause you to go farre from your lande and that I shulde cast you out and you shulde perish 11 But the nation that put their neckes vnder the yoke of the King of Babél and ser ue him those wil I let remaine still in theyr owne land saith the Lord and thei shal occupie it and dwell therein 12 ¶ I spake also to Zedekiáh King of Iudáh according to all these wordes saying Put your neckes vnder the yoke of the King of Babél and serue him and his people that ye may liue 13 Why wil ye dye thou and thy people by the sworde by the famine by the pestilēce as the Lord hath spoken against the nation that wil not serue the King of Babél 14 Therefore heare not the wordes of the Prophetes that speake vnto you saying Ye shal not serue the King of Babél for thei prophecie a lie vnto you 15 For I haue not * sent them saith the Lord yet they prophecie a lie in my Name that I might cast you out that ye might perish bothe you and the Prophetes that prophecie vnto you 16 ¶ Also I spake to the Priestes to all this people saying Thus saith the Lord Heare not the wordes of your Prophetes that pro phecie vnto you saying Beholde * the ves sels of the House of the Lord shall now shortely be broght agayne from Babél for they prophecie a lie vnto you 17 Heare them not but serue the King of Babél that ye maye liue wherefore shulde this citie be desolate 18 But if they be Prophetes and if the word of the Lord be with thē let them in treat the Lord of hostes that the vessels whiche are left in the House of the Lord and in the house of the King of Iudáh and at Ierusalém go not to Babél 19 For thus saith the Lord of hostes concerning the * pillers and concerning the sea and concerning the bases and cōcerning the residue of the vessels that remayne in this citie 20 Which Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél toke not when he caryed * away captiue Ieconiáh the sonne of Iehoiakim King of Iudáh from Ierusalém to Bábél with all the nobles of Iudáh and Ierusalém 31 For thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél cōcerning the vessels that remaine in the House of the Lord in the house of the King of Iudáh and at Ierusalém 22 They shal be broght to Babél and there thei shal be vntil the day that I visite thē saith the Lord then wil I bring them vp restore them vnto this place CHAP. XXVIII 1 The false prophecie of Hananiah 12 Ieremiah reproueth Hananiah and prophecieth 1 ANd that same yere in the beginning of the reigne of Zedekiáh King of Iudáh in the fourth yere and in the fift mo neth Hananiáh the sonne of Azúr the Prophet whiche was of Gibeón spake to me in the House of the Lord in the presence of the Priests and of all the people and said 2 Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes the God of Israél saying I haue broken the yoke of the King of Babél 3 Within two yeres space I will bring into this place all the vessels of the Lords house that Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél toke awaye from this place and caried the minto Babél 4 And I will bring againe to this place Ieconiáh the sonne of Iehoia kim King of Iudáh with all them that were caryed awaye captiue of Iudáh and went into Babél saith the Lord for I will breake the yoke of the King of Babél 5 Then the Prophet Ieremiáh said vnto the Prophet Hananiáh in the presence of the Priests and in the presence of all the people that stode in the House of the Lord. 6 Euen the Prophet Ieremiáh said So be it the Lord so do the Lord confirme thy wordes which thou hast prophecied
to restore the vessels of the Lords House and all that is caryed captiue from Babél into this place 7 But heare thou now this worde that I will speake in thine eares and in the 〈◊〉 of all the people 8 The Prophetes that haue bene before me and before thee in time past prophecied against manie countreis and against great kingdomes of warre and of 〈◊〉 and of pestilence 9 And the Prophet which prophecieth of peace when the worde of the Prophet shal come to passe then shall the Prophet be knowē that the Lord 〈◊〉 truely sent him 10 Thē Hananiáh the Prophet toke the yoke from the Prophet Ieremiahs necke and brake it 11 And Hananiah spake in the presēce of all the people saying Thus saith the Lord Euen so will I breake the yoke of Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél frō the necke of all nations within the space of two yeres the Prophet Ieremiáh went his way 12 ¶ Then the worde of the Lord came vnto Ieremiáh the Prophet after that Hananiáh the Prophet had brokē the yoke from the necke of the Prophet Ieremiáh saying 13 Go and tel Hananiáh saying Thus saith the Lord Thou hast broken the yokes of wood but thou shalt make for them yokes of yron 14 For thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél I haue put a yoke of yron vpon the necke of all these natiōs that thei may serue Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél for thei shall serue him and I haue giuen hym the beasts of the field also 15 Then said the Prophet Ieremiáh vnto the Prophet Hananiáh Heare now Hananiáh the Lord hathe not sent thee but thou makest this people to trust in a lye 16 Therefore thus saith the Lord Beholde I will cast thee from of the earth this yere thou shalt dye because thou hast spoken rebelliously against the Lord. 17 So Hananiáh the Prophet dyed the same yere in the seuenth moneth CHAP. XXIX 1 Ieremiáh 〈◊〉 vnto them that were in captiuitie in 〈◊〉 10 He prophecieth their returne after seuentie yeres 16 He prophecieth the destruction of the King of the people that remaine in Ierusalém 21 He 〈◊〉 areneth the Prophetes that seduce the people 25 The death of Semeiah is prophecied 1 NOw these are the wordes of the boke that Ieremiáh the Prophet sent from Ierusalém vnto the residue of the Elders which were caryed away captiues to the Priests and to the Prophetes and to all the people whome Nebuchad-nezzár had caryed away captiue from Ierusalém to Babél 2 After that Ieconiáh the King and the b Quene and the eunuches the * princes of Iudáh and of Ierusalém and the worke men and cunning men were departed from Ierusalém 3 By the hand of Elasáh the sonne of Shaphā and Gemariáh the sonne of Hilkiáh whome Zedekiáh King of Iudáh sent vnto Babél to Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél saying 4 Thus hathe the Lord of hostes the GOD of Israél spoken vnto all that are caryed awaye captiues whome I haue caused to be caryed awaye captiues from Ierusalém vnto Babél 5 Buylde you houses to dwell in and plant you gardens and eat the frutes of them 6 Take you wiues and beget sonnes and daughters take wiues for your sonnes giue your daughters to housbands that they may beare sonnes and daughters that ye may be increased there and not diminished 7 And seke the prosperitie of the citie whether I haue caused you to be caryed awaye captiues and praye vnto the Lord for it for in the peace thereof shall you haue peace 8 ¶ For thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Let not your prophetes and your so the sayers that be amōg you deceiue you ne ther giue eare to your dreames which you dreame 9 For they prophecie you alye in my Name I haue not sent them saith the Lord. 10 But thus saith the Lord That after seuentie yeres be accomplished at Babél I wil visit you and performe my good promes toward you and cause you to returne to this place 11 For knowe the thoghts that I haue thoght towardes you saith the Lord euē the thoghts of peace and not of trouble to giue you an end and your hope 12 Then shal you crye vnto me and ye shal go and pray vnto me and I wil heare you 13 And ye shal seke me and finde me becau se ye shal seke me with all your heart 14 And I wil be founde of you saith the Lord and I wil turne away your captiuitie and I wil gather you from all the nations and frō all the places whether I haue cast you faith the Lord and wil bring you againe vnto the place whence I caused you to be caryed away captiue 15 ¶ Because ye haue said The Lord hathe raised vs vp Prophetes in Babél 16 Therefore thus saieth the Lord of the King that sitteth vpon the throne of Dauid and of all the people that dwell in this citie your brethren that are not gone for the with you into captiuitie 17 Euen thus saith the Lord of hostes Beholde I wil send vpon them the sworde the famine and the pestilence wil make them like vile figges that can not be eatē they are so noghtie 18 And I wil persecute them with the sworde with the famine with the pestilence I wil make them a terror to all kingdomes of the earth a cursse and astonishmēt and an hissing and a reproche among 〈◊〉 the nations whether I haue cast them 19 Because they haue not heard my wordes saith the Lord which I sent vnto them by my seruāts the Prophetes rising vp earely sending them but ye wolde not hea re saith the Lord. 20 ¶ Heare ye therefore the worde of the Lord all ye of the captiuitie whome I haue sent from Ierusalém to Babél 21 Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél of Aháb the sonne of Kolaiah and of Zedekiah the sonne of Maaseiah which prophecie lies vnto you in my Name Beholde I wil deliuer them into the hand of Nebuchad-nezzar King of Babél he shal slaye them before your eyes 22 And all they of the captiuitie of Iudah that are in Babél shal take vp this cursse againste them say The Lord make thee like Zedekiah and like Ahab whome the King of Babél burnt in the fyre 23 Because they haue committed vilenie in Israél and haue committed adulterie with their neighbours wiues and haue spoken lying wordes in my Name which I haue not commanded them euen I knowe it testifie it saith the Lord. 24 ¶ Thou shalt also speake to Shemaiáh the Nehelamite saying 25 Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes the God of Israél saying Because thou hast sent letters in thy name vnto all the people that are at Ierusalém to Zephaniáh the sonne of Maaseiáh the Priest to all the Priests saying 26 The Lord hathe made thee
bring vpon them and vpon the inhabitans of Ierusalem and vpon the men of Iudah all the euil that I haue pronounced against them but they wolde not heare 32 Then toke Ieremiah another roole and ga ue it Baruch the scribe the sonne of Neriah which wrote therein at the mouth of Ieremiah all the wordes of the boke which Iehoiakim King of Iudah had burnt in the fyre and there were added besides them many like wordes CHAP. XXXVII Zedekiáh succeded Ieconiáh 3 He sendeth vnto Ieremiah to praye for him 12 Ieremiah going into the land of Bēn iamin is taken 15 He is beaten and put in prison 1 ANd * King Zedekiah the sonne of Iosiah reigned for Coniah the sonne of Iehoiakim whome Nabuchad-nezzar King of Babél made King in the land of Iudáh 2 But nether he nor his seruants nor the people of the land wolde obey the wordes of the Lord which spake by the ministerie of the Prophet Ieremiáh 3 And Zedekiáh the King sent Iehucál the the sonne of Shelemiáh and Zephaniáh the sonne of Maasciáh the Priest to the Pro phet Ieremiáh saying Pray now vnto the Lord our God for vs. 4 Now Ieremiáh went in and out among the people for they had not put him into the prison 5 Then Phara ohs hoste was come out of Egypt and when the Caldeans that besieged Ierusalém heard tidings of them thei departed from Ierusalém 6 Then came the worde of the lord vnto the Prophet Ieremiáh saying 7 Thus saith the Lord God of Israél Thus shal ye say to the King of Iudáh that sēt you vnto me to inquire of me Beholde Pharaohs hoste which is come forthe to helpe you shal returne to Egypt into their owne land 8 And the Caldeans shal come againe and fight against this citie and take it and bur ne it with fyre 9 Thus saith the Lord Deceiue not your selues saying The Caldeans shal surely de parte from vs for thei shal not departe 10 For thogh ye had smiten the whole hoste of the Caldeans that fight against you there remained but wonded men among them yet shulde euery man rise vp in his tent and burne this citie with fyre 11 ¶ When the hoste of the Caldeans was bro ken vp from Ierusalém because of Pharaohs armie 12 Then Ieremiáh went out of Ierusalém to go into the land of Beniamin separating him self thence from among the people 13 And when he was in the gate of Beniamin there was a chief officer whose name was Iriiáh the sonne of Shelemià h the sonne of Hananiáh and he toke Ieremiáh the Prophet saying Thou fleest to the Caldeans 14 Then said Ieremiáh That is false I flee not to the Caldeans but he wolde not heare him so Iriiáh toke Ieremiáh and broght him to the princes 15 Wherefore the princes were angry with 〈◊〉 and smote him and laid him in prison in the house of Iehonathán the scribe for they had made that the prison 16 When Ieremiah was entred into the dongeon and into the prisons and had remained there a long time 17 Then Zedekiáh the King send and toke him out and the King asked him secretly in his house and said Is there any worde from the Lord And Ieremiáh said Yea for said he thou shalt be deliuered into the hand of the King of Babél 18 Moreouer Ieremiáh said vnto King Zedekiáh What haue I offended against thee or against thy seruants or against this 〈◊〉 ple that ye haue put me in prison 19 * Where are now your Prophetes which prophecied vnto you saying The King of Babél shal not come agaīst you nor against this land 20 Therefore heare now I pray thee ô my lord the King let my prayer be accepted before thee that thou cause me not to returne to the house of Iehonathán the scribe lest I dye there 21 Then Zedekiáh the King commanded that they shulde put Ieremiáh in the court of the prison and that they shulde giue him daiely a piece of bread out of the bakers strete vntil all the bread in the citie were eaten vp Thus Ieremiáh remained in the court of the prison CHAP. XXXVIII 1 By the mencion of the rulers Ieremiah is put into a 〈◊〉 14 At the request of Ebed-meléch the King cōmā deth Ieremiah to be broght forthe of the dongcon 17. Ieremiah sheweth the King how he might escape death 1 THen Shephatiah the sonne of Mattán and Gedaliah the sonne of Pashúr and Iucal the sonne of Shelemiáh and Pashhúr the sonne of Malchiáh 〈◊〉 the wor des that Ieremiáh had spoken vnto all the people saying 2 Thus saith the Lord He that remaineth in this citie shal dye by the sworde by the famine by the pestilence but he that goeth for the to the Caldeans shal liue for he shal haue his life for a pray and shal liue 3 Thus saith the Lord This citie shal surely be giuen into the hand of the King of 〈◊〉 armie which shal take it 4 Therefore the princes said vnto the King We beseche you let this man be put to death for thus he weakeneth the hands of the men of warre that remaine in this citie and the hands of all the people in speaking suche wordes vnto them for this man seketh not the wealth of this people but the hurt 5 Then Zedekiah the King said Beholde he is in your hands for the King can denie you nothing 6 Then toke they Ieremiáh and cast him in to the dongeon of Malchiáh the sonne of Hammélech that was in the court of the prison and they let downe Ieremiah with coards and in the dongeon there was no water but myre so Ieremiah stacke fast in the myre 7 Now when Ebed-mélech the blacke Mo re one of the Eunuches which was in the Kings house heard that they had put Iere miah in the dongeon then the King sate in the gate of Beniamin 8 And 〈◊〉 went out of the Kings house and spake to the King saying 9 My lord the King these men haue done euil in all that they haue done to Ieremiáh the Prophet whome they haue castīto the dangeon and he dyeth for hunger in the place where he is for there is no more bread in the citie 10 Then the King commanded Ebed-melech the blacke More saying Take from hence thirtie men with thee and take Ieremiáh the Prophet out of the dongeon before he dye 11 So Ebed-mélech toke the men with him ād 〈◊〉 to the house of the King vnder the trea surie and toke there olde rotten ragges 〈◊〉 olde worne cloutes and let them downe by coardes into the dongeon to Ieremiáh 12 And Ebed-mélech the blacke More said vn to Ieremiáh Put now these olde rotten ragges and worne vnder thine arme holes betwene the coardes 13 So they drewe vp Ieremiáh with coardes and toke him vp out of the dongeon ād Iere miáh remained in
way to turne from it if he do not turne from his way he shal dye for his iniquitie but thou hast deliuered thy soule 10 Therefore ô thou sonne of man speake vnto the house of Israél Thus ye speake and say If our transgressions and our sinnes be vpon vs and we are consumed because of them how shulde we then liue 11 Say vnto them as I liue saith the lord God I desire not the death of the wicked but that the wicked turne from his way and liue turne you turne you from your euil wayes for why wil ye dye ô ye house of Israél 12 Therefore thou sonne of man say vnto the children of thy people The righteousnes of the righteous shal not deliuer him in the day of his transgression nor the wickednes of the wicked shal cause him to fall therein in the day that he retur neth from his wickednes nether shal the righteousnes liue for his righteousnes in the day that he sinneth 13 When I shal say vnto the righteous that he shal surely liue if he trust to his owne righteousnes and commit iniquitie all his righteousnes shal be no more remembred but for his iniquitie that he hathe commit ted he shal dye for the same 14 Againe when I shal say vnto the wicked Thou shalt dye the death if he turne from his sinne and do that which is lawful and right 15 To wit if the wicked restore the pledge and giue againe that he had robbed and walke in the statutes of life without committing iniquitie he shal surely liue and not dye 16 None of his sinnes that he hathe committed shal be mencioned vnto him because he hathe done that which is lawful and right he shal surely liue 17 Yet the children of thy people say * The way of the LORD is not equal but their owne way is vnequal 18 When the righteous turneth from his righ teousnes committeth iniquitie he shal euen dye thereby 19 But if the wicked returne from his wicked nes and do that which is lawful and right he shal liue thereby 20 Yet ye say The way of the lord is not equal O ye house of Israél I wil iudge you euerie one after his wayes 21 Also in the twelfth yere of our captiuitie in the tenth moneth and in the fift day of the moneth one that had escaped out of Ierusalém came vnto me and said The citie is smitten 22 Now the hand of the Lord had bene vpō me in the euening a fore he that had escaped came had opened my mouth vntil he came to me in the mourning when he had opened my mouth I was no more dom me 23 Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me and said 24 Sonne of man these that dwell in the desolate places of the land of Israél talke and say Abraham was but one and he possessed the land but we are many therefore the land shal be giuen vs in possession 25 Wherefore say vnto them Thus saith the Lord God Ye eat with the blood and lift vp your eyes towarde your idoles and sheade blood shulde ye then possesse the land 26 Ye leane vpon your sworde ye worke abominacion and ye defile euerie one his neighbours wife shulde ye thē possesse the land 27 Say thus vnto them Thus saith the Lord God As I liue so surely thei that are in the desolate places shal fall by the sworde him that is in the open field wil I giue vnto the beastes to be deuoured and thei that be in the fortes and in the caues shal dye of the pestilence 28 For I wil lay the 〈◊〉 desolate and waste the * pompe of her strength shal cease and the mountaines of 〈◊〉 shal be desolate and none shal passe through 29 Then shal thei knowe that I am the Lord when I haue laide the land desolate and waste because of all their abominacions that thei haue committed 30 Also thou sonne of mā the children of thy people that talke of thee by the walles and in the dores of houses and speake one to another euerie one to his brother saying Come I pray you and heare what is the worde that commeth from the Lord. 31 For thei come vnto thee as the people vseth to come and my people sit before thee and heare thy wordes but thei wil not do them for with their mouthes thei make iestes their heart goeth after their couetousnes 32 And 〈◊〉 thou art vnto them as a iesting song of one that hathe a pleasant voyce and can sing wel for thei heare thy wordes but thei do them not 33 And when this commeth to passe for lo it wil come then shal thei knowe that a Prophet hathe bene among them CHAP. XXXIIII 2 Against the shepherdes that despised the flocke of Christ and 〈◊〉 their owne gain 7 〈◊〉 Lord saith that he wil visite 〈◊〉 dispersed flocke and gather them together 23. He promiseth the true shepherd Christ and with him peace 1 ANd the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 2 Sonne of man prophecie against the shepherdes of Israél prophecie and say vnto them Thus saith the Lord God vnto the shepherdes * Wo be vnto the shepherdes of Israél that fede them selues shulde not the shepherdes fede the flockes 3 Ye eat b fat and ye clothe you with the woll ye kil them that are fed but ye fede not the shepe 4 The weake haue ye not strengthened the sicke haue ye not healed nether haue ye bounde vp the broken nor broghtagai ne that which was d iuen away nether haue ye soght that which was lost but with crueltie with 〈◊〉 haue ye ruled them 5 And they were scattred without a shepherde and when thei were dispersed thei were deuoured of all the beasts of the field 6 My shepe wandred through all the mountaines and vpon euerie hye hil yea my floc ke was scattred through all the earth and none did seke or serche after them 7 Therefore ye shepherdes heare the worde of the Lord. 8 As I liue saith the Lord God surely because se my flocke was spoiled and my shepe we re deuoured of all the beastes of the field hauing no shepherd nether did my shepherdes seke my shepe but the shepherdes fed them selues and fed not my shepe 9 Therefore heare ye the worde of the Lord ô ye shepherdes 10 Thus saith the Lord God Behold I come against the shepherdes and wil require my shepe at their hands and cause them to cea se from feding the shepe nether shal the shepherds fede them selues any more for I wil deliuer my shepe from their mouthes and thei shal nomore deuoure them 11 For thus saith the Lord God Beholde I wil serche my shepe and seke them out 12 As a shepherd sercheth out his flocke whē he hathe bene among his shepe that are scattered so wil I seke out
shame to our Kings to our princes and to our fathers because we haue sinned agaynst thee 9 Yet compassion and forgiuenes is in the Lorde our God albeit we haue rebelled against him 10 For we haue not obeyed the voice of the Lord our God to walke in his lawes whiche he had laid before vs by the ministerie of his seruants the Prophetes 11 Yea all Israél haue transgressed thy Lawe and are turned backe and haue not heard thy voice therefore the cursse is powred vpon vs and the othe that is writen in the lawe of Mosés the seruant of God because we haue sinned against him 12 And he hath confirmed his wordes which he spake against vs and against our iudges that iudged vs by bringing vpon vs a great plague for vnder the whole heauen hathe not bene the like as hathe bene broght vppon Ierusalém 13 All thys plague is come vpon vs as it is writen in the Lawe of Mosés yet made we not our praier before the Lord our god that we might turne from our iniquities and vnderstand thy trueth 14 Therefore hath the Lord made readie the plague and broght it vpon vs for the Lord our God is righteous in all his workes whiche he doeth for we wolde not heare his voyce 15 * And now ô Lord our God that hast broght thy people out of the land of Egypt with a mightie hand and hast gotten thee renoume as appeareth this day we haue sinned we haue done wickedly 16 O Lord according to all thy righteousnes I beseche thee let thine angre thy wrath be turned away from thy citie Ierusalém thine holy Mountaine for because of our sinnes for the iniquities of our fathers Ierusalém and thy people are a reproche to all that are about vs. 17 Now therefore ô our GOD heare the prayer of thy seruant and his supplications and cause thy face to shine vpon thy Sanctuarie that lyeth waste for the Lords sake 18 O my GOD encline thine eare and heare open thine eyes and beholde our desolatiōs and the citie wherupon thy Name is called for we do not present our supplicacions before thee for our owne righteousnes but for thy great tendre mercies 19 O Lord heare ô Lord forgiue ô Lord con sider and do it differre not for thine owne sake ô my God for thy Name is called vpon thy citie and vpon thy people 20 ¶ And whiles I was speaking and praying and confessing my sinne and the sinne of my people Israél and did present my supplicacion before the Lord my God for the holy Mountaine of my God 21 Yea while I was speaking in prayer euen the man * Gabriél whome I had sene before in the vision came flying touched me about the time of the euening oblacion 22 And he informed me and talked with me and said O Daniél I am now come forthe to giue thee knowledge and vnderstanding 23 At the beginning of thy supplicacions the commandement came forthe and I am come to shewe thee forthou art greatly beloued therefore vnderstand the matter and cōsider the vision 24 Seuentie wekes are determined vpon thy people and vpon thine holie citie to finish the wickednes and to seale vp the sinnes and to reconcile the iniquitie to bring in euerlasting righteousnes and to seale vp the vision and prophecie and to anoint the moste Holie 25 Knowe therefore and vnderstand that from the going forthe of the commandement to bring againe the people and to builde Ieru salém vnto Messiah the prince shal be seuē wekes and thre score and two wekes and the strete shal be built againe the wall euen in a troublous time 26 And after thre score and two wekes shal Messiah be slayne and shal haue nothing the people of the prince that shal come shal destroye the citie and the Sanctuarie the end thereof shal be with a flood and vn to the end of the battel it shal be destroyed by desolacions 27 And he shal confirme the couenāt with ma nie for one weke and in the middes of the weke he shal cause the sacrifice and the obla cion to cease and for the ouerspreading of the abominacions he shal make it desolate euen vntil the consummacion determined shal be powred vpon the desolate CHAP. X. There 〈◊〉 vnto Daniel a man clothed in linen 11 Which sheweth him wherefore he is sent 1 IN the third yere of Cyrus King of Persia a thing was reueiled vnto Daniél whose name was called Belteshazzár and the word was true but the time appointed was lōg and he vnderstode the thing and had vnderstanding of the vision 2 At the same time I Daniél was in heauines for thre weekes of dayes 3 I ate no pleasant bread nether came flesh nor wine in my mouth nether did I anoint my self at all til thre weekes of dayes were fulfilled 4 And in the foure and twentieth day of the first moneth as I was by the side of that great riuer euen Hiddékel 5 And I lift vp mine eyes and loked and beholde there was a man clothed in linen whose loynes were girded with fine golde of * Vphaz 6 His bodie also was like the Chrysolite and his face to loke vpon like the lightening his eyes as lampes of yre and his armes and his fete were like in colour to polished bras se and the voyce of his wordes was like the voyce of a multitude 7 And I Daniél alone sawe the vision for the men that were with me sawe not the vision but a great feare fell vpon them so that they fled a way and hid them selues 8 Therefore I was left alone and sawe this great vision there remained no strength in me for my strength was turned in me into corruption and I reteined no power 9 Yet heard I the voyce of his wordes and when I heard the voyce of his wordes I slept on my face and my face was towarde the grounde 10 And beholde an hand touched me which set me vp vpon my knees and vpon the 〈◊〉 of mine hands 11 And he said vnto me O Daniél a man greatly beloued vnderstand the wordes that I speake vnto thee and 〈◊〉 in thy place 〈◊〉 for vnto thee am I now sent And when he had said this worde vnto me I stode trembling 12 Then said he vnto me Feare not Daniél for from the first daye that thou didest set thine heart to vnderstand and to humble thy selfe before thy God thy wordes were heard and I am come for thy wordes 13 But the prince of the kingdome of Persia with stode me one and twentie dayes but lo Michaél one of the chief princes came to helpe me and I remained there by the Kings of Perfia 14 Now I am come to shewe thee what shal come to thy people in the latter dayes for yet the
and wil set thee as a gasing stocke 7 And it shal come to passe that all thei that loke vpon thee shal flee from thee say Nineuéh is destroyed who will haue pitie vpon her where shal I seke comforters for thee 8 Art thou better thē No which was full of people that laye in the riuers and had the waters rounde about it whose ditche was the sea her wal was from the sea 9 Ethiopia and Egypt were her strength there was none end Put and Lubim were her helpers 10 Yet was she caryed away and went into captiuitie her yong childré also were dashed in pieces at the head of all the stretes thei cast lottes for her noble men all her mightie mē were bound in chaines 11 Also thou shalt be drunken thou shalt hide thy self and shalt seke helpe because of the enemie 12 All thy strong cities shal be like figtrees with the first ripe figs for if thei be shakē thei fall into the mouth of the eater 13 Beholde thy people within thee are women the gates of thy land shal be opened vnto thine enemies and the fyre shall deuoure thy barres 14 Drawe thee waters for the 〈◊〉 fortifie thy strong holdes go into the claye and temper the morter make strong bricke 15 There shal the fire deuoure thee the sword shal cut there of it shal eat thee vp like the locustes thogh thou be multiplied like the locustes and multiplied like the grashopper 16 Thou hast multiplied thy marchāts aboue the starres of heauen the locuste spoileth and flieth a waie 17 Thy princes are as the grashoppers and thy captaines as the greate grashoppers whiche remaine in the hedges in the colde day but when the sunne ariseth thei flee a waie and their place is not knowē where thei are 18 Thy shepherdes do slepe ô King of Asshúr thy strong men lie downe thy people is scattered vpon the mountaines and no man gathereth them 19 There is no healing of thy wounde thy plague is grieuous all that heare the brute of thee shal clappe the hands ouer thee for vpon whome hathe not thy malice passed continually HABAKKVK THE ARGVMENT THe Prophet complaineth vnto God considering the great felicitie of the wicked and the miserable oppression of the godlie which indure all kinde of affliction crueltie and yet can senone end Therfore he had this 〈◊〉 shewed him of God that the Caldeans shulde come and take thē awaie captiues so that thei colde loke for none end of their troubles as yet because of 〈◊〉 stubbernes and rebellion against the Lord. And lest the godlie shuld despaire seing this horrible confusion he comforteth them by this that God wil punish the Caldeans their enemies when their pride and crueltie shal be at height wherefore he 〈◊〉 the faithfull to pacience by his owne exaumple and sheweth them a forme of prayer wherewith they shulde comfort them selues CHAP. I. 2 A complaint against the wicked that persecute the iust 1 THe burden whiche Habakkúk the Prophet did se. 2 O Lord how long shal I crye and thou wilt not heare euē crye out vnto thee forviolence and thou wilt not helpe 3 Why doest thou shewe me iniquitie and cause me to beholde sorowe for spoyling and violence are before me and there are that raise vp strife and contention 4 Therefore the Law is dissolued and iudgement doeth neuer go forthe for the wicked doeth compasse about the righteous therefore wrong iudgement procedeth 5 Beholde among the heathen and regarde and wonder and marueil for I will worke a worke in your daies ye will not beleue it thoght it be tolde you 6 For lo I raise vp the Caldeās that bitter and 〈◊〉 nacion which shall go vpō the breadth of the lande to possesse the dwelling places that are not theirs 7 Thei are terrible and feareful their iudgement and their dignitie shal procede of them selues 8 Their horses also are swifter thē the Leopards and are more fierce then the wolues in the * euening and their horsemen are many their horsemen shal come frō farre thei shal flie as the egle hasting to meate 9 They come all to spoyle before their faces shal be an Eastwinde and they shall gather the captiuitie as the sand 10 And thei shal mocke the Kings and the princes shal be a skorne vnto them 〈◊〉 shal deride euery strong holde for thei 〈◊〉 gather dust and take it 11 Then shall thei take a courage transgresse do wickedly imputing this their power vnto their God 12 Art not thou of olde ô Lord my God mine holy one we shall not dye O Lord thou hast ordeined thē for iudgement ô God thou hast established them for correction 13 Thou art of pure eies canst not se euil thou cāst not behold wickednes wherfore doest thou loke vpon the trāsgressors holdest thy tōgue when the wicked deuou reth the mā that is more rig hteousthē he 14 And makest men as the fishe of the sea and as the creping things that haue no ruler ouer them 15 Thei take vp all with the angle they catche it in their net gather it in their yarne whereof they reioyce and are glad 16 Therefore they sacrifice vnto theyr net and burne incēse vnto their yarne because by them their porcion is fat and theyr meat plenteous 17 Shal theitherefore stretche out their net not spare cōrinually to slay the naciōs CHAP. II. 2 A vision 5 Against pride couetousnes drunkennes and 〈◊〉 1 I Wil stand vpon my watche and set me vpon the towre and will loke se what he wolde say vnto me and what I shall answer to him that rebuketh me 2 And the Lord answered me said Write the vision and make it plaine vpon tables that he may runne that readeth it 3 For the visiō is yet for an appointed time but at the last it shal speake not lie thogh it tary waite for it shal surely come and shal not stay 4 Beholde he that lifteth vp him selfe his minde is notvpright in him but the iuste shal liue by his faith 5 Yea in dede the proude man is as he that trāsgresseth by wine therfore shal he not endure because he hath enlarged his desire as the hel and is as death and cā not be satisfied but gathereth vnto him all naciōs and he a peth vnto him all people 6 Shal not all these take vp a parable against him and a tanting prouer be agaynst him say Ho he that increaseth that which is not his how long and he that ladeth him self with thicke claye 7 Shal they not rise vp suddenly that shal bite thee and awake that shall stirre thee and thou shalt be their pray 8 Because thou hast spoiled manie nations all the remnant of the people shall spoyle thee because of mens blood and for the wrong done
the time which is long may be shortened the kingdome is already prepared for you watche 14 Take heauen and earth to witnes for I haue abolished the euil and created the good for I liue saith the Lord. 15 Mother embrace thy children and bring them vp with gladnes make their fete as fast as a piller for I haue chosen thee saith the Lord. 16 And those that be dead wil I raise vp from their places and bring them out of the graues for I haue knowen my Name in Israél 17 Feare not thou mother of the children for I haue chosen thee saith the Lord. 18 I wil send thee my seruants Esaie and Ieremie to helpe thee by whose counsel I haue sanctified ād prepared for thee twelue trees laden with diuers frutes 19 And as many fountaines flowing with milke and hony and seuen mightie mountaines whereupō there growe roses lilies where by I wilfilthy children with ioye 20 Execute iustice for the widdo we iudge the cause of the fatherles giue to the poore defende the fatherles clothe the naked 21 Heale the wounded and sicke laugh not a lame man to scorne defend the crepel and let the blinde come into the light of my clerenes 22 Kepe the olde and the yong that are within thy walles 23 * Where soeuerth ou findest the dead take them and burye them and I wil giue thee the first place in my resurrection 24 Abide stil ô my people and rest for thy quietnes shal come 25 Nourish thy children ô thou good nurse stablish their fete 26 None of the seruants that I haue giuen thee shal perish for I wil seke them from among thy nomber 27 Be not weary for when the day of trouble and 〈◊〉 commeth other shal wepe and be soroweful but thou shalt be mery and ha ue abundance 28 The heathen shal enuie thee and shal do nothing against thee saith the Lord. 29 Mine hands shal couerthee so that thy chil dren shal not se hell 30 Be ioyful ò thou mother with thy children for I wil deliuer thee saith the Lorde 31 Remember thy children that slepe for I wil bring thē out of the sides of the earth wil shewe mercie vnto them for I am merciful saith the Lord almightie 32 Embrace thy children vntil I come and she we mercie vnto thē for my fountaines runne ouer and my grace shal not faile 33 I Esdras receiued a charge of the Lord vpō the mount Horeb that I shulde go vnto them of Israel but when I came to them thei cast me of and despised the commandemēt of the Lord. 34 And therefore I say vnto yon ô ye heathen that heare and vnderstand Wait for your shepherd who shal giue you enerlasting rest for he is nere at hand that shal come in the end of the worlde 35 Be ready to the rewarde of the kingdome for the euerlasting light shal shine vpon you for euermore 36 Fle the shado we of this worlde receiue the ioye of your glorie I testifie my Sauiour openly 37 Receiue the gift that is giuen you and be glad 〈◊〉 thankes vnto him that hathe cal led you to the heauenlie kingdome 38 Arise and stand vp and beholde the nomber of those that are sealed for the feast of the Lord 39 Which are departed from the shadowe of the worlde and haue receiued glorious garments of the Lord. 40 Take thy nomber ô Sion and shut vp thē that are clothed in white which haue fulfilled the Law of the Lord. 41 The nomber of thy children whome thou longest for is fulfilled beseche the power of the Lord that thy people which haue bene called from the beginning may be sanctified 42 * I Esdras sawe vpon mount Siō a great peo ple whome I colde not nomber and they all praised the Lord with songs 43 And in the middes of them there was a yōg man hier in stature then them all and vpon euerie one of their heads he set crownes and was hier then the others which I much marueiled at 44 So I asked the Angel and said Who are the se my lord 45 Who answered and said vnto me These be they that haue put of the mortal clothing haue put on the immortal and haue confessed the Name of GOD now are they crowned and receiue the palmes 46 Then said I vnto the Angel What yong mā is it that setteth crownes on them giueth them the palmes in their hands 47 And he answered and said vnto me It is the sonne of God whome they haue confessed in the worlde Then began I greatly to commende thē that had stand so strongly for the Name of the Lord. 48 Then the Angel said vnto me Go thy way and tel my people what and how great won ders of the Lord God thou hast sene CHAP. III. 4 The wonderous workes which God did for the people are recited 31 Esdras marueileth that God suffreth the Ba bylonians to haue rule ouer his people which yet are syn ners also 1 IN the thirtieth yere after the fall of the citie as I was at Babylon I lay troubled vpō my bed and my thoghts came vpto mine heart 2 Because I sawe the desolacion of Sion and the wealth of them that dwelt at Babylon 3 So my spirit was sore moued so that I begā ne to speake fearful wordes to the moste High and said 4 O Lord Lord thou spakest at the beginning when thou alone plantedst the earth and ga uest commandement vnto the people 5 * And a bodie vnto Adā without soule who was also the workemanship of thine hands and hast breathed in him the breth of life so that he liued before thee 6 And leddest him into Paradise whiche thy right hand had planted or euer the earth broght forthe 7 Euen then thou gauest him commandemēt to loue thy way but he trāsgressed it and im mediatly thou appointedst death to him and his generacion of whome came nacions tribes people and kinreds out of nomber 8 * And euerie people walked after their own wil and did wonderful things before thee despised thy commandements 9 * But at the time appointed thou broghtest the flood vpon those that dwelt in the world and destroiedst them 10 So that by the flood that came to euerie one of them which came by death vnto Adam 11 Yet thou leftest one euen * Noe with his houshold of whome came all righteous mē 12 And when they that dwelt vpon the earth began to multiplie and the nomber of the children people and many nacions were increased they began to be more vngodlie thē the first 13 Now when they liued wickedly before thee * thou didest chose thee a man from among them whose name was * Abraham 14 Whome thou louedst and vnto whome one ly thou shewedst thy wil 15 And madest an euerlasting couenāt with him promising him that thou woldest neuer forsake his sede 16 * And vnto him thou gauest Isahac * vnto Isa
vppon the hiest place of your walles 2 And so sone as the morning shall appeare and the sonne shall come for the vpon the earth take you euerie one his weapons go forthe euerie valiant man out of them Citie and set you a captaine ouer them as thogh you wolde godowne into the field towarde the watche of the Assyrians but go not downe 3 Then they shal take their armour shall go into their campe raise vp the captaines of the armie of Assur they shal runne to the tent of Olofernes but shal not finde him then feare shall fall vpon them they shal flee before your face 4 So you and all that inhabite the coastes of Israel shal pursue them and ouerthrowe them as they go 5 But before you do these things call me Achior the Ammonite that he may se and knowe him that despised the house of Israel and that sent him to vs as to death 6 Then they called Achior out of the house of Ozias and when he was come and sawe the head of Olofernes in a certeine mans hand in the assemblie of the people he fell downe on his face and his spirit failed 7 But when they had taken him vp he fel at Iudeths fete and reuerenced her and said Blessed art thou in all the tabernacle of Iuda and in all nacions whiche hearing thy name shal be astonished 8 Now therefore tel me all the things that thou hast done in these dayes Then Iudeth declared vnto him in the middes of the people all that she had done from the daye that she went forthe vntill that houreshe spake vnto them 9 And whē she had left of speaking the people reioyced with a great voyce and made anoyce of gladnes through their citie 10 And Achior seing all things that God had done for Israel beleued in God vnfainedly and circumcised the foreskine of his flesh and was ioyned vnto the house of Israel vnto this day 11 ¶ Assone as the morning arose thei hāged the head of Olofernes out at the wall and euerye man toke hys weapons and they went forthe by bandes vnto the straites of the mountaine 12 But when the Assyrians sawe thē thei sent to their captaines which went to the gouernours and chief captaines and to all their rulers 13 So they came to Olofernes tent and sayd to him that had the charge of all his things Waken our Lord for the 〈◊〉 haue bene bolde to come downe against vs to battel that they may be destroyed for euer 14 Then went in Bagoas knocked at the dore of the tent for he thoght that he had slepe with Iudeth 15 But because none answered he opened it and went into the chamber and found hīm cast vpon the floore his head was takē from him 16 Therefore he cryed with a loude voyce with weping and mourning and a mightie crye and rent his garments 17 After he wēt into the tent of Iudeth where she vsed to remaine and founde her not then he leaped out to the people cryed 18 These sclaues haue cōmitted wickednes one woman of the Hebrewes hath broght shame vpon the house of King Nabuchodonosor for beholde Olofernes lieth vpō the grounde without an head 19 When the captaines of the Assyrians armie heard these wordes they rēt their coates and their heart was wonderfully troubled there was a crye and a verie greate noyce throughout the campe CHAP. XV. 1 The Assyrians are asraied and flee 3 The Israelites pursue them 8 Ioacim the hie Priest cometh to Bethulia to seludeth and to praise God for her 1 ANd when thei that were in the tents heard they were astonished at the thing that was done 2 And feare and trembling fel vpon them so that there was no man that durst abyde in the sight of his neighbour but altogether amased thei fled by euerie way of the plaine and of the mountaines 3 They also that had camped in the mountaines rounde about Bethulia were put to flight thē the children of Israel euerye one that was a warriour among them russhed out vpon them 4 Then sent Ozias to Bethomasthem and to Bebai and Chobai and Chola to all the coastes of Israel suche as shulde declare vnto them the things that were done and that all shulde rushe forthe vpon their enemies to destroy them 5 Now when the children of Israel heard it they all fell vpō them together vnto Choba like wise also thei that came from Ierusalém and from all the mountaines for mē had tolde them what things were done in the campe of their enemies and they that were in Galaad and in Galile chased them with a greate slaughter vntil they came to Damascus and to the coasts thereof 6 And the residue that dwelt at Bethulia fel vpon the campe of Assur and spoiled them and were greatly enriched 7 And the children of Israel that returned from the slaughter had the rest and the villages and the cities that were in the mountaines in the plaine had a great bootie for the abundance was verie great 8 Then Ioacim the hie Priest the Anciēts of the children of Israel that dwelt in Ierusalém came to confirme the benefites that God had shewed to Israel and to se Iudeth and to salute her 9 And when they came vnto her thei blessed her with one accord said vnto her Thou art the exaltation of Ierusalém thou art the great glorie of Israel thou art the great reioycing of our nacion 10 Thou hast done all these things by thine hand thou hast done much good to Israel and GOD is pleased therewith blessed be thou of the almightie Lord for euermore all the people said So be it 11 And the people spoyled the cāpe the space of thirtie daies and thei gaue vnto Iudeth Olofernes tent and all his siluer beddes and basins and all his stuffe and she toke it and laied it on her mules and made readye her charets and laied them thereon 12 Then all the women of Israel came together to se her and blessed her and made a dance among them for her and she toke branches in her hand and gaue also to the women that were with her 13 They also crowned her with oliues her that was with her and she went before the people in the dance leading all the womē and all the men of Israel followed in their armour with crownes and with songs in their mouthes CHAP. XVI Iudeth praiseth GOD with a song 19 She offreth to the Lord Olofernes stuffe 23 Her continence life death 25 All Israel 〈◊〉 her 1 THen Iudeth began this cōfession in all Israel and all the people sang this song with a loude voyce 2 And Iudeth said Beginne vnto my GOD with tymbrels sing to my Lord with cymbales tune vnto him a psalme exalt hys praise and call vpon his Name 3 For God breaketh the battels pitched his campe in the middes of the people deliuered me out of the hand of the
and their imaginaciōs he perceiued that they went about to lay their hands vpon the King Artaxerxes and so he certified the King thereof 3 Then caused the King to examine the two eunuches with torments and when they had confessed it they were put to death 4 This the King caused to be put in the Chronicles Mardocheus also wrote the same thing 5 So the King commāded that Mardocheus shulde remaine in the court and for the ad uertisement he gaue him a rewarde 6 But Aman the sonne of Amadathus the Agagite which was in great honour and reputacion with the King went about to hurt Mardocheus and his people because of the two eunuches of the King that were put to death CHAP. XIII 1 The copie of the letters of Artaxerxes against the Iewes 8 The prayer of Mardocheus 1 THe copie of the letters was this The great King Artaxerxes writeth these things to the princes and gouernours that are vnder him from India vnto Ethiopia in an hundreth and seuen twētie prouinces 2 When I was made lord ouer manie people and had subdued the whole earth vnto my dominion I wolde not exalte my self by the reasō of my power but purposed with equi tie alway and gentelnes to gouerne my subiects and wholy to set them in a peacea ble life and there by to bring my kingdome vnto tranquilitie that men might safely go thorow on euerie side to renew peace againe which all men desire 3 Now when I asked my counselers how the se things might be broght to passe one that was conuersant with vs of excellent wisdo me and constant in good wil and shewed him self to be of sure fidelitie which had the seconde place in the kindome euen Aman 4 Declared vnto vs that in all nacions there was scatered abroade a rebellious people that had Lawes contrarie to all people haue alway dispised the commandements of Kings and so that this general empire that we haue begonne can not be gouerned without 〈◊〉 5 Seing now we perceiue that this people alone are altogether contrarie vnto euerie man vsing strange other maner of lawes and hauing an euil opinion of our doings and go about to stablishe wicked matters that our kingdome shulde not come to good estate 6 Therefore haue we commanded that all they that are appointed in writing vnto you by Aman which is ordeined ouer the affaires is as our seconde father shal all with their wiues and childrē be destroyed and rooted out with the sworde of their enemies without all mercie and that none be spared the fortenth day of the twelfth moneth Adar of this yere 7 That they which of olde and now also haue euer bene rebellious many in one day with violence be thruste downe into the hell to the intente that after this time our affaires may be without troubles and wel gouerned in all pointes 8 Then Mardocheus thoght vpon all the workes and of the Lord and made his prayer vnto him 9 Saying O Lord Lord the King almightie for all things are in thy power if thou hast appointed to saue Israél there is no man that can withstande thee 10 For thou hast made heauen and earth and all the wonderous things vnder the heauen 11 Thou art Lord of all things and there is no man that can resist thee which art the Lord. 12 Thou knowest all things thou knowest Lord that it was nether of malice nor presumption nor for anie desire of glorie that I did this not bowe downe to prou de Aman. 13 For I wolde haue bene cōtent with good wil for the saluation of Israél to haue kist the sole of his fete 14 But I did it because I wolde not preferre the honour of a man aboue the glorie of God and wolde not worship anie but onely thee my Lord and this haue I not done of pride 15 And therefore ô Lord God and King haue mercie vpon thy people for they imagine how thei may bring vs to naught yea they wolde destroye the inheritance that hathe bene thine from the beginning 16 Dispise not the porcion which thou hast deliuered out of Egypt for thine owne self 17 Heare my prayer and be merciful vnto thy portion turne our sorowe into ioye that we may liue ô Lord and praise thy Name shut not the mouthes of them that praise thee 18 All Israel in like maner cryed moste earnestly vnto the Lord because that death was before their eyes CHAP. XIIII The prayer of Esther for the deliuerance of her and her people 1 QVene Esther also being in danger of death resorted vnto the Lord 2 And laid away her glorious apparel and put on the garments of sighing and mour ning In the stead of precious ointement she scatered ashes and dongue vpon her head and she humbled her bodie greatly with fasting and all the places of her ioye filled she with the heere that she plucte of 3 And she prayed vnto the Lord God of Israél saying O my Lord thou onely art our King helpe me desolate woman which haue no helper but thee 4 For my 〈◊〉 is at hand 5 From my youth vp I haue heard in the kin red of my father that thou ô Lord tokest Israél frō among all people our fathers from their predecessours for a 〈◊〉 inheritanee and thou hast performed that which thou didest promise them 6 Now Lord we haue sinned before thee the refore hast thou giuen vs into the hands of our enemies 7 Because we worshipped their gods ô Lord thou art righteous 8 Neuertheles it satisfieth them not that we are in bitter captiuitie but they haue stroken hands with their idoles 9 That thei wil abolish the thing that thou with thy mouth hast ordeined destroye thine inheritance to shut vp the mouthe of them that praise thee and to quence the glorie of thy temple and of thine altar 10 And to open the mouthes of the heathen that they may praise the power of the idoles to magnifie a flesh lie King for euer 11 O Lord giue not thy scepter vnto thē that be nothing lest thei laugh vs to scorne in our miserie but turne their deuise vpon thē selues and make him an example that hathe begonne the same against vs. 12 Thinke vpon vs ô Lord and shewe thy self vnto vs in the time of our distresse and strengthen me ô King of gods and Lord of all power 13 Giue me an eloquēt speache in my mouth before the Liō turne his heart to hate our enemie to destroye him and all suche as cō sent vnto him 14 But deliuer vs with thine hand and helpe me that am solitarie which haue no defen ce but onely thee 15 Thou knowest all things ô Lord thou knowest that I hate the glorie of the vnrighteous that I abhorre the bed of the vncircumcised and of all the heathen 16 Thou knowest my necessitie for I hate this token of my preeminence which I bea re vpon mine head what time
For it is a feareful thing whē malice is con demned by her owne testimonie and a conscience that is touched doeth euer forecast cruel things 11 For feare is nothing els but a betraying of the succours which reason offreth 12 And the lesse that the hope is within the more doeth he esteme the ignorance of the thing that tormenteth him great 13 But they that did endure the night that was intollerable and that came out of the dungeon of hell which is insupportable slept the same slepe 14 And sometimes were troubled with monstruous visions and some time they sowned as thogh their owne soule shulde betray thē for a sudden feare not loked for came vpon them 15 And thus whosoeuer fel downe he was kept and shut in prison but without chaines 16 For whether he was an housband man or a shepherd or one that was set to worke alone if he were taken he must suffer this necessitie that he colde not auoide 17 For with one chaine of darkenes were they all bounde whether it were an hyssing win de or a swete song of the birds among the thicke branches of the trees or the vehemencie of hastie running water 18 Or a great noyce of the falling downe of stones or the running of skipping beastes that colde not be sene or the noyce of cruel beastes that roared or the sounde that answereth againe in the holow mountaines the se feareful things made them to swone 19 For all the worlde shined with clere light and no man was hindred in his labour 20 Onely vpon them there fel an heauie night an image of that darkenes that was to come vpon them yea they were vnto them selues more grieuous then darkenes CHAP. XVIII 3 The fyrie piller that the Israelites had in Egypt 8 The deliuerāce of the faithful 10 The Lord smote the Egyptiās 20 The sinne of the people in the wildernes 21 Aaron stode betwene the liuing and the dead with his censure 1 BVt thy Saints had a very great * light whose voyce because they heard and sawe not the figure of them they thoght them blessed because thei also had not suffred the like 2 And because they did not hurt them which did hurt them a fore they thanked them asked pardon for their enimitie 3 * Therefore thou gauest them a burning pil ler of fyre to lead them in the vnknowen way and madest the sunne that it hurted not them in their honorable iourney 4 But they were worthie to be depriued of the light and to be kept in darkenes which had kept thy children shut vp by whome the vncorrupt light of the Law shulde be giuen to the worlde 5 * Where as they thoght to slay the babes of the Saintes by one childe that was cast out and preserued to reproue them thou hast ta ken awaye the multitude of their children and destroyed them all together in the mightie water 6 Of that night were our fathers certified afo re that they knowing vnto what othes they had giuen credit might be of good chere 7 Thus thy* people receiued the health of the righteous but the enemies were destroyed 8 For as thou hast punished the enemies so hast thou glorified vs whome thou hast called 9 For the righteous children of the good men offred secretly and made a law of righ teousnes by one consent that the Saints shulde receiue good euil 〈◊〉 like maner that the fathers shulde first sing praises 10 But a disagreing price was heard of the ene mies and there was a lamentable noise for the children that were be wailed 11 For the * master and the seruant were punished with like punishment and the commu ne people suffred a like with the King 12 So they altogether had in numerable that dyed with one kinde of death nether were the liuing sufficientto burye them for in the twinckling of an eye the noblest of spring of them was destroied 13 So they that colde beleue nothing because of the inchantments confessed this people to be the children of God in the destructiō of the first borne 14 For while all things were in quiet silence and the night was in the middes of her swift course 15 Thine almightie worde leapt downe from heauen out of thy royal throne as a fierce man of warre in the middes of the land that was destroyed 16 And broght thine vnfained commandemēt as a sharpe sworde and stode vp and filled al things with death and being come downe to the earth it reached vnto the heauens 17 Then the sight of the feareful dreames vexed them suddenly and fearefulnes came vpon them vnawares 18 Then laye there one here another there hal fedead and shewed the cause of his death 19 For the visions that vexed them shewed thē these things afore so that they were not ignorant wherefore they perished 20 Now 〈◊〉 of death touched the righteous also and * among the multitude in the wildernes there was a plague but the wrath indured not long 21 For the blameles man made haste and defended them and toke the weapons of his ministracion euen prayer and the recōciliation by the perfume and set him self against the wrath so broght the miserie to an end declaring that he was thy seruant 22 For he ouercame not the multitude with bodelie power nor with force of weapons but with the worde he subdued him that punished alledging the othes couenant made vnto the fathers 23 For when the dead were fallen downe by heapes one vpō another he stode in the middes and cut of the wrath and parted it from comming to the liuing 24 * For in the long garment was all the ornamēt and in the foure rowes of the stones was the glorie of the fathers grauen with thy maiestie in the diademe of his head 25 Vnto these the destroyer gaue place and was afraid of them for it was sufficient that they hadtasted the wrath CHAP. XIX 3 The death of the Egyptians the great ioye of the Hebrewe s. 11 The meat that was giuen at the desire of the people 17 All the elements serue to the wil of God 1 AS for the vngodlie the wrath came vpō them without mercie vnto the end for he knewe what shulde come vnto them 2 That they when they had consented to let them go and had sent them out with diligen ce wolde repent and pursue them 3 For while yet sorow was before them and they lamēted by the graues of the dead they deuised another foolishnes so that they persecuted thē in their fleing whome they had cast out afore with prayer 4 For the destinie where of they were worthie broght them to this end and caused thē to forget the things that had come to passe that they might accomplish the punishment which remaineth by torments 5 Bothe that thy people might trye a marueilous passage that these might finde a strāge death 6 For euerie creature in his kinde
he had zeale in the feare of the Lord and stode vp with good courage of heart when the people were turned backe and made reconciliation for 〈◊〉 24 Therefore was there a couenant of peace made with him that he shulde be the chief of the Sanctuarie and of his people and that he and his posteritie shulde haue the dignitie of the priesthode for euer 25 And according to the couenant made with Dauid that the inheritance of the king do me shulde remaine to his sonne of the tribe of Iuda so the heritage of Aaron shuld be to the onelie sonne of his sonne and to his sede God giue vs wisdome in our heart to iudge his people in righteousnes that the good things that they haue be not abolished and that their glorie may endure for their posteritie CHAP. XLVI The praise of Iosue Caleb and Samuel 1 IEsus * the sonne of Naue was valiant in the warres was the successour of Moy ses in prophecies who according vnto his name was a great sauiour of the elect of God to take vengeāce of the enemies that rose vp against them and to set Israél in their in heritance 2 * What glorie gate he when he lift vp his hand and drewe out his sworde against the cities 3 Who was there before him like to him for he foght the battels of the Lord. 4 * Stode not the sunne stil by his meanes and one day was as long astwo 5 He called vnto the moste high Gouernour when the enemies preased vpō him on eue rie side the mightie Lord heard him with the haile stones and with 〈◊〉 power 6 He rushed in vpō the nacions in battel and in the * going downe of Bethoron he destroied the aduersaries that they might knowe his weapons and that he foght in the sight of the Lord for he followed the Almightie 7 * In the time of Moyses also he did a good worke he and Caleb the sonne of Iephu ne stode against the enemie and with helde the people from sinne and appeased the wicked murmuring 8 * And of six hundreth thousand people of fote they two were preserued to bring thē into the heritage euen into the land that floweth with milke and honey 9 * The Lord gaue strength also vnto Caleb which remained with him vnto his olde age so that he went vp into the high places of the land and his sede obteined it for an heritage 10 That all the children of Israél might se that it is good to follow the Lord. 11 Concerning the Iudges euerie one by name whose heart wēt not a whoring nor departed from the Lord their memorie be blessed 12 Let * their bones florish out of their place and their name by succession remaine to them that are moste famous of their chil dren 13 ¶ Samuel the Prophet of the Lord beloued of his Lord * ordeined Kings and anointed the princes ouer his people 14 By the Lawe of the Lord he iudged the cō gregacion and the Lord hast respect vnto Iacob 15 This Prophete was approued for his faith fulnes and he was knowen faithful in his wordes and visions 16 * He called vpō the Lord almightie when his enemies preased vpon him on euerie side when he offred the sucking lambe 17 And the Lord thondred from heauen made his voyce to be heard with a great noyce 18 So he discomfited the princes of the Tyrians and all the rulers of the Philistims 19 * And before his long 〈◊〉 he made protestacion in the sight of the Lord and his anointed that he toke no substance of any man no not so muche as a shooe and no man colde accuse him 20 * After his slepe also he tolde of the Kings death and from the earth lift he vp his voy ce and prophecied that the wickednes of the people shulde perish CHAP. XLVII The praise of Nathan Dauid and Salomon 1 AFter him rose vp * Nathan to prophe cie in the time of Dauid 2 For as the fat is taken away from the peace offring so was Dauid chosen out of the children of Israél 3 * He plaied with the lions as with kiddes and with beares as with lambes 4 * Slewe he not a gyante when he was yet but yong and toke away the rebuke from the people when he lift vp his hand with the stone in the sling to beat downe the pride of Goliah 5 For he called vpon the moste high Lord which gaue him strēgth in his right hand to slay that mightie warriour that he might set vp the horne of his people againe 6 * So he gaue him the praise of ten thousand and honored him with great praises and gaue him a crowne of glorie 7 * For he destroied the enemies on euerie side and rooted out the Philistims his aduersaries and brake their horne in sunder vnto this day 8 In all his workes he praised the Holy one and the moste High with honorable wordes with his whole heart he sung songs and loued him that made him 9 * He set singers also before the altar and according to their tune he made swete songs that they might praise God daily with songs 10 He ordeined to kepe the feast daies comely and appointed the times perfitely that they might praise the holy Name of God and make the Tēple to sounde in the morning 11 * The Lord toke away his sinnes and exalted his horne for euer he gaue him the couenant of the kingdome and the throne of glorie in Israél 12 After him rose vp a wise sonne who by him dwelt in a large possession 13 * Salomon reigned in a peaceable time and was glorious for God made all quiet rounde about that he might buyld an house in his Name and prepare the Sanctuarie for euer 14 * How wise wast thou in thy youth wast filled with vnderstāding as with a flood 15 Thy minde couered the whole earth and hathe filled it with graue and darke senten ces 16 Thy Name went abroade in the yles and for thy peace thou wast beloued 17 * The countreie marueiled at thee for thy songs and prouerbes and similitudes and in terpretations 18 By the Name of the Lord God which is called the God of Israél thou hast * gathered golde as tinne and hast had as muche siluer as lead 19 * Thou didest bowe thy loines to women and wast ouercome by thy bodie 20 Thou didest staine thine honour and hast defiled thy posteritie hast broght wrath vpon thy children and hast felt soro we for thy folie 21 * So the kingdome was deuided and Ephraim begā to be a rebellious kingdome 22 * Neuertheles the Lord left not of his mer cie nether was he destroied for his workes nether did he abolish the posteritie of his elect nor toke a
way the sede of him that loued him but he left a remnāt vnto Iacob and a roote of him vnto Dauid 23 Thus rested Salomon with his fathers and of his sede he left behinde him Roboam euen the foolishnes of the people one that had no vnderstanding * who turned away the people thorow his counsel Ie roboam the sonne of Nabat * which caused Israél to sinne shewed Ephraim the way of sinne 24 So that their sinnes were so muche increa sed that they were driuen out of the land 25 For they soght out all wickednes til the vengeance came vpon them CHAP. XLVIII The praise of Elias Eliscus Ezekias and 〈◊〉 1 THen stode vp * Elias the Prophete as a fyre and his worde burnt like a lampe 2 He broght a famine vpon thē and by his zeale he diminished thē for they might not away with the commandements of the Lord. 3 By the worde of the Lord he shut the heauen * and thre times broght he the fyre from heauen 4 O Elias how honorable art thou by thy wonderous dedes who may make his boast to be like thee 5 * Which hast raised vp the dead frō death and by the worde of the moste High out of the graue 6 Which hast broght Kings vnto destructiō and the honorable from their seate 7 Which heardest the rebuke of the Lord in Sina * and in Horeb the iudgement of the vengeance 8 * Which didest anoint Kings that they might recompense and Prophetes to be thy successours 9 * Which wast taken vp in a whirle winde offyre and in a charet of fyrie horses 10 Which wast appointed * to reproue in due season to pacific the wrath of the Lords iudgemēt before it kindled to turne the hearts of the fathers vnto the childrē and to set vp the tribes of Iacob 11 Blessed were they that sawe thee slept in loue for we shalliue 12 * When Elias was couered with the storme Eliseus was filled with his spirit while he li ued he was not moued for any prince nether colde any bring him into subiection 13 Nothing colde ouercome him * and after his death his bodie prophecied 14 He did wonders in his life and in death were his workes marueilous 15 For all this the people repented not nether departed they from their sinnes * til they were caryed away prisoners out of their land and were scatered through all the earth so that there remained but a very few people with the prince vnto the hou se of Dauid 16 Howbeit some of them did right and some heaped vp sinnes 17 * Ezekias made his citie strong and con ueied water into the middes thereof he dig ged thorow the rocke with yron and made fountaines for waters 18 * In his time came Sennacherib vp and sent Rabsaces and list vp his hand against Sion and boasted proudely 19 Then trembled their hearts and hands so that they sorowed like a woman in trauel 20 But they called vpon the Lord which is merciful and lift vp their hands vnto him and immediatly the holy one heard them out of heauen 21 He thoght no more vpon their sinnes nor gaue them ouer to their enemies but deliuered them by the hand of Esai 22 * He smote the hoste of the Assyrians and his Angel destroyed them 23 For Ezekias had done the thing that plea sed the Lord and remained stedfastly in the wayes of Dauid his father as Esai the great Prophet and faithful in his visiō had commanded him 24 * In his time the sonne went backwarde and he lengthened the Kings life 25 He sawe by an excellent Spirit what shulde come to passe at the last and he comfor ted them that were sorowful in Sion 26 He shewed what shulde come to passe for euer and secret things or euer thei came to passe CHAP. XLIX Of Iosias Hezekiah Dauid Ieremi Ezechiel 〈◊〉 Iesus 〈◊〉 Enoch Ioseph Sem Seth. 1 THe remembrāce of * Iosias is like the composition of the perfume that is ma de by the arte of the apothe carie it is swete as honie in all mouthes and as musicke at a banket of wine 2 He behaued him self vprightly in the refor macion of the people and toke a way all abominacions of iniquitie 3 He * directed his heart vnto the Lord and in the time of the vngodlie he established religion 4 All except Dauid and Ezekias and Iosias committed wickednes for euen the Kings of Iuda forsoke the Law of the moste High and failed 5 Therefore he gaue their horne vnto other and their honor to a strange nacion 6 He burnt the elect citie of the Sanctuarie * and destroied the stretes thereof according to the prophecie of Ieremias 7 For thei * intreated him euil which neuer theles was a Prophete * sanctified from his mothers wombe that he might roote out and a fflict and destroye and that he might also buyld vp and plant 8 * Ezechiel sawe the glorious visiō which was shewed him vpon the charet of the Cherubims 9 * For he made mēcion of the enemines vn der the figure of the raine directed thē that went right 10 * ¶ And let the bones of the twelue Prophetes florish out of their place and let their memorie be blessed for they comforted Iacob and deliuered them by assured hope 11 ¶ * How shal we praise Zorobabel which was as a ring on the right hand 12 So was * Iesus also the sonne of Iosedec these men in their time buylded the house and set vp the Sanctuarie of the Lord agai ne which was prepared for an euerlasting worship 13 ¶ * And among the elect was Neemias whose renoume is great which set vp for vs the walles that were fallen and set vp the gates and the barres and laied the fundacions of our houses 14 ¶ But vp on the earth was no man created like * Enoch for he was taken vp from the earth 15 Nether was there a like man vnto * Ioseph the gouernour of his brethren the vp holder of his people whose bones were kept 16 * Sem and Seth were in great honour among men and so was Adam aboue eue rie liuing thing in the creation CHAP. L. Of Simon the sonne of Onias 22 An exhortacion to praise the Lord. 27 The autor of this boke 1 SImon * the sonne of Onias the hie Priest which in his life set vp the house againe and in his dayes established the Temple 2 Vnder him was the fundacion of the double height laied the hie walles that compasseth the Temple 3 In his dayes the places to receiue water that were decaied were restored and the
thee for there is no confusion vnto them that put their trust in thee 41 And now we follow thee with all our heart and feare thee and seke thy face 42 Put vs not tò shame but deale with vs after thy louing kindenes and according to the multitude of thy mercies 43 Deliuer vs also by thy miracles giue thy Name the glorie ô Lord. 44 That all they which do thy seruants euil may be confounded euen let them be confounded by thy great force and power and let their strength be broken 45 That they maye knowe that thou onelie art the Lord God and glorious ouer the whole worlde 46 ¶ Now the Kings seruants that had cast thē in ceased not to make the ouen hote with naphtha and with pitche and with to we and with fagotes 47 So that the slame went out of the fornace fortie and nine cubites 48 And it brake forthe and burnt those Chaldeans that it founde by the fornace 49 But the Angel of the Lord went downe into the fornace with thē that were with Azarias and smote the flame of the fyre out of the fornace 50 And made in the middes of the fornace like a moyste hissing winde so that the fyre touched thē not at all nether grieued nor troubled them 51 Then these thre as out of one mouth praysed and glorified and blessed God in the fornace saying 52 Blessed be thou ô Lord God of our fathers and praised and exalted aboue all things for euer blessed be thy glorious and holie Name and praised aboue all things and magnisied for euer 53 Blessed be thou in the Temple of thine holy glorie and praised aboue all things and exalted for euer 54 Blessed be thou that be holdest the depths and sittest vpon the Cherubims and praised aboue all things and exalted for euer 55 Blessed be thou in the glorious Throne of thy kingdome and praised aboue all things and exalted for euer 56 Blessed be thou in the firmament of heauen praised aboue all things and glorified for euer 57 All ye workes of the Lord blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for 〈◊〉 58 O * heauens blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 59 O Angels of the Lord blesse ye the Lord prai se him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 60 All ye waters that be aboue the heauen blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 61 All ye powers of the Lord blesse ye the Lord praise him ād exalte him aboue all things for euer 62 O sunne and moone blesse ye the Lord prai se him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 63 O starres of heauen blesse ye the Lord prai se him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 64 Euerie shower and de we blesse ye the Lord praise him exalte him aboue all things for euer 65 All ye windes blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 66 O fyre and heat blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 67 O winter and sommer blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 68 O dewes and stormes of snowe blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 69 O frost and colde blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 70 O yce and snowe blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 71 O nightes and dayes blesse ye the Lord prai se him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 72 O light and darkenes blesse ye the LORD praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 73 O lightenings and cloudes blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 74 Let the earth blesse the Lord let it praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 75 O mountaines and hilles blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 76 All things that growe on the earth blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 77 O fountaines blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 78 O Sea and floods blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 79 O whales and all that moue in the waters blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 80 All ye foules of heauen blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 81 All ye beasts and cattel blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 82 O children of men blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 83 Let Israel blesse the Lord praise him and ex alte him aboue all things for euer 84 O Priests of the Lord blesse ye the LORD praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 85 O seruants of the Lord blesse ye the Lord praise him exalte him aboue all things for euer 86 O spirits and soules of the righteous blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 87 O Saints and humble of heart blesse ye the Lord praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer 88 O Ananias Azarias and Misael blesse ye the LORD praise him and exalte him aboue all things for euer for he hathe deliuered vs frō the hel and saued vs from the hand of death and deliuered vs out of the middes of the fornace and burning flame euen out of the middes of the fyre hathe he deliuered vs. 89 Confesse vnto the Lord that he is gracious for his mercie endureth for euer 90 All ye that worshippe the Lord blesse the God of gods praise him and acknowledge him for his mercie endureth worlde with out end THE HISTORIE OF SVSANna vvhich some ioyne to the end of Daniel and make it the 13. chap. 8 The two gouerners are taken with the loue of Susanna 19 They take her alone in the garden 20 They sollicite her to wickednes 23 She choseth rather to obey God thogh it be to the danger of her life 34 She is accused 45 Daniel doeth deliuer her 62 The 〈◊〉 are put to death 1 THERE dwelt a man in Babylon called Ioacim 2 And he toke a wife whose name was Susanna the daughter of Helcias averie faire woman and one that feared God 3 Her father her mother also were godlie people taught their daughter according to the Law of Mosés 4 Now Ioacim was a great riche man and had a faire garden ioyning vnto his house and to him resorted the Iewes Because he was more honorable then all others 5 The same yere were appointed two of the ancients of the people to be iudges suche as the Lord speaketh
of that the iniquitie came from Babylon and from the ancient iudges which semed to rule the people 6 These hanted Ioacims house and all suche as had anie thing to do in the Law came thither vnto them 7 Now when the people departed away at noone Susanna went into her housbands garden to walke 8 And the two Elders sawe her that she went in daily and walked so that their lust was inflamed towarde her 9 Therefore thei turned away their minde cast downe their eyes that thei shulde not se heauen nor remembre iuste iudgements 10 And albeit they bothe were wounded with her loue yet durst not one shewe another his grief 11 For they were ashamed to declare their lust that they desired to haue to do with her 12 Yet they watched diligently from day to day to se her 13 And the one said to the other Letvs go now home for it is diner time 14 So they went their way and departed one from another yet they returned againe and came into the same place and after that they had asked one another the cause thei acknowledged their lust thē appointed they a time bothe together whē they might finde her alone 15 Now when they had spied out a conueniēt time that she went in as her maner was with two maides onely thoght to wash her self in the garden for it was an hote season 16 And there was no bodie there saue the two Elders that had hid thē selues and watched for her 17 She said to her maides Bring me oyle and sope and shut the garden dores that I may wash me 18 And they did as she bade them and shut the garden dores and went out them selues at a backe dore to fet the thing that she had cō manded them but they sawe not the Elders because they were hid 19 Now when the maides were gone forthe the two Elders rose vp and ranne vnto her saying 20 Beholde the garden dores are shut that no man can se vs we burne in loue with thee therefore consent vnto vs and lye with vs. 21 If thou wilt not we wil beare witnes against thee that a yong man was with thee and therefore thou did est send away the maides from thee 22 Then Susanna sighed and said I am in trouble on euerie side for if I do this thing it is death vnto me and if I do it not I cā not 〈◊〉 pe your hands 23 It is better for me to fall into your hands and not do it then to sinne in the sight of the Lord. 24 With that Susanna cryed with a loude voyce and the two Elders cryed out against her 25 Then ranne the one and opened the garden dore 26 ¶ So when the seruants of the house heard the crye in the garden they rushed in at the backe dore to se what was done vnto her 27 But when the Elders had declared their matter the seruants were greatly ashamed for there was neuer suche a reporte made of Susanna 28 On the morow after came the people to Ioacim her housbād and the two Elders came also ful of 〈◊〉 imaginacion against Susanna to put her to death 29 And said before the people Send for Susan na the daughter of Helcias Ioacims wife And immediatly they sent 30 So she came with her father mother her children and all her kinred 31 Now Susanna was very tender and faire of face 32 And these wicked mē commanded to vn co uer her face for she was couered that they might so be satisfied with her beautie 33 Therefore they that were about her and all they that knewe her wept 34 Then the two Elders stode vp in the middes of the people and layed their hands vpō her head 35 Which wept and loked vp to warde heauen for her heart trusted in the Lord. 36 And the Elders said As we walked in the gar den alone she came in with two maides whome she sent away from her and shut the garden dores 37 Then a yong man which there was hid came vnto her and lay with her 38 Then we which stode in a corner of the gar den seing this wickednes rāne vnto them and we sawe them as they were together 39 But we colde not holde him for he was stronger then we and opened the dore and leaped out 40 Now when we had taken this woman we asked her what yong man this was but she wolde not tel vs of these things are we witnesses 41 Then the assemblie beleued them as those that were the Elders and iudges of the peóple so thei condemned her to death 42 Then Susanna cryed out with a loude voyce and said O euerlasting God that knowest the secrets and knowest all things afore they come to passe 43 Thou knowest that they haue borne false witnes against me and beholde I must dye where as I neuer did suche things as these men haue maliciously inuented against me 44 An the Lord heard her voyce 45 ¶ Therefore when she was led to be put to death the Lordraised vp the holie spirit of a yong childe whose name was Daniel 46 Who cryed with a loude voyce I am cleane from the blood of this woman 47 Then all the people turned them toward him and said What meane these wordes that thou hast spoken 48 Then Daniel stode in the middes of them and said Are ye suche fooles ô Israelites that without examination or knowledge of the trueth ye haue condemned a daughter of Israel 49 Returne againe to iudgement for they haue borne false witnes against her 50 Wherefore the people turned againe in all haste and the Elders said vnto him Come sit downe among vs and shew it vs seing God hathe giuen thee the office of an Elder 51 Then said Daniel vnto them Put these two aside one farre from another and I wil examine them 52 So when they were put a sonder one from another he called one of them and said vnto him O thou that art olde in a wicked life now thy sinnes which thou hast committed afore time are come to light 53 For thou hast pronounced false iudgemēts and hast condemned the innocent and hast let the giltie go fre albeit the Lord saith The innocent and righteous shalt thou not slay 54 Now then if thou hast sene her tel me vnder what tre sawest thou them companying together Who answered Vnder a lentil ke tre 55 Then said Daniel Verely thou hast lyed against thine owne head for lo the Angel of God hathe receiued the sentence of God to cut thee in two 56 So put he him aside and commanded to bring the other and said vnto him O thou sede of Chanaan and not of Iuda beautie ha the disceiued thee and lust hathe subuerted thine heart 57 Thus haue ye dealt with the daughters of Israel and they for feare cōpanied with you but the daughter of Iuda wolde not abide your wickednes 58 Now therefore tel me vnderwhat tre didest
of the Priests against Nicanor 41 Iudas killeth Nicanor after he had made his praier 1 IN the hundreth and one fiftieth yere de parted Demetrius the sonne of Seleucus from Rome and came vp with a fewe men vnto a citie of the sea coast and reigned there 2 And when he came into the possession of his fathers kingdome his soldiers toke Antiochus and Lysias and broght them vn to him 3 But when it was tolde him he said Shewe me not their faces 4 So thei put them to death Now when Demetrius was set vpon the throne of his kingdome 5 There came vnto him all the wicked and vngodlie men of Israél whose captaine was Alcimus that wolde haue bene the hie Priest 6 These men accused the people vnto the King saying Iudas and his brethren haue slayne all thy friends and driuen vs out of our owne land 7 Wherefore send now some man whome thou trustest that he maye go and se all the destruction which he hathe done vnto vs and to the Kings land and let him punish them with all their partakers 8 Then the King chose Bacchides a friend of his which was a great man in the real me and ruled beyonde the flood and was faith ful vnto the King and sent him 6 And that wicked Alcimus whome he made hie Priest and commanded him to be ad uenged of the children of Israél 10 So they departed and came with a great hoste into the land of Iuda and sent messen gers to Iudas and his brethren deceitfully with peaceable wordes 11 But they deleued not their saying for thei sawe that they were come with a great hoste 12 Then a companie of the gouernours assem bled vnto Alcimus Bacchides to intreat of reasonable points 13 And the Asideans were the first that required peace among the children of Israel 14 For said they He that is a Priest of the sede of Aaron is come with this armie there fore he wil not hurt vs. 15 Then he spake vnto them peaceably and swore vnto them and said We wil do you no harme nether your friends 16 And they beleued him but he toke of thē thre score men and slewe them in one day according to the wordes that were writen 17 * Thei haue cast the bodies of thy Saintes and their blood rounde about Ierusalem and there was no man that wolde burye them 18 So there came a feare and trembling among all the people for they said There is net her trueth nor righteousnes in them for they haue broken the appointment othe that they made 19 Thē Bacchides remoued from Ierusalém and pitched his tente at Beth-zecha whe re he sent sorthe and toke manie of the mē that forsaken him and certeine of the peo ple whome he slewe and cast into the great pit 20 Then cōmitted he the countrey vnto Alci mus left men of warre with him to helpe him so Bacchides went vnto the King 21 Thus Alcimus stroue for the priest hode 22 And all suche as troubled the people resorted vnto him in somuche that they obteined the land of Iuda did muche hurt in Israél 23 Now when Iudas sawe all the mischief that Alcimus and his companie had done amōg the Israelites more then the heathē 24 He went forthe rounde about all the bor ders of Iudea and punished those that were fallen away so that they came no more abroade in the countrey 25 But when Alcimus sawe that Iudas his people had goten the vpper hand and kne we that he was not able to abide them he went againe to the King and accused thē of wicked things 26 Then the King sent Nicanor one of his chief princes which hated Israel deadly commanded him that he shulde destroye the people 27 ¶ So Nicanor came to Ierusalem with a great hoste and sent vnto Iudas and his brethren deceirfully with friendlie wordes saying 28 Let there be no warre betwene me and you I wil come with fewe men to se how ye do friendly 29 So he came vnto Iudas and they saluted one another peaceably but the enemies were prepared to take away Iudas 30 Neuertheles it was tolde Iudas that he came vnto him vnder disceit therefore he feared him and wolde not se his face no more 31 When Nicanor perceiued that his counsel was bewrayed he went out to fight against Iudas beside Carphasalama 32 Where there were slaine of Nicanors hoste about fiue thousand men so they 〈◊〉 vnto the citie of Dauid 33 Afterthis came Nicanor vp vnto mount Sion and some of the Priests with the Elders of the people went forthe of the San ctuarie to salute him peaceably to shew him the burnt offring that was offered for the King 34 But he laughed at them and mocked thē and counted them prophane and spake proudly 35 And swore in his wrath saying If Iudas his hoste be not deliuered now into mine hands if euer I come againe in safetie I wil burnt vp this house With that went he out in great anger 36 Then the Priests came in and stode before the altar in the Temple weping and saying 37 For so muche as thou o Lord hast chosen this House that thy Name might be cal led vpon therein and that it shulde be an house of prayer and peticion for thy people 38 Be aduenged of this man and his hoste let them beslaine by the sworde remember their blasphemies and suffre them not to continue 39 ¶ When Nicanor was gone from Ierusalém he pitched his tent at Beth-horon and there an hoste met him out of Syria 40 And Iudas pitched in Adasa with thre thousand men where Iudas prayed saying 41 O Lord * because the messēgers of King Sēn acherib blasphemed thee thine Angel went for the and slewe an hundreth foure score and fiue thousand of them 42 So destroye thou this hoste before vs to day that all other may knowe that he hathe spokē wickedly against thy Sanctuarie punish him according to his malice 43 So the armies ioyned together in battel the thirtenth day of the moneth Adar but Nicanors hoste was discōfited and he him self was first slaine in the battel 44 Now when his armie sawe that Nicanor was slaine they cast away their weapons and 〈◊〉 45 But they pursued after then a dayes iourney from Adasa vnto Gasera blowing an alarme with the trumpets after them 46 So they came for the of all the townes of Iudea rounde about and rushed vpon thē and threwe them from one to another so that they all fel by the sworde there was not one of them lefte 47 Then they toke the spoyles and the pray and smote of Nicanors head and his right hand which he helde vp so proudly and broght it with them and hanged them vp afore Ierusalem 48 So the people reioyced greatly and kept that day as a day of great gladnes 49 And they ordeined to kepe yerely that
fore said Simons brother to beare the money vnto the King and to bring to passe certeine necessarie affaires whereof he had giuen him a memorial 24 But he being commended to the King magnified him for the appearance of hys power and turned the priesthode vnto him self for he gaue thre hundreth talents of siluer more then Iason 25 So he gate the Kings letters patentes albeit he had nothing in him self worthye of the hie priesthode but bare the stomacke of a cruel tyrant and the wrathe of a wilde beast 26 Then Iason which had disceiued his owne brother being deceiued by another was compelled to flee into the countrey of the Ammonites 27 So Menelaus gate the dominion but as for the money that he had promised vnto the King he toke none order for it albeit Sostratus the ruler of the castel required it 28 For vnto him apperteined the gathering of the customes wherefore they were both called before the King 29 Now Menelaus left his brother Lysimachus in his stead in the priesthode and Sostratus left Crates which was gouernour of the Cyprians 30 ¶ Whiles these things were in doing the Tharsians and they of Mallot made insurrectiō because thei were giuē to the Kings concubine called Antiochis 31 Thē came the King in all haste to appease the busines leauing Andronicus a man of autoritie to be his lieutenant 32 Now Menelaus supposing that he had gotten a conuenient time stole certeine vessels of golde out of the Temple gaue certeine of them to Andronicus and some he solde at Tyrus and in the cities thereby 33 Which when Onias knewe of a suretie he reproued him and withdrewe him self into Sanctuarie at Daphne by Antiochia 34 Wherefore Menelaus taking Andronicus a parte prayed him to slay Onias so when he came to Onias he counseled hym craftely giuing him his right hād with an othe howbeit he suspect him and persuaded him to come out of the Sanctuarie so he slewe him incontinently without anye regarde of righteousnes 35 For the which cause not onely the Iewes but many other nacions also were grieued and toke it heauily for the vnrighteous death of this man 36 ¶ And when the King was come againe frō the places about Cilicia the Iewes that were in the citie certeine of the Grekes that abhorred the fact also cōplained because Onias was slaine without cause 37 Therfore Antiochus was sorie in his mind and he had compassion and wept because of the modestie and great discretiō of hym that was dead 38 Wherefore being kindled with angre he toke away Andronicus garmēt of purple and rent his clothes and commanded him to be led through out the citie and in the same place where he had cōmitted the wickednes against Onias he was slaine as a murtherer Thus the Lord rewarded hym his punishment as he had deserued 39 ¶ Now when Lysimachus had done manye wicked dedes in the citie through the coūsel of Menelaus and the brute was spred abroad the multitude gathered them together against Lysimachus for he had caryed out now muche vessel of golde 40 And when the people arose and were full of angre Lysimachus armed aboute thre thousand and begā to vse vnlauful power a certeine tyrāt being their captaine who was no lesse decayed in wit then in age 41 But when they vnderstode the purpose of Lysimachus some gate stones some great clubbes some cast handfuls of dust which lay by vpon Lysimachus men and those that inuaded them 42 Whereby manie of them were wounded some were slaine and all the other chased away but the wicked Church robber him self they killed besides the treasurie 43 For these causes an accusation was laide against Menelaus 44 And when the King came to Tyrus thre men sent from the Senat pleaded the cause before him 45 But Menelaus being now conuinced promised to Ptolemeus the sonne of Dorime nes muche money if he wold persuade the King 46 So Ptolemeus went to the King into a courte where as he was to coule him self turned the Kings minde 47 In so muche that he discharged Menelaus from the accusacions notwithstanding he was the cause of all mischief and condemned those poore men to death which if they had tolde their cause yea before the Scythians thei shulde haue bene heard as innocent 48 Thus were they sone punished vniustly which followed vpon the matter for the ci tie and for the people and for the holie vessels 49 Wherefore they of Tyrus hated that wic kednes and ministred all things liberally for their buryal 50 And so through the couetousnes of them that were in power 〈◊〉 remained in authoritie increasing in malice and decla red him selfe a great traitor to the citizens CHAP. V. 2 Of the signes and tokens sene in Ierusalém 6 Of the end and wickednes of Iason 11 The pursute of Antiochus against the Iewes 15 The spoiling of the Temple 27 Maccabeus fleeth into the wildernes 1 ABout the same time Antiochus vndertoke his seconde voyage into Egypt 2 And then were there sene through out all the citie of Ierusalem fortie dayes long horsemen running in the aire with robes of golde and as bandes of speare men 3 And as troupes of horsemen set in array in coūtering coursing one against another with shaking of shields and multitude of dartes and drawing of swordes shoting of arrowes and the glittering of the golden armour sene and harnes of all sortes 4 Therefore euerieman prayed that those tokens might turne to good 5 Now when there was gone forthe a false rumour as thogh Antiochus had benedead Iason toke at the lest a thousand men and came suddenly vpon the citie they that were vpon the walles being put backe the citie at length taken 6 Menelaus fled into the castel but Iason slewe his owne citizēs without mercie not considering that to haue the aduantage against his kinsmen is greatest disaduātage but thoght that he had gottē the victorie of his enemies and not of his owne naciō 7 Yet he gate not the superioritie but at the last receiued shame for the rewarde of hys traison and went againe like a vagabound into the countrey of the Ammonites 8 Finally he had this end of his wicked conuersation that he was accused before Areta the King of the Arabians and fled from citie to citie being pursued of euerie man and hated as a forsaker of the Lawes and was in a bominacion as an ennemie of his countrey and citizens and was driuen into Egypt 9 Thus he that had chased manie out of their owne countrey perished as a banished mā after that he was gone to the Lacedemonians thinking there to haue gotten succour by reason of kinred 10 And he that had cast manie out vnburyed was throwen out him selfe no man mourning for him nor putting him in his graue nether was he partaker of hys fathers sepulchre 11 ¶ Now when these things that were done were declared to the King he thoght that Iudea
then shal they se the Sonne of man coming in the cloudes with great power and glorie 27 * And he shal then send his Angels and shal gather together his elect from the foure windes aud from the vtmost parte of the earth to the vtmost parte of heauen 28 Now learne a parable of the sigge tre Whē her bough is yet tender it bringeth forthe leaues ye knowe that sommer is nere 29 So in like maner when ye se these things come to passe knowe that the kingdome of God is nere euen at the dores 30 Verely I say vnto you that this generaciō shal not passe til all these things be done 31 Heauen and earth shal passe away but my wordes shal not passe away 32 But of that day and houre knoweth no mā no not the Angels which are in heauen nether the Sonne him self saue the Father 33 * Take hede watche pray for ye knowe not when the time is 34 For the Sonne of man is as a man going in to a strange countrey and leaueth his house and giueth autoritie to his seruants and to euerie man his worke and commandeth the porter to watch 35 Watch therefore forye knowe not whē the Master of the house wil come at euen or at midnight at the cocke crowing or in the dauning 36 Lest if he come suddenly he shulde finde you sleping 37 And those things that I say vnto you I say vnto all men Watch. CHAP XIIII 1 The Priests conspire against Christ. 3 Marie Magdalene anointeth Christ. 12 The Passeouer is 〈◊〉 38 He telleth afore of the treason of Iudas 22 The Lords supper is institute 〈◊〉 Christ is taken 27 Peter denyeth him 1 ANd * two dayes after folowed the feast of the Pasteouer and of vnleauened bread and the hie Priests and Scribes soght how they might take him by craft and put him to death 2 But they said Not in the feast day lest there be any tumult among the people 3 * And when he was in Bethania in the house of Simō the leper as he sate at table there came a woman hauing a boxe of ointment of spikenarde verie costlie and she brake the 〈◊〉 and powred it on his head 4 Therefore some 〈◊〉 among them selues and said To what end is this waste of ointment 5 For it might haue bene solde for more then thre hundreth pence and bene giuen vnto the poore and they grudged against her 6 But Iesus said Let her alone why trouble ye her she hathe wroght a good worke on me 7 For ye haue the poore with you alwayes when ye wil ye may do them good but me ye shal not haue alwayes 8 She hathe done that she colde she came afore hād to anoint my bodie to the burying 9 Verely I say vnto you wheresoeuer this Gospel shal be preached throughout the whole worlde this also that she hathe done shal be spoken of in remembrance of her 10 ¶ * Thē Iudas Iscariot one of the twelue went away vnto the high Priests to betray him vnto them 11 And when they heard it they were glad and promised that they wolde giue him money therefore he soght how he might conueniently betray him 12 ¶ * Now the first day of vnleauened bread when they sacrificed the Passeouer his disciples said vnto him Where wilt thou that we go the prepare that thou maist eat the Passeouer 13 Then he sent forthe two of his disciples said vnto them Go ye into the citie and there shal a man mete you bearing a pitcher of water folowe him 14 And whithersoeuer he goeth in say ye to the good man of the house The Master saith Where is the lodging where I shal eat the Passeouer with my disciples 15 And he wil shewe you an vpper chamber which is large and trimmed and prepared there make it readie for vs. 16 So his disciples wēt forthe and came to the citie and founde as he had said vnto them made readie the Passeouer 17 ¶ And at euen he came with the twelue 18 * And as thei sate at table and did eat Iesus said Verely I say vnto you that one of you shal betray me which eateth with me 19 Then they began to be sorowful and to say to him one by one Is it I And another Is it I 20 And he answered and said vnto them It is one of the twelue that dippeth with me in the platter 21 * Truely the Sonne of man goeth his way as it is written of him but wo be to that man by whome the Sōne of mā is betrayed it had bene good for that man if he had neuer bene borne 22 * And as they 〈◊〉 Iesus toke the bread and when he had giuen thankes be brake it and gaue it to them and said * Take eat this is my bodie 23 Also he toke the cup and when he had giuen thankes gaue it to them and they all dranke of it 24 And he said vnto them This is my blood of the new Testament whiche is shed for manie 25 Verely I say vnto you I wil drinke no more of the frute of the vine vntil that day that I drinke it new in the kingdome of God 26 And when they had sung a psalme they wēt out to the mount of oliues 27 ¶ * Then Iesus said vnto them All ye shal be offended by me this night for it is written * I wil smite the shepherd and the shepe shal be scattered 28 But after that I am risen I wil go into * Galile before you 29 And Peter said vnto him Althogh all men shulde be offended yet wolde not I. 30 Then Iesus said vnto him Verely I say vnto thee this day euen in this night before the cocke crowe twise thou shalt denie me thrise 31 But he said more earnestly If I shulde dye with thee I wil not denie thee like wise also said they all 32 ¶ * After they came into a place named Geth semane then he said to his disciples Sit ye here til I haue prayed 33 And he toke with him Peter and Iames and Iohn and he began to be afraied in great heauines 34 And said vnto them My soule is verie heauie euen vnto the death tary here and watch 35 So he went forwarde a litle and fel downe on the grounde and prayed that if it were possible that houre might passe from him 36 And he said Abba Father all things are possible vnto thee toke away this cup from me neuertheles not that I wil but that thou wilt be done 37 Then he came and founde them sleping said to Peter Simon slepest thou coldest not thou watch one houre 38 ¶ Watch ye and pray that ye entre not into tentacion the spirit in dede is readie but the
sate downe among them 56 And a certeine maide behelde him as he sate by the fyre and hauyng well loked on hym said This man was also with him 57 But he denyed hym saying Woman I knowe him not 58 And after a lytle while another man sawe hym and said Thou art also of them But Peter said Man I am not 59 And about the space of an houre after a cer teine other affirmed saying Verely euē this man was with him for he is also a Galilean 60 And Peter sayd Man I knowe not what thou sayest And immediatly while he yet spake the cocke crewe 61 Then the Lorde turned backe and loked vpon Peter and Peter remembred the word of the Lorde howe he had sayd vnto hym * Before the cocke crowe thou shalt denye me thrise 62 And Peter went out and wept bitterly 63 ¶ And the men that helde Iesus mocked him and stroke him 64 And whē they had blinde folded him they smote him on the face and asked hym saying Prophecie who it is that smote thee 65 And manie other thynges blasphemously spake they against him 66 * And assone as it was daye the Elders of the people and the hie Priests and the Scribes came together and led hym into theyr Council 67 Saying Art thou the Christe tell vs. And he said vnto them If I tell you ye wil not beleue it 68 And if also I aske you ye will not aunswer me nor let me go 69 Hereafter shal the Sonne of man sit at the right hand of the power of God 70 Then sayd they all Art thou then the Sonne of God And he said to them Ye saye that I am 71 Then said they What nede we anie further witnes for we our selues haue heard it of his owne mouth CHAP. XXIII 1 Iesus is broght before Pilate and Herode 18 Of Barabbas 26 Of Simon the Cyrenian 27 The women make lamentacion 33 Christ crucified 34 He prayeth for hys enemies 40 He conuerteth the these and many others at his death 53 And is buryed 1 THen * the whole multitude of them arose and led him vnto 〈◊〉 2 And they began to accuse hym saying We haue founde this mā peruerting the people and forbyddynge to paye tribute to Cesar saying That he is Christ a King 3 * And Pilate asked him saying Art thou the King of the Iewes And he answered him ād said Thou faist it 4 Then said Pilate to the hie Priests and to the people I finde no faute in this man 5 But they were the more fierce saying He moueth the people teaching through out all Iudea beginning at Galile euen to this place 6 Now when Pilate heard of Galile he asked whether the man were a Galilean 7 And when he knewe that he was of Herodes iurisdiction he sent him to Herode which was also at Ierusalem in those daies 8 And when Herode sawe Iesus he was exceadingly glad for he was desirous to se him of a long season because he had heard manie things of him and trusted to haue sene some signe done by him 9 Then questioned he with him of manie things but he answered him nothing 10 The hie Priests also and Scribes stode for the and accused him vehemently 11 And Herode with his men of warre despised him and mocked him and arrayed him in white and sent him againe to Pilate 12 * And the same daye Pilate and Herode were made friends together for before they were enemies one to another 13 ¶ Thē Pilate called together the hie Priests and the rulers and the people 14 And said vnto thē Ye haue broght this man vnto me as one that peruerted the people and beholde I haue examined him before you and haue founde no faute in this man of those things where of ye accuse him 15 No nor yet Herode for I sent you to him and lo nothing worthie of death is done to him 16 I wil therefore chastise him and let him lowse 17 For of necessitie he must haue let one lowse vnto them at the feast 18 Then all the multitude cryed at once saying Away with him and deliuer to vs Barrabbas 19 Which for a certeine insurrection made in the citie and murther was cast in prison 20 Then Pilate spake againe to them willing to let Iesus lowse 21 But they cryed saying Crucifie crucifie him 22 And he said vnto them the third time But what euil hathe he done I finde no cause of death in him I wil therefore chastise him and let him lowse 23 But they were instant with loude voyces and required that he might be crucified and the voyces of them and of the hie Priests preuailed 24 So Pilate gaue sentence that it shulde be as they required 25 And he let lowse vnto them him that for insurrection and murther was cast into prison whome thei desired and deliuered Iesus to do with him what they wolde 26 ¶ * And as they led him awaye they caught one Simon of Cyrene comming out of the field ād on him they laid the crosse to beare it after Iesus 27 And there followed him a great multitude of people and of women which women bewailed and lamented him 28 But Iesus turned backe vnto thē and said Daughters of Ierusalē wepe not for me but wepe for your selues and for your children 29 For beholde the daies wil come when men shal say Blessed are the barren and the wom bes that neuer bare and the pappes which neuer gaue sucke 30 Then shal they beginne to say to the mountaines * Fall on vs and to the hilles Couer vs. 31 * For if they do these things to a grenetre what shal be done to the drye 32 * And there were two others which were euil doers led with him to be slayne 33 And when they were come to the place which is called caluerie there thei crucified him and the euil doers one at the right hand and the other at the left 34 Then said Iesus Father forgiue them for they knowe not what thei do And thei parted his rayment and cast lots 35 And the people stode and behelde and the rulers mocked him with them saying He saued others let him saue him self if he be the Christ the Chosen of God 36 The souldiers also mocked him and came and offred him vineger 37 And said If thou be the King of the Iewes saue thy self 38 And a superscription was also written ouer him in Greke lettres and in Latin and in Hebrewe THIS IS THE KING OF THE IEWES 39 ¶ And one of the euil doers which were hanged railed on him saying If thou be the Christ saue thy self and vs. 40 But the other answered and rebuked him saying Fearest thou not God seing thou art in the same condemnacion
of the crosse 27 His praier 28 The answer of the Father 32 His death and the frute the reof 36 He exhorteth to faith 40 The blindenes of some and the 〈◊〉 of others 1 THen * Iesus six dayes before the Passeouer came to Bethania where Lazarus was which was dead whome he had raised from the dead 2 There they made him a supper and Martha serued but Lazarus was one of them that sate at the table with him 3 Then toke Marie a pound of ointment of spikenarde verie costlie and anointed Iesus fete and wipte his fete with her heere and the house was filled with the sauour of the ointment 4 Then said one of his disciples euen Iudas Iscariot Simon sonne which shulde betraye him 5 Why was not this ointment solde for thre hundreth pence and giuen to the poore 6 Now he said this not that he cared for the poore but because he was a thefe and * had the bagge and bare that which was giuen 7 Then said Iesus Let her alone against the day of my burying she kept it 8 For the poore alwayes ye haue with you but me ye shal not haue alwaies 9 Then muche people of the Iewes knewe that he was there they came not for Iesus sake onely but that they might se Lazarus also whome he had raised from the dead 10 The hie Priests therefore consulted that they might put Lazarus to death also 11 Because that for his sake manie of the Iewes went away and beleued in Iesus 12 ¶ * On the morowe a great multitude that were come to the feast whē they heard that Iesus shulde come to Ierusalem 13 Toke branches of palme trees and went forthe to mete him and cryed Hosanna Blessed is the King of Israel that cometh in the Name of the Lord. 14 And Iesus founde a yong asse ād sate theron as it written 15 * Feare not daughter of Sion beholde thy King cometh sitting on an asses colte 16 But his disciples vndestode not these things at the first but when Iesus was glorified then remembred they that these things were written of him and that they had done these things vnto him 17 The people therefore that was with him bare witnes that he called Lazarus out of the graue and raised him from the dead 18 Therefore met him the people also because thei heard that he had done this miracle 19 And the Pharises said among them selues Perceiue ye how ye preuaile nothing Beholde the worlde goeth after him 20 ¶ Now there were certeine Grekes among them that came vp to worship at the feast 21 And they came to Philippe which was of Bethsaida in Galile and desired him saying Syr we wolde se Iesus 22 Philippe came and tolde Andrewe and againe Andrewe and Philippe tolde Iesus 23 And Iesus answered them saying The houre is come that the Sonne of man must be glorified 24 Verely verely I say vnto you Except the wheate corne fall into the grounde and dye it bideth alone but if it dye it bringeth forthe muche frute 25 * He that loueth his life shal lose it and he that hateth his life in this worlde shal kepe it vnto life eternal 26 * If anie man serue me let him followe me for where I am there shal also my seruant be and if anie man serue me him wil my Father honour 27 Now is my soule troubled and what shal I say Father saue me from this houre but ther fore came I vnto this houre 28 Father glorifie thy Name Then came there a voyce from heauen saying I haue bothe glorified it and wil glorifie it againe 29 Then said the people that stode by and heard that it was a thundre others said an Angel spake to him 30 Iesus answered and said This voyce came not because of me but for your sakes 31 Now is the iudgement of this worlde now shal the prince of this worlde be cast out 32 * And I if I were lift vp from the earth wil drawe all men vnto me 33 Now this said he signifying what death he shulde dye 34 The people answered him We haue heard out of the * Law that the Christ by deth for euer and how saist thou that the Sonne of man must be lift vp who is that Sonne of man 35 Then Iesus said vnto them Yet a litle while is * the light with you walke while ye haue light lest the darkenes come vpon you for he that walketh in the darke knoweth not whether he goeth 36 While ye haue light beleue in the light that ye may be the children of the light These things spake Iesus and departed and 〈◊〉 him self from them 37 ¶ And thogh he had done so manye miracles before them yet beleued they not on hym 38 That the saying of Esaias the Prophet might be fulfilled that he said * Lord who beleued our reporte and to whome is the arme of the Lord reueiled 39 Therefore colde they not beleue because that Esaias saith againe 40 * He hathe blinded their eyes and hardened their heart that they shulde not se with their eyes nor vnderstande with their heart and shulde be conuerted and I shulde heale them 41 These things said Esaias when he sawe hys glorie and spake of him 42 Neuertheles euen among the chief rulers manie beleued in hym but because of the Pharises they did not confesse him lest they shulde be cast out of the Synagogue 43 * For they loued the praise of men more then the praise of God 44 And Iesus cryed and said He that beleueth in me beleueth not in me but in hym that sentme 45 And he that seeth me seeth hym that sent me 46 I * am come a lyght into the worlde that whosoeuer beleueth in me shulde not abide in darkenes 47 And if anie mā heare my wordes and beleue not I iudge him not for I came not to iud ge the worlde but to saue the worlde 48 He that refuseth me and receiueth not my wordes hathe one that iudgeth him * the worde that I haue spoken it shall iudge him in the last day 49 For I haue not spoken of my selfe but the Father whiche sent me he gaue me a commandement what I shulde saye and what I shulde speake 50 And I knowe that hys commandement is lyfe euerlastyng the thyngs therefore that I speake I speake them so as the Father sayd vnto me CHAP XIII 5 Christ washeth the disciples fete 14 Exhortyng them to humilitie and charitie 21 Telleth them of Iudas the traitour 34 And commandeth them earnestly to loue one an nother 38 He forewarneth of Peters denial 1 NOw * before the feast of the Passeouer when Iesus knewe that hys houre was come that he shulde departe out of thys worlde vnto the
after let lose vexeth the Churche grieuously 10. 14 And after the world is iudged he ād his 〈◊〉 castinto the lake of fyre 1 ANd I sawe an Angel come downe from heauē hauing the keye of the bottomles pit and a great chaine in his hand 2 And he toke the dragon that olde serpent which is the deuil and Satan and he bounde him a thousand yeres 3 And caste him into the bottomles pit and he shut him vp and sealed the dore vpon hym that he shulde deceiue the people no more til the thousand yeres were fulfilled for after that he must be losed for a litle season 4 And I sawe seates ād they sate vpon them and iudgement was giuen vnto them and I sawe the soules of thē that were beheaded for the witnes of Iesus and forthe worde of God and whiche did not worship the beast nether hys image nether had taken hys marke vpon their forheads or on their handes and they liued and reigned with Christ a thousand yere 5 But the rest of the dead men shall not lyue againe vntil the thousand yeres be finished this is the first resurrection 6 Blessed and holie is he that hathe parte in the firste resurrection for on suche the seconde death hath no power but they shal be the Priests of God and of Christ and shall reigne with him a thousand yere 7 * And when the thousande yeres are expired Satan shal be losed out of his prison 8 And shall go oute to deceyue the people whyche are in the foure quarters of the earth euen Gog and Magog to gather them together to battel whose nomber is as the sand of the sea 9 And they wente vp into the plaine of the earth whyche compassed the tentes of the Saintes aboute and the beloued citie but fyre came downe frome God out of heauen and deuoured them 10 And the deuil that deceiued them was cast into a lake of fyre and brimstone where the beast and the false prophete shal be tormented euen day and night for euermore 11 And I sawe a greate white throne and one that sate on it frome whose face fled awaye bothe the earth and heauen and their place was no more founde 12 And I sawe the dead bothe great and small stand before God and the bokes were ope ned and * another boke was opened which is the boke of lyfe and the dead were iudged of those things whiche were written in the bokes according to their workes 13 And the sea gaue vp her dead whiche were in her and death and hell deliuered vp the dead which were in them and they were iud ged euerie man according to their workes 14 And death and hell were cast into the lake of fyre this is the seconde death 15 And whosoeuer was not founde wrytten in the boke of lyfe was caste into the lake of fyre CHAP. XXI 3. 14. The blessed estate of the godlie 8. 〈◊〉 And the miserable condicion of the wicked 11 The description of the heauenlie Ierusalem and of the wife of the Lambe 1 ANd I sawe * a newe heauen and a newe earth for * the firste heauen and the first earth were passed away and there was no more sea 2 And I Iohn sawe the holye citie newe Ierusalem come downe from God out of heauen prepared as a bride trimmed for her housband 3 And I heard a great voyce out of heauen saying Be hold the Tabernacle of God is with men and he will dwell with them and they 〈◊〉 his people and God him selfe shal be their God with them 4 * And God shall wipe away all teares frome their eyes and there shal be no more death nether sorowe nether crying nether shall there be anie more paine for the first things are passed 5 And he that sate vppon the throne sayd * Beholde I make all things newe and he sayd vnto me Write for these wordes are faythful and true 6 And he sayd vnto me * It is done I am and the beginning and the end I will giue to him that is a thirst of the well of the water of life frely 7 He that ouercometh shall inherite all thinges and I will be his God and he shal be my sonne 8 But the fearefull and vnbeleuing and the abominable and murderers and who remon gers and sorcerers and idolaters and all lyars shal haue their parte in the lake whiche burneth with fyre and brimstone whiche is the seconde death 9 And there came vnto me one of the seuen Aungels whiche had the seuen viales full of the seuen laste plagues and talked with me saying Come I will shewe thee the bride the Lambes wife 10 And he caryed me awaye in the spirite to a great and an hie mountaine and he shewed me the great citie holie Ierusalem descen ding out of heauen from God 11 Hauing the glorie of God and her shyning was like vnto a stone moste precious as a Iasper stone cleare as cristal 12 And had a great wal and hie and had twelue gates and at the gates twelue Aungels and the names written whiche are the twelue tribes of the children of Israel 13 On the East parte there were thre gates and on the Northside thre gates on the Southside thre gates and on the Westside thre gates 14 And the wall of the citie had twelue fundacions and in them the names of the Lambes twelue Apostles 16 And he that talked wyth me had a golden rede to measure the citie with all and the ga tes thereof and the wall thereof 16 And the citie laye foure square and the length is as large as the bredth of it and he measured the citie wyth the rede twelue thousande furlongs and the length and the bredth and the height of it are equal 17 And he measured the wall thereof an hundreth fortie and foure cubites by the measure of man that is of the Angel 18 And the buyldyng of the wall of it was of Iasper and the citie was pure golde like vnto cleare glasse 19 And the fundacions of the wall of the citie were ganished with all maner of precious stones the first fundacion was Iasper the second of Saphire the third of a Chalcedonie the fourth of an Emeraude 20 The fift of a Sardonyx the sixt of a Sardius the seuenth of a Chrysolite the eigh of a Beryl the ninth of a Topaze the tenth of a Chri sophrasus the eleuenth of a Iacinth the twelueth an Amethist 21 And the twelue gates were twelue pearles and euerie gate is of one pearle and the strete of the citie is pure golde as shinyng glasse 22 And I sawe no Temple therein for the Lord God almightie and the Lambe are the Temple of it 23 * And the citie hathe no nede of the sunne nether of
Iabesh drought 2. Kings 15. 10. Iabez sorowe 1. Chron. 4. 9. Iabin vnderstanding Iosh. 11. 1. Iachin stabilitie Genes 46. 10. Iadiáh knowing the Lord. Nehem. 2. 36. Iaél a do or ascending Iud. 4. 16. Iahalleél praising God 1. Chr. 4. 16. Iahaziél God hasteth Gen. 46. 24. Iahaziel seing God Ezr. 8. 5. Iahehel hope in God or beginning in God Genes 46. 14. Iair lightened Deut 3. 14. Iakim stablishing 1. Chron. 8. 19. Iambri rebellious 1. Macc. 9. 37. Iamin right hand Gen. 46. 10. Iamuél God is his day Genes 46. 10 Ianoháh resting Ios. 16. 6. Ianúm sleping Ios. 15. 55. Iápheth persuading or enticing Gene. 5. 32. Iaphia lightning 2. Sam. 5. 16. Iarephél helth of God Iose. 18. 27. Iarib fighting or aduenging Gen. 46. 10. Iashén ancient 2. Sam. 23. 32. Iashér righteous Ios. 21. 39. Iashûb a returning 1. Chron. 7. 1. Iathniél a gifte of God 1. Chron. 26. 2. Iattir a remnant or excellent Iosh. 15. 48. Ithri Ithro Ithron the same Iauán making sad Gen. 19. 1. Iaziél the strength of God 1. Chron. 15. 18. Iaziz brightnes 1. Chro. 27. 31. ¶ Ibhâc chosen 2. Kings 5. 15. ¶ Ichahôd where is glorie 1. Sam. 4. 21. ¶ Iddo his confession 1. Chron. 27. 21. ¶ Iechoniáh stabilitie of the Lord. 1. Chr. 3. 16. Iedaiáh the hand of the Lord or confessing the Lord. 1. Chron. 4. 37. Iedidáh be loued 2. Sam. 22. 1. Iediel knowledge of God 1. Chron. 7. 6. Ieduthun confessing 1. Chro. 9. 16. Iehià h the Lord liueth 1. Chro. 5. 23. Iehiél God liueth 1. Chron. 26. 21. Iehoadán the Lords pleasure 2. King 14. 2. Iehoahás the possession of the Lord. 2. Kings 23. 34. Iehoásh the fyre of the Lord. 2. Kings 11. 21. Iehohanán grace or mercie of the Lord. 2. Chr. 26. 3. Iehoiada the knowledge of the Lord. 2. King 11. 15. Iehoiakim the rising or aduenging of the Lord 2. Kings 23. 34. Iehoshaphát the Lord is the iudge 1. Chro. 3. 10 Iehoshúa the Lords saluation Zach. 3. 1. Iehozadák the iustice of the Lord. 1. Chr. 6. 14. Iehudáth confession or praise Gene. 29. 35. Iekannáh the Lord shal arise establish or aduenge 1. Chro. 2. 41. Iekodeám the burning of the people Ios. 15. 56 Iephlét deliuered 1. Chron. 7. 32 Iephunnéh beholding Nomb. 13. 7 Ierahmeél the mercie of God Ier. 36. 36 Iéred ruling Gen. 5. 15 Ieriél the feare of God 1. Chro. 7. 2 Ierimôth fearing death 1. Chro. 7. 7 Ieroboám encreasing the people 2. Kin. 14. 23. Ierohám high 1. Chro. 6. 27 Ierubbaál let baal aduenge Iud. 6. 32 Ieshaiáh saluation of the Lord. Isa. 1. 1. Ieshúa a sauiour Mat. 1. 16 ¶ I gál redemed 2. Chro. 3. 22 Igdaliáh the greatnes of the Lord. Ier. 35. 4 ¶ Ioáb willing or voluntarie 1. Chro. 2. 16 Iob sorowful or hated Iob. 1. 1 Iobamáh the buylding of the Lord. 1. Chro. 9. 8 Iochébed glorious Exod. 6. 20 Ioél willing or beginning Ioel. 1. 1 Iokshán an offence Gen. 25. 2 Ioktán a litle one Gen. 10. 25 Ionáh a doue 2. Kyngs 14. 25 Ionadáb voluntarie or willing 2. Kyng 13. 5 Ionathán the gifte of the Lord. Iud. 18. 30 Ioseph encreasing Gen. 30. 24 Ioshabéth the fulnes of the Lord. 2. Chr. 22. 11. Ioshiáh the fyre of the Lord. 2. King 22. 3 Iothám perfite 2. Kings 15. 23 Iozabád end wed 1. Chro. 12. 20 ¶ Iphdiáh the redemption of the Lord. 1. Chro. 8. 25. Iphtáh opening Iud. 11. 1 ¶ Irá a watchman 1. Chro. 11. 28 Irád a wilde asse Gen. 4. 18 Itiáh the feare of the Lord. Ier. 37. 12 Irmeiáh exalting the Lord. 1. Chro. 5. 24 ¶ Ishacar a wages Gen. 30. 18 Ishâi a gifte or oblation Rut. 4. 17 Ishbôsheth a man of shame 2. Sam. 2. 12 Ishcariôt an hyreling or man of death Mat. 10. 1 Ishmaél God hath heard Gen. 16. 11 Ishtôb good man 2. Sam. 10. 8 Israél a prince of God or preuailing with God Gen. 35. 10 ¶ Ithamár wo to the change Exod. 6. 23 Ittái strong 2. Sam. 23. 29 Ittiél God with me Nehem. 11. 6 ¶ Iubal bringing or fading Gen. 4. 21 Iuchál mightie Ierem. 38. 1 ¶ Izebel wo to the house 1. King 16. 31 Izhak laughter Gen. 17. 19 Izrahiáh the Lord ariseth or the clearenes of the Lord. 1. Chro. 7. 3 Izreél the seed of God Iosh. 15. 56. K KAháth a congregacion Gen. 46. 11 Kainán a biar or owner Gen. 5. 9 Káin a possession Gen. 4. 1 Kamuél God is risen Gen. 22. 21 Karéah balde 2. King 25. ¶ Kedár blackenes Gen. 25. 13 Kédem East Ierem. 49. 26 Kéren-happúch the horne of beautie Kallaiáh the voyce of the Lord. Nehem. 12. 19. ¶ Kish harde or sore 1. Sam. 9. 1. ¶ Kolaiáh the voyce of the Lord. Nehem. 11. 2 Korah balde Gen. 36. 5 Koré crying 1. Chro. 9. 19 ¶ Kushaiá hardenes 1. Chro. 15. 17. L LAadáh to gather or testifie 1. Chro. 4. 21 Laadán for pleasure 1. Chro. 7. 26 Labán white Gen. 24. 29 Laél to God or to the mightie Nomb. 3. 24 Láhad to praise 1. Chro. 4. 1. Lamuél with whome is God Prou. 31. 1 Lehabim enflamed Gen. 10. 13 Lémech poore or smitten Gen. 4. 18 Lappidóth lightenings Iudg. 4. 4 〈◊〉 hammer men Gen. 25. 3 Leui ioyned or coupled Gen. 29. 34 Leáh painful or wearied Gen. 29. 16 ¶ Lobin whitenes Exod. 6. 17 Lot wrapped or ioyned Gen. 11. 26 ¶ Lud a natiuitie or generacion Gen. 10. 22 ¶ Lysias dissoluing 1. Mat. 3. 32. Lysimachus dissoluing battel 2. Mac. 4. 29 M MAachathi broken 2. King 25. 23. Mahaziōth seing a signe 1. Chro. 25. 4 Mahseiáh the protectiō of the Lord. Iere. 32. 12 Mahlá weakenes or a dance Nomb. 26. 33 Maasai my worke 1. Chro. 9. 12 Maaseiáh the worke of the Lord. 1. Chro. 15. 18 Maaziáh the strength of the Lord. 1. Chr. 24 18 Makáz finishing or watching 1. King 4. 9 Macbanái my poore sonne 1. Chro. 12. 13 Machi poore or a smiter Nomb. 13. 16 Machir selling or knowing Gen. 50. 23 Madái a measure or iudging Gen. 10. 2 Madán strife Gen. 25. 2 Magdalena magnified or exalted Mat. 27. 56 Magdiél preaching God Gen. 36. 43 Magôg couering or melting Gen. 10. 2 Mahalah infirmitie or sickenes 2. Chro. 11. 18 Maharái hasting 2. Chro. 11. 30 Mahath wiping away or fearing 1. Chro. 6. 35 Malachi my messenger Malach. 1. 1 〈◊〉 praising God Gen. 5. 12 Mamzér a bastard Deut. 23. 2. Manahém a comforter 2. King 15. 14 Manōach rest Iudg. 13. 2 Maón a dwelling place Iosh. 15. 55 Mordechái bitter contricion Ester
2. 5 Marthá bitter or prouoking Luk. 10. 38 Mattán a gift 2. Chro. 23. 17 Mattani Mattaniáh Matthaniáh Matthatáh his gift Ezr. 10. 33 Mattithia a gift of the Lord. 1. Chro. 9. 31 Malchiél God is my King Gen. 46. 17 Malchiáh the Lord my Kyng Ierem. 21. 1 Malchi-zédek Kyng of righteousnes Gen. 14. 18 Malchishúa my Kyng the sauiour 1. Sam. 14. 49 ¶ 〈◊〉 how good is God! Gen. 36. 39 Mehumán troubled Ester 1. 10. Mehuiaél teaching God Gen. 4. 18 Methushaél asking death Gen. 4. 18 Metushèlah spoyling his death Gen. 5. 21. Melatiáh deliuerance of the Lord. Nehem. 3. 7. Menelaus strength of the people 2. Mac. 4. 23. Menasheh forgettin Gen. 41. 51. Meraióth bitternes 1. Chro. 9. 11. Méred rebellious 1. Chro. 4. 17. Meshá saluacion 1. Chro. 2. 42. Messhelemiáh the peace of the Lord. 1. Chro. 26. 1. Meshullám peaceable 2. King 22. 3. Mephiboshéth shame of mouth 2. Sam. 4. 4. Méshech prolonging Gen. 10. 2. Milcháh a woman of counsel Gen. 11. 29. Milchóm their King or counseller the idole of the Ammonites 2. King 23. 13. Mizzáh a dropping or consuming Gen. 36 13. Micháh poore or smitten or who is here 2. Chro. 34. 20. Michaiáh who is like the Lord 2. King 22. 12. Michael who is like God 1. Chro. 7. 3. Michal who is perfect 1. Sam. 14. 49. Mishael who demandeth Exod. 7. 22. Miriám exalted or teaching Exod. 6. 20. Mithredath dissoluing the Law Ezr. 1. 8. ¶ Moáb of the father Gen. 19. 36. Moshéh drawne vp Exod. 10. 2. Mozá founde or vnleauened 1. Chro. 2. 46. ¶ Musach anointing 2. King 16. 18. Mushi departing Exod. 6. 19. N NAamáh beautiful Gen. 4. 22. Naamán faire or beautiful Gen. 46. 21. Naaráh a maide or watching Iosh. 16 7 Naariáh a childe of the Lord. 1. Chro. 3 22 Nabaiōth buddes or prophecies Gen. 25. 13. Nabál a foole 1. Sam. 25. 3. Nadáb a prince or liberal Exod. 6. 23. Naggái clearenes Luk. 3. 25. Nahaliél the inheritance of God Nomb. 21. 19. Nahám 〈◊〉 a comforter or repentant 1. Chro. 4. 19. Nahás a serpent 1. Chro. 4. 12. Nahôr hoarse or angrie Gen. 11. 22. Naioth beautie or a dwelling place 1. Sam. 19. 18. Naphtali wrastling or comparison Genes 30. 8 〈◊〉 giuen 2. Sam. 5. 14. ¶ Nebuchad-nezzár which is written for the moste parte in Ieremie and some times in Ezekiel Nebuchadrezzar signifieth the mourning of the generacion Nepheg weake 2. Sam. 5. 15. Nephtúim an opening Genes 10. 13. Ner a light 1. Sam. 14. 51. 〈◊〉 the gift of God 2. Chro. 35. 9. 〈◊〉 a gift of the Lord. 2. Sam. 25. 23. ¶ Nimrod rebellious Gen. 10. 8. ¶ Noadiáh the witnessing or testificacion of the Lord. Ezr. 8. 33. Noáh rest Gen. 5. 29. Nogah brightnes 1. Chro. 14. 16. ¶ Nun sonne or posteritie Nomb. 13. 9. O OBadiáh seruant of the Lord. 1. Chro. 3. 21. Obed a seruant Iudg. 9. 26. Obed-edóm the seruant of Edóm or a seruant Edomite 2. King 6. 10 Obil borne or broght 1. Chro. 27. 30. ¶ Omár speaking or exalting Gen. 36. 11 ¶ Onán sorow strength Gen. 36. 23 Onán sorow or iniquitie Gen. 38. 4 ¶ Ophél a towre or darkenes 2. Chro. 17. 3 Ophit ashes Gen. 10. 28 ¶ Ornán reioycing 1. Chro. 21. 18 Orpáh a necke Ruth 1. 4 Ortosias testified 1. Macc. 15. 37. ¶ Othni my time 1. Chro. 26. 7 Otholiáh time to the Lord. 1. Chro. 8. 26 Othoniél the time of God Iosh. 15. 17 ¶ Ozaziáh the strength of the Lord. 1. Chro. 15. 21 Ozziel the helpe of God 1. Chro. 27. 19 P PAgiél God hathe met Nomb. 1. 13 Palál praying or iudging Nehem. 3. 25 Palti deliuerance Nomb. 13. 10 Paltiél deliuerance of God Nomb. 34. 36 Palú marueilous Gen. 46. 19 Paróh vengeance Exod. 8. 1 Paruáh florishing or fleing 1. King 4. 17 Pashúr encreasing libertie Ierem. 20. 3 ¶ Pedahél the redemption of God Nōb. 34. 28. Pedah-zúr a mightie redemer Nomb. 1. 10 Pedaiah the Lords redeming 2. King 22. 1 Pekaiáh the Lords opening 2. King 15. 22 Pelaiáh the miracle of the Lord. 1. Chro. 3. 24 Pelaiáh a miracle of the Lord. Nehem. 8. 7 Pelatiáh deliuerance of the Lord. 1. Chro. 3. 21 Péleg a diuision Gen. 10. 25 Pélet deliuerance 1. Chro. 2. 33 〈◊〉 seing God 1. Chro. 4. 4 Péresh a horseman 1. Chro. 7. 16 Pérez a diuision Gen. 38. 29 Perudáh a diuision Ezr. 2. 55 Pethaiáh the Lord openeth Ezr. 10. 23 ¶ Picól the mouth of all Gen. 21. 22 Pinehás a bolde countenance Nomb. 25. 7 ¶ Puah a mouth Gen. 46. 13. R RAamiáh thondre of the Lord. Nehem. 7. 7 Raddái ruling 1. Chro. 2. 14 Raháb proude or strong Iosh. 2. 1. Rahám mercie or compassion 1. Chro. 2. 44 Rahél a shepe Gen. 29. 9 Rám high 1. Chro. 2. Ramiáh exaltacion of the Lord. Ezr. 10. 25 Raphá release or medecine Gen. 46. 21 ¶ Reaiáh a vision of the Lord. 1. Chro. 5. 5 Réba the fourth Iosh. 13. 21 Rechab a rider 2. King 10. 15 Reelaiáh a shepherd to the Lord. Ezr. 2. 2 Rehabeam dilating the people 1. King 11. 43 Rehúm pitieful or pitied Ezr. 2. 2 Remaliáh the exaltation of the Lord. 2. Kyng 15. 27 Rephaél medecine of God 1. Chro. 26. 7 Rephaiáh medecine of the Lord. 1. Chro. 3. 21 Reú his shepherd Gen. 11. 19 Reubén the sonne of vision so named because the Lord did see his mothers affliction Gen. 29. 32 Reuel a shepherd of God Exod. 2. 19 Rezón a secretarie or leane 1. King 11. 23 ¶ Ribái strife or encreased 2. Sam. 23. 29 Ribkáh fed Gen. 22. 23 Rinnáh song or reioycing 1. Chro. 4. 20 Riphath medecine or release Gen. 10. 3 ¶ Rogel a foteman or an accuser Iosh. 15. 8 ¶ Ruth watered or filled Ruth 1 4. S SAbtáh a compasse or olde age Gen. 10. 7 Sabteca the cause of smiting Gen. 10. 7 Saráh a ladie or dame Gen 17. 15 Sarai my dame or mastres Gen. 11. 29 ¶ Sebá a compasse Gen. 10. 7 Séled affliction 1. Chro. 2. 30 Semachiáh cleauing to the Lord. 1. Chro. 26. 7. ¶ Shaál Shaúl asked Ezr. 10. 29. 1. Sam. 9. 2 Sháaph flying or thinking 1. Chro. 4. 7 Shabbethái my rest Nehem. 11. 16 Shachir wages 1. Chro. 11. 35 Shage ignorant 1. Chron. 11. 34 Shallum peaceable 2. King 15. 10 Shalman peaceable Hose 10. 15 Shalmon peaceable Ruth 4. 21 Shamgár desolation of the stranger Iudg. 3. 31 Shammáh desolation destruction 1. Sam. 16. 9 Shammúa obedient Nomb. 13. 5 Shaphán a conie or one hidde 1. Chro. 5. 12 Shaphát a iudge Nom. 13. 6 Sharézer a treasurer 2. King 19. 37 Shealthiél asked of God Hag. 1. 1 Sheariáh the gate of
dauids sonne and his ambition 1. king 1 and 2 adopted in Christ. ephe 1. 5. rom 9. 4. gatal 4. 5 adoram stoned to death 1. king 12. 18 aduersitie and prosperitie are of God iob 2. 10. prouer 3. 33 adulterie forbidden gen 26. 10. exod 20 14. 1. cor 6. 9. ebr 13. 4 adulterie must be auoided exod 20 14. prou 5. 3. 1. cor 10. 8. 1. thes 4. 3 the Adulterie of dauid 2. sam 11. and 12 our Aduocate towarde god the father Iesus christ 1. iohn 2. 1 ¶ degrees of Affinitie leuit 18 the Affliction ād crosse of dauid for hys sinne 2. sam 12. 10 The afflictions of this present time are not worthie c. rom 8. 18 affliction to them that 〈◊〉 in anie other then in god deut 31. 17 affliction to them that afflict the faythful 2. thes 1. 6 to Afflict the soule for a day isa 58. 5 ¶ Agabus the prophete act 11. 28 and 21. 10 agag king of the amalekites 1. sam 15. 9 agre with thine aduersarie mat 5. 25 agrippa king act 25. 13 ¶ Ahab and his wicked doyngs frome the 16 of 1. king vnto the 22 ahaziah the sonne of ahab and hys doings 1. king 〈◊〉 49. 2. king 1. 2 ahaziah the sonne of ioram and hys doings 2. king 8 ahaz king of iudah an idolater 2. kings 16. 11 ahiah the sonne of Ahitub 1. sam 14. 3 ahimaaz 2. sam 17. 17 and 18. 19 ahimelech 1. sam 21. 1. and 22. 9 ahithophel and hys doyngs 2. sam 15. and 16 and 17 aholah and Aholibah eze 23. 4 aholiab an excellent workeman exod 31. 6 ¶ our Aide of christ ebr 4. 14 the Aide of Israell is of GOD deut 33. 26 ¶ Alcimus a wycked man 1. macc 7. 9. and 9. 54 alexander the coppersmith 2. tim 4. 14 alexander the sonne of antiochus epiphanes 1. mac 10. 1 almes dedes are pleasant sacrifices philip 4. 18 gyue not thyne Almes grudgyngly 2. cor 9. 7 christ our Altar ebr 13. 10 the Altar and the forme thereof exod 20. 24 the Altars of the gentiles exod 34. 13 ¶ Amalekites exod 17. 8. nomb 14. 25 deut 25. 17. 1. sam 15. 2 amasa the head of absaloms armie 2. sam 17. 25 and 20. 4 amaziah king of iudah 2. king 14. 1 amaziah the prieste of beth-el Amos 7. 10 ammonites gen 19. 38. deut 23. 3. iudg 11 4. 2. sam 10 amnon defileth hys sister Tamar 2. sam 13 amon kyng of iudah wicked 2. kyng 2. 19 and 20 amorites gen 14. 7. deut 2. 24 and 20. 17 iudg 1. 34. 1. sam 7. 4 amos the prophet amos 1. 1 amram the sonne of kohath exod 6. 28 ¶ io shua killeth the Anakims iosh. 11. 21. iudg 1. 20 ananias and hys wife Sapphiras death act 5. 10 ananias the chief priest act 23. 2 ananias the disciple of christ act 9. 10 andronicus is slaine 2. mac 4. 38 the seuentie Ancients of the people of israel nomb 11. 16 angels and their creation col 1. 15 the Angel denyeth to be worshiped reuel 19. 10. and 22. 9 the Aungel guideth the hoste of Israel exod 14. 19 the Aungell sheweth of Christs birth luk 2. 10 angels kepers of the litle ones mat 18. 10. peters Angel act 12. 15 the Aungels minister vnto christ mat 4. 11. they comforte hym in the garden luk 22. 43 angels the ministers of god ebr 1. 7 the thre Angels that abraham receyued into hys house gen 18. 5. lot also receiueth two 19. 3 to be Angrie with thy brother is damnable mat 5. 22 anna the mother of To bie the yonge tob 11. 9 anna the prophetesse luk 2. 36 annas father in lawe to Caiaphas iohn 18. 13 be readye alwayes to gyue an Aunswere of the hope that is in you 1. pet 3. 15 antichrist who 1. iohn 2. 22. and 4. 3. 2. thes 2. 3 the Antiochians firste that were named christians act 11. 26 antiochus epiphanes 2. macc 2. 20. and 9 1 antiochus eupator 1. mac 6. 17. 2. mac 10. 10. and 13. 1 ¶ Apollonius discomfited by ionathan 1. mac 10. 82 apollos a learned man act 18. 24 the Apostles afflicted for Christs sake act 4. 3. 5. 18 the Apostles aske who is the greatest in the kingdome of heauen mat 18. 1 the Apostles firste sent to the Iewes mat 10. 6 the Apostles shall iudge the twelue tribes mat 19. 28 apostles why they were ordeined in the church 1. cor 1. cor 1. 28 god iudgeth not accordynge to the appearance 1. sam 16. 7 ¶ Aquila and priscilla do herberthe Church 1. cor 16. 19 the ruine of the Arabians Isa. 21. 14 ¶ king Arad slayne nomb 21. 3 the Aramites 2. sam 8. and 10. 2. kyng 5. and 6. and 7. and 8 araunáh selieth his threshyng floore to dauid 2. sam 24. 24 mamré a citie of Arbáh called also hebrón gen 35. 27 aristarchus felo we prisoner with paul col 4. 10 the Arke of GOD the forme and vse thereof exod 25. 10. deut 10. 3 and 3. 26. iosh. 3. 3. 1. sam 4. vnto the 7. 2. sa 15. 24 the Arke of noáh genes 6. 14 and 7 1 1. pet 3. 20 the stretched out Arme of god 1. king 8. 42 arpachshad his birth ād age gen 11. 10 and 12 flee Arrogancie rom 12. 3 ¶ Asa king of iudáh and hys doings 1. king 15. 8 asahelioabs brother slayne 2. sam 2. 23 asaph the brother of hemán chanter 1. chro 6. 39 asher iaakobs sonne gene 30. 13. hys blessing and hys portion deut 33. 24 iosh. 19. 24 ashima the idole that the men of hamath made in samaria 2. kynge 17. 30 ashtaroth the idole that the Iewes wor shipped iudg 2. 3 and 13. 7 paul is forbid to preache in Asia act 16. 6. at length he preacheth there act 19. 10 Askelon taken by iuda iudg 1. 18 iesus entreth on an Asse into Ierusalem mat 21. 7 Asses in vse among the israelites gene 42. 26. iudg 12. 14 the Asse of Balaam speaketh nomb 22. 28 ashur went out of the lande of shynor gen 10. 11 assuerus kyng his doings and his lawes in the boke of Ester ¶ Athaliah reygneth ouer iudah 2. king 11. 3 paul reproueth the Athenians for their superstitions act 17. 22 ¶ Azariah reigneth in stead of his father amaziah and is striken with a leprosie 2. king 15. 1. and 5 azariah the prophe 2. chron 15. 1 B BAal-perazim a certeine place 2. sam 5. 20 baal peor an idole the israelites for ioyning them selues thereunto are put to death nom 25. 3. deut 4. 3 baanah and rechab kyll ish-bosheth 2. sam 4. 6 baasha kyng of Israel and his doyngs 1. king 15. 16 the destruction of Babel fore spoken isa 13 the buyldynge of Babels towre gene 11. 4 babes in christ 1. Cor. 3. 1 against Beblers ecclesiasti 20. 5 bachides captaine of kyng demetrius armie disconfited 1. mac 9. 68 backe byting forbidden leuit 19. 16 ecclesiast 4. 4.
were deceiued thinking it nothing to kepe the 〈◊〉 so that they worshiped 〈◊〉 but it is idolatrie to worship God anye otherwise then he hath appointed i Whiche 〈◊〉 that it is not conteined in the Ebrew yet because it is here mencioned and is writen in the Greke we 〈◊〉 placed it in the end of thys boke †Or Hozai k Because he had so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 agaynste the 〈◊〉 thei did not 〈◊〉 him in the sepulchres of the Kings but in the garden of the Kings house 2 King 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. King 22. 1. a He followed Da 〈◊〉 in all pointes that he followed the Lord. b When he was but 〈◊〉 yere 〈◊〉 be shewed him selfe zealous of Gods glorie at twentie yere olde he abolished idolatrie and reslored the 〈◊〉 religion c Which 〈◊〉 that he wolde se the reformacion whiche his owne eies d Read 2 King 23. 16. e This great Zeale of this godly King the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the as 〈◊〉 example and paterne to other Kings and rulers to teach thē 〈◊〉 God requireth 〈◊〉 them “ Or they 〈◊〉 ned to Ierusalèm meaning Shaphan c. f For there were many porcions pieces annexed to the Temple g Meaning that they were in such credite for 〈◊〉 fidelitie that they made none accōptes of that whiche thei 〈◊〉 2. King 22. 9. h Read 2. King 22. 8. i For the Kynge was commanded to haue cōtinually a copie of thys boke and to read therein daye and night Deut. 17. 18. k For sorow that the worde of God had 〈◊〉 so long suppressed the peoplekept in ignorance con sidering also the 〈◊〉 conteined therein against the 〈◊〉 l Thus the godlie do not only lament their owne sinnes but also that their fathers and predecessours haue offended God “ Or 〈◊〉 †Or Harbas m Meaning 〈◊〉 of the Priests apparel or of the Kings n Read here of a King 22. 15. o That is to the King p This she speaketh in comtempt of the idolaters who contrarie to reason and nature make that a god which they haue made and framed with their owne hands q This declareth what is the end of Gods threatnings to call his to repentance to assure the vnre pontant of their destruction r It may appeare that very fewe were touched with true repen tance seing that God spared them 〈◊〉 time onely for the kings sak f Forasmuch as nether yong 〈◊〉 olde colde be exēpted from the cur ses conteined therein if they did transgresse he 〈◊〉 it appearteined to all and was his duetie to se it red to all sortes that 〈◊〉 one might learne to auoyde those punishements by serning GOD 〈◊〉 t Because 〈◊〉 had charge ouer all must answer for euerie one 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he thoght 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to se that all 〈◊〉 make prosession to 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of God 1. King 〈◊〉 21 a The 〈◊〉 vseth in send 〈◊〉 places to call the lambe the Passeouer which was but the signe of the Passeouer because in all sacramen's the 〈◊〉 haue the names of the things which are signified b So that the Letites 〈◊〉 was not onely to minister in the Tem ple but also to 〈◊〉 the people in the worde of God c As it was before the Temple was buylt therefore your office onely is now to teache the people and to 〈◊〉 God “ 〈◊〉 the people I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 8. 23 26 d 〈◊〉 euerie to examine them selues that they be not 〈◊〉 eat of the 〈◊〉 †〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the people e So that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of all sortes gaue of that they had aliberal porcionto the 〈◊〉 of God Meaning of the lābe which was called the 〈◊〉 for onely the 〈◊〉 might sprinkle in necessitie the Leuites might kil the sacrifice g They reserued for the people that which was not expedient to be 〈◊〉 that euerie man might offer peace 〈◊〉 and so haue his porcion Exod. 12. 8. 1 Chro. 25. 1. h Meaning 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Prophet because he appoīted the Psalmes and prophecies which were to be sung †Ebr 〈◊〉 i VVhich was in in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 twen tieth 〈◊〉 of his age 2. King 23. 29. k VVhich was a citie of the 〈◊〉 and Iosiah fearing lest he pas sing through Iudah wolde haue taken his king do me made 〈◊〉 against him and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not the Lord. “ Or euphrates †Ebr. of my battel l That is armed him selfe or disguised him selfe because he might not be knowen m The people so muche lamented the losse of this good King that after when there was anie great lamen tation this was spoken of as a pro 〈◊〉 read zach 12. 11. n VVhich some think leremie ma de wherein lamēteth the state of the Church after this Kings death 2 King 28. 10. a For thre moneths after the death of Iosiah ca me Necho to Ierusalem so the plagues began which Huldah the prophets fore warned shulde come vpom Ierusalém b To pay this as a yerely tribute c Because he and the people turned not to God by his first plague he broght a newe vpon him and at length rooted thē out 2 King 24. 13. d He meaneth 〈◊〉 markes which were 〈◊〉 de vpon his bodie when he was dead which thing declared how depely idolatrie was rooted in his heart seing he bare the markes in his flesh e That is he begā his reigne at eight yere olde reigned ten yeres when his father was aliue and after hys fathers death which was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e yere of his age he reygned alone 〈◊〉 moneths and ten dayes “ 〈◊〉 vocle 2. King 24. 17. ier 52. 8. Ebr. by the hand of his f By this phrase the scripture mea neth of ten times and diligently as Iere. 11. 7. 25. 3. and 4. 265. 32 33. g Thy God colde no longer suffer their sinnes but muste nedes punish them h VVhether thei fled thinking to haue bene saued for the holines thereof i VVhich is not be cause God approueth him which yet is the minister of his iustice but God wolde by his 〈◊〉 iudgement punish this 〈◊〉 for this King was led with am bicion and vaine 〈◊〉 whereunto were ioyned furie and 〈◊〉 therefore his worke was cordēnable 〈◊〉 standing it was iustr and holy 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 who vsed this wicked instrument to declare his iustice k VVhen Cyrus King of 〈◊〉 had 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 l VVho 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 God and 70 ye 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or rest of 〈◊〉 land Iere 25 〈◊〉 29. 30. 3 Esdr. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 m In the 〈◊〉 yere 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 ouer the 〈◊〉 n God had so pro phecied aboue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 before 〈◊〉 was borne Isa. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that Ierusalem the Temple shulde be buylt againe by 〈◊〉 his anointed so called because God vsed his seruice for a time to 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 This 〈◊〉 is not in the 〈◊〉 but is 〈◊〉 out of the 〈◊〉 a Thou hast 〈◊〉 that repen tance shal 〈◊〉 the way for thē retur
him 2. Sam. 11. 〈◊〉 o By giuing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to praise 〈◊〉 when thou 〈◊〉 forgiue my sinnes 〈◊〉 VVhich is a wounding of the 〈◊〉 proceding of faith which seketh vnto God for 〈◊〉 p He praieth for the whole Church because through his sinne it was in danger of Gods iudgement q That is iust and law ful applied to their right end wh ch is the exer cise of faith repentance a O Doeg Which hast credit which the tyrant Saul and hast power to 〈◊〉 the saints of God b Thy malicie mo ueth thee by craftie 〈◊〉 lies to accuse and destroye the innocents †Ebr. righteousnes c Thogh God 〈◊〉 for a time yet at length he wil 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 falsehode d A lbeit 〈◊〉 seme o be neuer so sure 〈◊〉 e For the eies of the 〈◊〉 are shut vpot Gods iudgements f VVith ioyful reuerence seing that he taketh their parte against the 〈◊〉 †Or is his 〈◊〉 ce g He 〈◊〉 to haue a 〈◊〉 the seruants of God that he maie growe in the knowledge of godlines h Executed this 〈◊〉 engeance †Or waite vpon thy grace and pro mes Psal. 1. 111. a VVhich was an 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 of note b VVhere as no re 〈◊〉 is had of ho 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 of vertue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 there the Prophet pronoun 〈◊〉 that the 〈◊〉 haue no God VVhereby he cō ēneth all 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 that ten 〈◊〉 not to seke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 7. 20. Dauid pronoun eth Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 emers who 〈◊〉 charge to de 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods people do moste 〈◊〉 de uoure them e VVhen they thoght there was none occasion to feare the sudden vengeāce of God lighted vpon thē f Be the enemies power neuer so great not the dan ger so fareful yet God deliuered his in 〈◊〉 Psal LIIII 1. Sam. 23. 11. a He declareth that when all mea nes dofaile God wil deliuer euen as it were bymira de them that call vnto him with an vpright 〈◊〉 b To wit the ziphims c Saul and his armie which were like 〈◊〉 beastes 〈◊〉 not be satisfied but by his death d Be they neuer so sewe as he was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e According to thy faithful promes for my 〈◊〉 ce f For hypocrites 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or vp on condi 〈◊〉 g 〈◊〉 maylaw 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for Gods iudgements 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be pure a The earnestnes of his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 inso muche as he compelled to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 into 〈◊〉 b For the threatenings of Saul 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 c 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as a w 〈◊〉 persone or they haue imagined my destructiō d 〈◊〉 was no parte of him that was not astonied with extreme fea re e Feare had driuē him to so great di stres that he wished to be hid in some wildernes to be banished 〈◊〉 kingdome which GOD had promised that he snulde enioye f Frō which cruel rage and tyrannie of Saul g As in the confusion of Babylon when the wicked conspired against God g As in the confusion of Babylon when the wicked conspired against God h All 〈◊〉 and good ordres are broken and 〈◊〉 vice and dissolution reigneth vnder Saul i If mine open ene mie had soght mi 〈◊〉 colde the better haue auoy ded him k VVhich was not onely ioyned to me in friendship and counsel in worldeliematrers but also in religiō l As Korath 〈◊〉 and Abiram m VVhich signifieth a feruent minde and sure truste to obteine his 〈◊〉 which thing made him earnest at all times in praier King 〈◊〉 n Euen the Angels of God soght on my 〈◊〉 agaīst 〈◊〉 enemies 2. o But their prospe rous 〈◊〉 stil con 〈◊〉 p I did 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ke him 〈◊〉 was at peace with 〈◊〉 he made 〈◊〉 against me †〈◊〉 to wit 〈◊〉 thou wol dest that God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 q 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 and trial he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r Thogh 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 longer yet 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 death a Being chased by the 〈◊〉 of his enemies into a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 dooue no 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b He 〈◊〉 that it is ethet now 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that God elpe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him and readie to 〈◊〉 c 〈◊〉 his cōscience vpon Gods promes thogh he se not present helpe d All my counsels haue euil successe and turne to mine owne sorowe e As all the world against one man and can not be saciat except they haue my life f They thinke not onely to escape punishment but the more 〈◊〉 thei are the more impudent they waxe g If God kepe the 〈◊〉 of his saints in store 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 re wil he 〈◊〉 ber their blood to 〈◊〉 thogh tyrans burne the bones yet can they not blot the teares blood 〈◊〉 of gods register h Hauing 〈◊〉 that which I 〈◊〉 I am boun de to paye my vowes of chankes giuing as I promi sed i As 〈◊〉 of his great mercies giuing him thankes for the sa me k That is in this life and 〈◊〉 of the sunne 1. Sam. 22. 4. a 〈◊〉 was ether the begiuning of a 〈◊〉 song at the wordes which Dauid 〈◊〉 whc̄he slayed his affection †Or dwel 〈◊〉 safely b He compareth the afflictions which God layeth vpon his children to a 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c VVho leaueth not his workes be gon vnperfit d He wolde rather deliuer 〈◊〉 by a miracle then that I shulde be oue come e He meaneth their 〈◊〉 false reportes f Suffer me not to be destroyed to the contempt of thy name h Thatis wholly bent to giue thee praise for my deliuerance i He 〈◊〉 that bothe his heart shal praise God and his tongue shal confesse him and also that he wil vse other meanes to 〈◊〉 ke him selfe forwarde to the same k Thy mercies do not onely 〈◊〉 to the Iewes but 〈◊〉 to tho Gentiles a Ye counselers of Saul who vnder prerence of consulting for the commune Wei h conspiremy death being an innocēc b Ye are not asha med to execute that 〈◊〉 publi kely 〈◊〉 y ha ue imagined in your hearts c That is enemies to the people of God euen from their birth d 〈◊〉 passe in malice and subtiltie the craftie 〈◊〉 which colde 〈◊〉 him selfe by stepping his eare from the in 〈◊〉 e Take away all occasions meanes Wherby they 〈◊〉 f Considering 〈◊〉 diuine power the sheweth that God in a moment can destroye their force 〈◊〉 ereof theybrag ge g A 〈◊〉 his takē rawe 〈◊〉 of th̄e pot before he Wa ter see hiso he desi reth God to destroye their entre 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thei bring them to pas se. h VVith a pure affection i Their punishment and thoughter shal be so 〈◊〉 k Seing God gouer neth all by his pro uidence he muste 〈◊〉 des 〈◊〉 differēce 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 godlie and the Wicked a Read psal 16. 1. Sam. 19 11. b Thogh his enemies Were euen at hād to destroye him
yet 〈◊〉 assured him self that God had awayes ynough in his hād 〈◊〉 deliuer him c For I am 〈◊〉 to them War des and haue not offended them d Seing it apperreineth to Gods iudgements to pu nish the wicked he 〈◊〉 God to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ven geanceon the reprobat who mali ciously 〈◊〉 his Chu ch e He 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 to hungrie dogs shewing that they are neuer wearie in doing euil f They boast open ly of their Wicked deuiles and euerie worde is as a sworde for thei nether feare God nor are ashamed of men g Thogh Saul haue neuer so great power yet I knowe that thou 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therefore wil I pa ciently hope on thee h He Wil not faile to succout me when nedere quireth i Altogether but by litle that the people seing olte times thy iudges 〈◊〉 may be min deful of thee k That is their miserie shame thei may be as glasses 〈◊〉 of Gods vengeāce l VVhen thy time shal come whē they haue sufficiēt ly serued for an example of 〈◊〉 geāce vnto other m He mocketh at 〈◊〉 vaine ent eprises being as sured that thei shal 〈◊〉 bring their purpose to passe n VVhich didest vse the 〈◊〉 of a Weake womā to cōfounde the enemies strength as 1. Sam 19. 2. o 〈◊〉 him selfe to be 〈◊〉 all v rue and 〈◊〉 he attribu 〈◊〉 the whole to God 2 Sam. 8 〈◊〉 10 1. 1 Chro 18. 1. a These Were certeine songs 〈◊〉 the note 〈◊〉 this psalme was sung Or Syria called Mesopotamia b Called also Sophene which 〈◊〉 deth by Euphrates c For when Saul was not able to resist the enemie the people fled he ther 〈◊〉 for thei colde not be safe in their owne houses d as a cleft with an earth quake e Thou hast handled thy people sharply in taking from them sense iudgemēt in that theiaided Saulthe had giuen the Wicked King and pursued him to Whorne God iust tiltle of the realme f In making me King thou cast performed thy promes Which semed to hauelost the force g It is so certeine as if it Were spoken by an oracle that I shall possesse 〈◊〉 places Whiche Saul had left to his 〈◊〉 h For it Was strong and Well peopled i Dauid meaneth that in this tribe hys kyngdome shal be 〈◊〉 Gen 49. 〈◊〉 k In 〈◊〉 vile subiection l For thou Wilt 〈◊〉 ād fai ne as thogh thou We 〈◊〉 glad m He Was assu red that GOD Wolde giue him the stronge 〈◊〉 of hys enemies Wherein they thoght them selues sure a From the place Where I Was 〈◊〉 is hed beyng driuen out of the 〈◊〉 and temple by my sonne Ab salom b Vnto the 〈◊〉 Without they helpe I can not atteine c There is nothing that doeth more strengthen our faith then the remembrāce of Gods succour in times past d This chiefly is referred to 〈◊〉 Who liueth 〈◊〉 not onely in him selfe but also in his members e For the stabilitie of my kingdome standeth in thy mercie and trueth 1. Chro. 16. 41. a Thogh Satan tempted hym to murmure agaīst God yet he bridled his 〈◊〉 and resting vpon Gods 〈◊〉 beareth his crosse pa tiently b It appeareth by the oft repetitiō of this Word that the Prophet abode manifolds 〈◊〉 but by 〈◊〉 on God and by paci ence he 〈◊〉 came them all c He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 self being 〈◊〉 Whom God had appointed to the kingdome d Thogh ye 〈◊〉 to be in honour yet God Wil sud 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 you e Dauid Was 〈◊〉 moued 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 troubles therefore he 〈◊〉 vp hym selfe to 〈◊〉 in God f These 〈◊〉 and often 〈◊〉 tions Were neces sarie to 〈◊〉 his faith against the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 g He 〈◊〉 heth vs of our Wicked 〈◊〉 Whiche 〈◊〉 hide our 〈◊〉 and bite on the 〈◊〉 then vtter our grief to God to obteine remedie h Giue your selues wholy to God by putting awaye all things that are contrarie to his Lawe i He hathe plainely 〈◊〉 Witnes of his power so that houe nedeth to dout thereof k So that the Wicked shal 〈◊〉 thy power and the godlie thy mercie a To Wit of 〈◊〉 1. 〈◊〉 23. 14. b Thogh he Was bothe 〈◊〉 in greate distres yet he made god his 〈◊〉 aboue all meate and drinke c In this miserie I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the contempla tion of thy pow er and 〈◊〉 as if I Were in thy Sanctuarie d The ren 〈◊〉 ce of thy fauour is more swere vn to me then al the pleasures and 〈◊〉 of the Worlde e He assureth him selfe by the Spirit of God to haue the gift of constancie f He prophecieth of the destruction of Saul ād them that take hys parte Whose bodies shal not be buried but be de uoured With wilde beastes g All that 〈◊〉 by GOD a 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 him shal reioyce in thys Worthie Kyng a in that he calleth to God with his 〈◊〉 is a si gne that 〈◊〉 pray er was vehemēt and that his life was in danger b That is frome their 〈◊〉 malice c To wit their outwarde violen ce d False reportes and sclanders e To be without feare of God ād reuerence of mā is a signe of reprobation f The more that the wicked se Gods children in miserie the more bolde and impudent are they in 〈◊〉 them g There is no waye so 〈◊〉 and subtil to do hurt which they inuented not for his destruction h To se gods 〈◊〉 iudgementes agaynst them ād howe he hathe caught them in their own snares i VVhen they shal 〈◊〉 that he wil be fauora ble to them as he was to hys seruant Dauid a Thou giuest dai ly new occasion to thy Church to praile thee b Not 〈◊〉 the Iewes but 〈◊〉 the Gentiles in the kingdome of 〈◊〉 c He 〈◊〉 it to his sinnes of the people that God who was accustomed to as sille them 〈◊〉 draweth his succour from them d Thou wilt declare thy selfe to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of thy Church in de stroying thyne enemies as thou didest in the 〈◊〉 Sea e As of all barba 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 of f He sheweth that there 〈◊〉 no parte nor 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the worlde which is not gouerned by Gods power and prouidence †Ebr. The going forth of the mor nyng and of the euening g To wit with 〈◊〉 h That is Shiloah or the raine i Thou hast appo 〈◊〉 ted the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 forthe fede to mans vse k By this deser 〈◊〉 he sheweth that al the ordre of nature is ateshmonie of gods loue toward vs who causeth all 〈◊〉 to serue 〈◊〉 necessitie l That is the dume creatures shal not onely reioyce for a time 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 but shall continually sing i Thou hast appo 〈◊〉 ted the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 forthe fede to mans vse a He 〈◊〉 that all 〈◊〉 shal come to the knowledge of God who then was only know 〈◊〉 Iudea b As the faithful shall obey God willingly so
times z As ther all do that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the power of God by their capacitie a The forgetfulnes of Gods 〈◊〉 is the rote of 〈◊〉 and all vice u whatsoeuer commeth not from the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the heart is hypocrisie b This worde signifieth a confused mixture of 〈◊〉 and venemous wormes Some take it for all wilde beastes c He repeteth not he 〈◊〉 the miracles that God did in Egypt but certeine which might be 〈◊〉 to conuince the people of malice and ingratitude d So called 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 that is of 〈◊〉 thewicked or els because therwere wicked 〈◊〉 whome God permitted to vexe men e The first borne are so called as Genes 49. 3. g That is thei bad none occasiō to feare for 〈◊〉 che as God destroied their enemies and deliueted them safely h Meaning Canà an which God had consecrate to him selfe and appointed to his people 〈◊〉 11. 1 53. 7. i Nothing more displeaseth God in the children them when 〈◊〉 continue in that wickednes which their fathers 〈◊〉 begonne k By 〈◊〉 God otherwise then he had 〈◊〉 l For their ingra titude he 〈◊〉 the Philislims to take the 〈◊〉 which was the signe of his presence from amōg them m The Arke is called his 〈◊〉 and beautie because thereby he 〈◊〉 his peo ple and beautiful ly appeared vnto them n Thei were sud 〈◊〉 destroyed o Thei had no mariage songs that is thei were not maried p Ether thei were slaine before or taken prisoners of their enemies and so were forbidden q Because thei were drunken in their sinnes thei iudged Gods pacience to be a slombring as thogh he were drunken there fore he answering their beastlie iudgement faith he wil awake and rake sudden vengeance 1. Sam 4. 10. r Shewing that he spared not altogether the Israelites thogh he punished their enemies s By 〈◊〉 the Temple and establishing the kingdome he declareth that the signes 〈◊〉 his sauour were among them t He sheweth wherein a Kings charge standeth to Wit to prouide faithfully for his people to gui de them by coun sel and defend them by power Psal. lxxix a The people crye vnto God against the barbarous tyrannie of the Babylonians Whospoiled Gods inheritance polluted his Temple destroyed his religion 〈◊〉 red his people b The Prophet sheweth towhat extremities God suffreth sometime his Church to fall to exercise their faith ' before he set to his hād to deliuer them c Their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 durst not burie them for 〈◊〉 of the enemies d Whereof some came of Abrahā but Were degene tate and others Were open enemies to thy religion but thei bothe laughed at our miseries e Wilt thou vtter ly cōsume vs for our sinnes before thou takest vs to mercie f Which We our fathers haue committed g And 〈◊〉 not til We 〈◊〉 recompenced for our sinnes h Seing We haue none other Sa 〈◊〉 nether can We helpe our selues and also by our saluacion thy Name shal be praised therefore o Lord helpe vs. Iere. 10. 〈◊〉 i Who thogh in respect of God thei Were iustly pnnished for their 〈◊〉 yet in consideration of their cause We re vniustly murthered k Which Were captiues among their enemies colde loke for no thing but death l We 〈◊〉 to desire no bene 〈◊〉 of God but on this condition to praise his 〈◊〉 a This 〈◊〉 Was made as a praier for to desire God to be merciful to the tentribes b Moue their hearts that thei may returne to Worship God a right that is in the place ' Where thou hast appoin ted Isa. 43. 21. Psal. lxxx c Ioyne thy Who le people and all thy tribes together againe d The 〈◊〉 feare Gods angre When thei 〈◊〉 ue that their prai ers are not forthWith heard e Our neighbours haue continual strife and War reagainst vs. f Because that repentance one ly commeth of God thei moste instantly and ofe times call to God for it as a meane Whereby thei shal be saued g Seing that of thy mercie thou hast made vs a moste deare possesion to thee and we through our sinnes are made open for Wilde beastes to deuour vs declareagaine thy loue and finish the Worke that thou hast begonne †Ebr Cedres of God h Towit Euphra tes i That is aswel thei that 〈◊〉 our religion as thei thathate our persones k Thei gaue not place to tentatiō knowing that albeit there were no helpe in earth yet God Was able to succour them from heauen l So that no power can preuaile against it and Which as a yong bud thou 〈◊〉 vp againe as out of the 〈◊〉 ashes m Onely When thou 〈◊〉 angrie and notwith the 〈◊〉 of the enemie n That is vpon this vine or people 〈◊〉 thou hast planted With thy right hand that thei shulde be as one man or one bodie o For none can call vpon God but suche as are raised vp as it Were from death to life and regenerate by the holie Spirit a An 〈◊〉 of musicke broght from Geth b It semeth that this psal Was ap pointed for solēne feastes and assemblies of the people to Whome for a time the se ceremonies Were ordeined but now vnder the Gospel are abolished d That is in Israél for 〈◊〉 familie was coun ted the chief before that 〈◊〉 Was preferred e 〈◊〉 speaketh in the persone of the people becau se he Was their leader f If thei Were ne uer able to giue 〈◊〉 thakes to God for this deliuerance from corporal bōdage how much more are We 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from the tyrānie of Satan and 〈◊〉 g By a strange Wonderful fac ó. †〈◊〉 contention Exod. 17 16. h He cōdemneth all assemblies Where the people are not atten tiue to heare Gods voice to giue obedience to the same i God accuseth their incredulitie because thei ope ned not their 〈◊〉 to recei ue 〈◊〉 in suche abundance as he powreth them out k God by his Worde calleth all but his secret election 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shal heare With 〈◊〉 l If their sinnes had not letted m If the Israelites had not broken couenant With God he Wolde haue 〈◊〉 them victo rie against their ennemies n That is With moste fine Wheat and abundance of honie a The Prophet sheweth that if 〈◊〉 iudges do not then 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is aboue them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vengeáce on thē b For theues and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fauour in iudgement When the cause of the godlie can not be heard c Not onely Whē they cryefor help but When their cause requireth aide and support d That is all things are out of 〈◊〉 ether by their 〈◊〉 or careles 〈◊〉 e No title of honour shal excuse you 〈◊〉 you shal be 〈◊〉 Gods iudgement and 〈◊〉 a compt as Wel as other 〈◊〉 f Therefore noty 〈◊〉 shal plucke thy right outo 〈◊〉 from thee a This Psalme 〈◊〉 to haue bene composed as a 〈◊〉 of praier against the 〈◊〉
furious waters d Besides Gods power and wisdome in creating and gouerning his great 〈◊〉 also appeareth in that he hath giuen hys people his worde and 〈◊〉 a VVhose office it is to take vēgeanceon the wicked b Shewe by effect that thou 〈◊〉 Iudge of the world to punishe the wicked c That is brag of their 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 esteme them selues aboue all other d Seing the church was then so 〈◊〉 oppressed it ought not to seme strāge to vs if we se it so now and therfore we muste call to God to take our 〈◊〉 in hand e He sheweth that they are desperate in 〈◊〉 forasmuch as they feared 〈◊〉 God but gaue them selues 〈◊〉 to do wickedly f He sheweth that it is impossible but God shulde heare se and vnderstād their wickednes g If God punishe whole nations for their sins it is merefolie for any one man or els a fewe to thinke that God wil spare them h God hathe care ouer his and chasticeth them for their welth that they shu'd not perish for euer with the wicked i God will restore the state gouernement of things to their right vse and then the 〈◊〉 shall followe him cherefully k He complaineth of them whiche wolde not helpe him to resiste the enemies yet was assured that Gods helpe wolde not faile l VVhen I thoght there was no way but death m In my trouble destresse I 〈◊〉 found thy present helpe n Thogh the wicked iudges 〈◊〉 iustice in oppressing the Churche yet they haue not that autoritie of God o It is a greate token of Gods iudgement when the purpose of the wicked is broken but moste when thei are destroied in their owne 〈◊〉 Psal. xcv a He sheweth that Gods seruice standeth not in dead ceremonies but chiefly in the 〈◊〉 fice of pravse and thankes giuing b Euē the Angels who in respecto of men are thoght as god are nothing in his 〈◊〉 muche 〈◊〉 the idols which mans braine inuentech c All thinges are gouerned by hys prouidence d By these thro wordes he signifieth one thynges meaning that theī must 〈◊〉 giue thē selues 〈◊〉 God e That is the flock whome he gouerneth with his owne hande He sheweth wherein 〈◊〉 are Gods flocke that is If they heare his voice f By the 〈◊〉 of Gods 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 whereof the place was so called Nombr 14 22. “ Or 〈◊〉 read Exod. 〈◊〉 7. g Thei were without iudgemēt and reason h That is into the lande of Canaan where he promised them rest Psal xcvi a The Prophere sheweth that the time shall come that all natiōs shal haue occasion to praise the Lords for the 〈◊〉 of his Gospel b Seing he wil reueile him selfe to all nations 〈◊〉 to their owne expectation they ought all to worship him contrary to their owne imaginations and onely as he hathe appointed “ Or vanities c Then the idoles or whatsoeuer made not the heauens are not God d God can not be knowen but by his strength and glorie the signes whereof appeare in his Sanctuarie e As by 〈◊〉 ye se that it is onely due vnto him f By offring vp yourselues wholly vnto God declare that you worship him only g He prophecieth that the Gentiles shal be partakers 〈◊〉 the Iewes of Gods promes h Hes hal regenerate them a newe with his Spirit restore them to the image of God i If the insensible creatures shall haue cause to reioyce when God appeareth muche more we from whome he hathe taken maledict on and sinne a He sheweth that 〈◊〉 God reygneth there is all 〈◊〉 and spiritual ioye b For the Gospel shal not be onely 〈◊〉 in Iudea but through all 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 c He is thus descri bed to kepe his enemies in 〈◊〉 which commonly 〈◊〉 Gods power d This feare bringeth not the wicked to 〈◊〉 obediēce but maketh them to runne awaie from God e He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods iudgeméts are in a readines to destroye the idolaters f Let all that whiche is estemed in the worlde fall downe before him g The Iewes shall haue occasion 〈◊〉 reioyce that the 〈◊〉 are made partakers with them of Gods fauour h 〈◊〉 requireth 〈◊〉 thinges of his children 〈◊〉 one that thei dereste 〈◊〉 the other that thei put their trust in God for their 〈◊〉 i Tho h Gods deliuerance appeare no suddenly yet it is sowen and laied vp in store for them k Be mindefull of his 〈◊〉 and onely trust in his 〈◊〉 a That is some song newly made in token of theyr wonderful 〈◊〉 by Christ. b He preserueth his Churche miraculously Isa. 59. 16. c For the deliuerāce of his Church d God was moued by none other meanes to gather his Churche of the Iewes and Gentiles 〈◊〉 because 〈◊〉 wolde performe his promes e By this repetition and earnest exhortatiō to giue praises with instruments also of the dūme creatures he signifieth that the worlde is neuer able to praise God suffidently for their deliuerance a VVhen God deliuereth his Churche all the enemies shal haue cause to tremble Exod. 25. 22. b Thogh the wicked rage agaynst God yet the godly shal praise his Name and mightie power c That is before his Tēple or Arke where he promised to heare whē they worshipped him as now he promiseth his spirituall presence where so euer hys Churche is assembled d Vnder these thre hecomprehendeth the whole people of Israél with whome God made his promes e For the more liberally that God 〈◊〉 with hys people the more death he punishe them that 〈◊〉 his benefites a He prophecieth that Gods benefite in calling the Gētiles shal be so great that thei shal haue wonderfull occasion to praise his mercie and reioyce b Hechiefly meaneth touching the spiritual tegenera 〈◊〉 whereby we are his shepe and pople c He sheweth that God will not be worshiped but by that meanes whiche he hathe appointed d He declareth that we ought neuer to be wearie in praising him seing his mercies toward vs last for euer a Dauid 〈◊〉 reth what maner of King he wolde be whē Godshuld place him in the throne promising openly that he wolde be merciful and iust b Thogh as yet thou differ rest to place me in the kinglie dignitie yet wil I giue my selfe to wisdome and vprightnes being a priuare man c He sheweth that magistrates do not their dueties except thei be ene mies to all vice d In promising to punish these vices 〈◊〉 are moste pernicious in thē that are aboute Kings he 〈◊〉 that be will punish all e He sheweth what is the true vse of the 〈◊〉 to punis he the wicked and to 〈◊〉 the good f Magistrates must immediatly punish vice 〈◊〉 it growe to farther inconuenience and if heathen Magistrates are bounde to do this how muche more thei that haue the charge of the Church of God a VVhereby is signified that albeit we be in neuer so great miseries yet there is euer place left for praser
suche a multitude that shall come vp at once meaning vnder the preaching of the Gospel whereof they that came vp 〈◊〉 of Babylon were a figure k Declaring hereby that as by his power and proui dēce woman trauaileth and is deli uered so hathe he power to 〈◊〉 forth his Churche at his time appointed l That ye may reioyce for all the benefites that God bestoweth vpon his Church m I will giue her 〈◊〉 and prosperitie in greate abundance n Read Chap. 60. 16. o Ye shal be cheris hed as her dere lie beloued children p Ye shall haue newe strength and new beautie q This vengeance God begā to execute at the destruction of Babylon and hathe euer continued it againste the ennemies of his Churche and will do till the laste 〈◊〉 whiche shal be the accomplishement thereof r Meaning the hypocrites s VVhereby are ment them that did maliciously transgresse the Lawe by eating beasts forbidden euen to the mouse which abhorreth nature t The Gentiles shal be partakers of that 〈◊〉 which before I shewed to the Iewes u I will marke these that I chuse that they perishe not with the rest of the infideles whereby he alludeth to the marking of the postes of his people whome he preset ued Exod. 〈◊〉 7. x I wil scatter the rest of the Iewes whiche escape destruction into diuers 〈◊〉 y That is Cilicia z Meaning 〈◊〉 a To wit Lidia or Asia minor b Signifying the Parthians c Italie d Grecia e Meaning 〈◊〉 Apostles 〈◊〉 and others which he did first chuse of the 〈◊〉 to preache vnto the Gentiles f 〈◊〉 is the 〈◊〉 whiche by 〈◊〉 shal be made the children of Abraham as you are g VVhereby he meaneth that no necessarie meanes shal want when God shal call the Gentiles to the knowledge of the Gospel h 〈◊〉 wit of the Gentiles as he did 〈◊〉 Timothie and 〈◊〉 first and others after to preache his worde i Hereby he signifieth the kingdome of Christ wherein 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Church shal be renued and Where as before there were appointed 〈◊〉 to sacrifice in this there shal be one continual Sabbath so that all times and seasons shal be 〈◊〉 k As he hathe declared the felicitie that shal be within the Church for the comfort of the godlie so doeth he shewe what 〈◊〉 calamitie shal come to the wicked that are out of the Church l Meaning a continual torment of conscience 〈◊〉 shal euer gnawe them and neuer suffer them to be 〈◊〉 rest Mark 9. 44 m This is the iuste recompence for the wicked which contemning God and his worde shal be by Gods iuste iudgement abhorred of all his creatures a That is the sermons and prophecies b VVhich is thoght to be he that founde the booke of the Law vnder King 〈◊〉 2. King 22 8. c This was a citie about thre miles distant from Ieru salem and belonged to the Priests the sonnes of Aaron Iosh 〈◊〉 18. d This is spoken to confirme his 〈◊〉 and offi ce forasmuche as he did not presume of him self to preache and prophecie but was called thereunto by God c This was a citie about thre miles distant from Ieru salem and belonged to the Priests the sonnes of Aaron Iosh 〈◊〉 18. f Of the eleuenth yere of Zedekiah who was also called 〈◊〉 and at this time Iewes were caried away into Babylō by 〈◊〉 e Meaning the nephewe of 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 was his father who 〈◊〉 but thre moneth and therefore is not mencioned no more is 〈◊〉 that reigned no longer g The Scripture vseth this maner of speache to decla re that God hathe appointed his mi nisters to their offices 〈◊〉 thei were borner as 〈◊〉 49. 1. gal 1. 〈◊〉 h For Ieremiah did not onely 〈◊〉 phecie against the Iewes but also against the Egyptians Moabites and other naciōs i Considering the great iudgement of God which ac cording to his threatnings shulde come vpon the worlde he was moued with 〈◊〉 teine 〈◊〉 on the one 〈◊〉 to pitie them that 〈◊〉 thus perish and on the other side by the infirmitie of mās nature knowing how hard a thing it was to enterprise suche a charge as Isa. 6. 11. exod 〈◊〉 1. 4 1. k VVhich declareth that God maketh them mete and assureth them whome he 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 forthe his glorie 〈◊〉 them all meanes necessarie for the same Exod 4 12. Isa. 6. 7 l He 〈◊〉 what is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of Gods true ministers which by his wor de haue power to beat downe whatsoeuer lifteth it self vp against God and to plant assure the humble and suche as giue them selues to the obedience of Gods worde 2 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 4. ebr 4. 12. and these are the keyes which Christ hathe left to loose and binde Mat. 18 18. m He ioyneth the signe with the worde for a more 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifying by the rod of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whiche firste buddeth the hastie comming of the. Babylonians against the Iewes n Signifying that the Caldeans and Assytians shulde be as a pot to seeth the Iewes whiche boyled in theyr pleasures lustes o Syria and Assyria were North ward in respect of Ierusalém which were the Caldeās dominion p I wil giue them charge power to execute my vēgeance against the idolaters whiche haue for saken me for their idoles q Which declareth that Gods vengeā ce is prepared against thē whiche dare 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 faithfully ether for 〈◊〉 of mā or for anie other cause 1. Cor. 9. 16. r Signifying on the one parte that the more that Satan the worlde rage against Gods manisters the more present will he he to helpe them Iosh. 1. 5. Ebr. 13. 5. and on the other parte that thei are vtterly vnmete to serue God hys Church which are afraide do not resiste wickednes whatsoeuer danger depende there on Isa 50. 7. eze 3. 8 a Accordynge to that grace and 〈◊〉 whiche I 〈◊〉 thee from the beginning when I did firste chuse thee to be my people maried thee to my self Ezek 16. 3. b When I had deliuered thee out of Egypt c Chosen about all other to serue the Lord onely the first offred to the Lord of all other nations Chap. 11. d VVhosoeuer did chaleng this people or els did annoy them was punished e That is fallen to most vileidolatrie f Altogether giuē to vanitie and are become blinde incensible as the idoles that thei serue g VVherefor Iacke of all things ne cessarie for life ye tolde loke for euerie houre but present death h By your idolatrie and wicked maners i Thei taught not the people to seke after God k As the Scribes which shulde haue expounded the Law to the people l Meaning the princes and mini sers signifiing that all estates were corrupt m That is spake vaine things and broght the people from the 〈◊〉 Worship of God to 〈◊〉 idoles for by Baal which was the chief idole n Signifying that he wolde not
〈◊〉 came in the name of all Grecia yet he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and dignitie of of the general captaine so that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was at tributed to him whiche is ment by this horne h Alexāder ouer came Darius in two 〈◊〉 battels ād so had the two 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 i Alexāders great power was broken for when he had ouer come all the East he thoght to 〈◊〉 towarde Grecia to subdue them that there had 〈◊〉 belled and so died by the way k That is which were 〈◊〉 for almoste 〈◊〉 the space of 〈◊〉 yere 〈◊〉 were fiftene diuers 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 this 〈◊〉 was deuided to these foure whereof Cassander had Macedonia 〈◊〉 Syria Antigonus Asia the lesse and 〈◊〉 Egypt l VVhich was Antiochus Epiphanes who was of a 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 nature and also there were o her betwene him and the kingdome and therefore is here called the 〈◊〉 horne because nether prince he conditions nor any other thing 〈◊〉 in hym why he shulde obteine this kingdome m That is to warde Egypt n VVhere by he meaneth 〈◊〉 o That is 〈◊〉 p 〈◊〉 ragest against the elect of God and trode his precious 〈◊〉 vnder fete whiche are so called because they are 〈◊〉 from the worlde q That is God 〈◊〉 gouerneth and mainteineth his 〈◊〉 r He labored to abolish all religion and 〈◊〉 cast Gods seruice out of his Temple whiche God had chosen as a litle corner from all the rest of the worlde to haue his Name there truely called vpon s He sheweth that their sinnes are the cause of there horrible 〈◊〉 and yet comforteth them in that he appointeth this tyrant a time whome he wolde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to abolish his religion t This horne shal abolishe for a time the true doctrine and so corrupt Gods seruice u Meaning that he heard one of the Angels as king this question of Christ whome he calleth a certeine one or a 〈◊〉 one or a 〈◊〉 one x That is the Iewes sinnes which were cause of this destruction y That is whiche suppresseth Gods religion and his people z Christ answered me for the 〈◊〉 of the Church a That is vnto so many natural daies be past whi che make six yeres thre moneths and an halfe for so long vnder An tiochus was the Temple prophaned b VVhiche was Christ who 〈◊〉 this maner decla red him selfe to the olde fathers howe 〈◊〉 wolde be God manifested in flesh c This power to commande the Angel declared that he was God d The effect of this vision shal not yet appeare but a long time after e Meanyng the great rage which Antiochus shuld shewe 〈◊〉 the Church f That is out of Grecia g They shal not haue like power as had Alexāder h Nothing that this 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 cruel and also 〈◊〉 that he colde not be deceiued i That is not like Alexāder 〈◊〉 k Bothe the Gentils that dwelt about him and al so the Iewes l VVhat soeuer he goeth about by his crast he shal bring it to passe m That is vnder pretence of peace or 〈◊〉 it 〈◊〉 in sporte n Meanyng against God o For God wolde destroy him with a notable 〈◊〉 and so comforte his Church p Read vers 14. 2. Mac. 9. 9. q For feare and astonishement a VVho was also called 〈◊〉 b For 〈◊〉 led with ambition went about war res in other coun 〈◊〉 and therefore Darius had the title of the kingdome thogh 〈◊〉 was kyng in effect c For thogh he was an 〈◊〉 Prophet yet he dayly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in knowledge by readyng of the Scriptures d He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of that 〈◊〉 prater whi che he vsed in his house 〈◊〉 a day but of a 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 prayer lest their sinnes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 se 〈◊〉 to delay the time of their 〈◊〉 prophecied by 〈◊〉 e That is hast all power in thy selfe to execute thy terrible 〈◊〉 against 〈◊〉 sinners as thou art riche in 〈◊〉 to comfort them which obey thy worde and 〈◊〉 thee †Ebr him f He 〈◊〉 that whensoeuer God punisheth he doeth it for in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thus the 〈◊〉 neuer 〈◊〉 him of rigour as the wicked do bu acknowledge that in them selues there is 〈◊〉 se why he shuld 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †Ebr. confusion of 〈◊〉 g He doeth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the kings because of their au 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pra 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for them as the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of these great 〈◊〉 h He sheweth that they rebell a gainst God 〈◊〉 serue him not according to his commandement and worde i As 〈◊〉 27 15. or the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by an othe “ Or gouerned vs †Ebr. 〈◊〉 vpon the 〈◊〉 Exod. 14 28. 〈◊〉 2 11. k That is according to all thy 〈◊〉 promises and the perfor mance 〈◊〉 l 〈◊〉 thy selfe fauorable m That is for thy Christs sake in 〈◊〉 thou 〈◊〉 accept all our 〈◊〉 n Declaring that the godhe 〈◊〉 onely vnto Gods 〈◊〉 and renounce their owne Workes when they seke for 〈◊〉 of their sinnes o Thus he tolde not content him selfe with any 〈◊〉 hemencie of wor 〈◊〉 he was so led with a 〈◊〉 zeale considering Gods promes made to the citie in respect of his Church and for theaduancement of Gods 〈◊〉 p He. 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 cie who prophecied that their ca ptiuitie shulde be 〈◊〉 ie yeres but 〈◊〉 Gods mercie shulde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 excede his iudge ment whiche shulde be foure hundreth nine tie yeres euen to the comming of Christ so then it shuld 〈◊〉 for euer q Meaning Daniels naciō ouer whome he was 〈◊〉 r To shewe 〈◊〉 and to 〈◊〉 sin 〈◊〉 out of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 s From the time that Cyrus gaue them leaue to departe and these wekes make 49. yere whereof 46 are referred to the time of the Temple and 3. 10 the laying of the 〈◊〉 t Counting from the sixt yere of Darius who gaue the seconde commandement for the building of the 〈◊〉 are 62 〈◊〉 which make 〈◊〉 yeres which comprehend the time from this building of the Temple vnto the 〈◊〉 of Christ. †Ebr. in 〈◊〉 of time u In this 〈◊〉 weeke of the seuentie shal 〈◊〉 come and preache and suffer death x He shal 〈◊〉 to haue no beautie nor to be of ame 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 53 2. y Meaning 〈◊〉 Vespasians sonne who shulde come and destroy bothe the 〈◊〉 and the people without all hope of recouerie z By the preaching of the Gospel he confirmed his promes first to the Iewes and after to the Gentiles a Christ accomplished this by his death and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b Meaning that Ierusalem and the Sanctuarie shulde be vtterly destroyed for their rebellion against God their 〈◊〉 of some read that the plagues shal be so great that they shal all be astonied at them a He not eth this third yere because at this time the buylding of the Temple b̄egan to be hindered by Cambyses Cyrus sonne When the father made warie in Asia minor against the 〈◊〉 which was a discouraging to the 〈◊〉 and a great feare to Da
sonne and to excuse your doings you all edge the Kings autoritie by his 〈◊〉 and also wisdome and policie in so doing but you shal not escape punishement but as I haue 〈◊〉 you great fauour and taken you for my people so shal your plagues be accordingly 〈◊〉 2 47. a The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vpon him the persone of the 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 that all her 〈◊〉 gone so that none is left that is that there is no godlie man remaining for all a egiuen 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tie and 〈◊〉 so that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his owne brother b He 〈◊〉 that the prince the iudge and the riche man are 〈◊〉 together all to do 〈◊〉 and to cloke the doings one of another c That is the 〈◊〉 man that is able to giue money 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from no wikednes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d These men agre among thē 〈◊〉 and conspire with one consent to do 〈◊〉 e They 〈◊〉 are of moste estimation and are counted most honest amōg them are but thor nes and 〈◊〉 to pricke f Meaning of the Prophetes and 〈◊〉 g The 〈◊〉 sheweth that the onely remedy for the godlie in 〈◊〉 euils 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 flee vnto God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cour h This is spoken in the persone of the Church which calleth the malignant Churche 〈◊〉 enemie i To 〈◊〉 when God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him self a 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 and a 〈◊〉 of his enemies k Meaning the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the Baby 〈◊〉 l VVhen the 〈◊〉 shal be 〈◊〉 stored they 〈◊〉 were enemies a sore shal come 〈◊〉 of all the 〈◊〉 of the world vnto her so that 〈◊〉 holdes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shal be able to let them m A fore this 〈◊〉 ce appeare he 〈◊〉 how 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them 〈◊〉 shal be punished seing that the 〈◊〉 self which 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 ne 〈◊〉 made 〈◊〉 because of their 〈◊〉 n The Prophet prayeth to God to be me 〈◊〉 vnto his 〈◊〉 when they 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 tered 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 places 〈◊〉 Babylon and to be beneficial vnto them as in time past o God promiseth to be fauorable to his people as he had 〈◊〉 a fore time p They 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 men and dare 〈◊〉 no more q They shal be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 to heare men 〈◊〉 lest they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r They shal 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on the 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 s 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he wolde not se it but winke at it t Meaning of his elect u The 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God wil 〈◊〉 in effect the trueth of his merciful promes which he had made of 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 all that shulde apprehende the 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 a Read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b The 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 whiche God commanded Nahum to write concerning the Ni neuites c That is botne of a poore village in the 〈◊〉 of Simeō d Meaning of his glorie e VVith his he is but 〈◊〉 for atime but his angre neuer aswageth toward the reprobat thogh for 〈◊〉 he deferre it f Thus the wicked wolde make Gods mercie an occasiō to 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 Prophet willeth them to consider his force iustice g If all creatures be 〈◊〉 Gods commandement and none 〈◊〉 to resist his 〈◊〉 shall man flatter him self and thinke by anie meanes to escape when he prouoketh his God to 〈◊〉 h Lest the faithful shuld be discouraged by hearing the power of God he sheweth thē that his mercies 〈◊〉 vnto them and that he hathe 〈◊〉 ouer them i 〈◊〉 ing that God wil suddenly destroye 〈◊〉 and the Assyrians in such sort as thei shall 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 darkenes and neuer recouertheir 〈◊〉 againe k He sheweth that the enterprises of the Assyrians against Iudah and the Church 〈◊〉 againste God and therfore he wolde so destroy them at once that he shuld not nede to returne the secōdetime l Thogh the 〈◊〉 thinke them selues like 〈◊〉 that pricke on all sides yet the Lord wil set fyre on thē as 〈◊〉 unken men are not able to stand against anye force so thei shal be nothing able to resist him m VVhiche maye be vnderstād 〈◊〉 of Saneherib or of the whole body of the people of 〈◊〉 n Thogh they thinke them selues in moste 〈◊〉 and of greatest strength yet when God shal passe by he will destroye them not withstanding he 〈◊〉 his Church and promiseth to make an ende of punishing them by the Assyrians * 〈◊〉 52. 7. Rom 10. 15. o Meaning Saneherib 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 haue no more children 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 in the house of his gods 2. King 19. 35. p 〈◊〉 peace the 〈◊〉 shulde enioy by the death of Saneherib a That is 〈◊〉 is in a redines to de stroye the Assyrians and the Pro phet 〈◊〉 the enterprises of the Assytians which prepared to resist him b Seing God 〈◊〉 punished his owne people Iudah and Israèl he wil now punish the enemies by whome he scourged them read Isa. 10. 12. c Signifying that the Israelites were 〈◊〉 destroyed d Bothe to feare the enemie and also that they themselues shuld not so sone espie blood oneof another to discourage them e Meaning their speares shulde shake and cras he together f Then the Assyrians shal seke by all meanes to gather their power but all things snal faile them g The Assyrians which flatter thē selues and say that Nineueh is so ancient that it can neuer perish and is as a fi shpoole whose waters they that 〈◊〉 on the banckes cā not touche but they 〈◊〉 scattered and shal not loke backe thogh men wold call them h God commandeth the 〈◊〉 to spoile Nineueh promiseth thē infinite riches and treasures i That is Nineuêh and the man 〈◊〉 shal be after this 〈◊〉 k Read 〈◊〉 2. 6. l Meaning 〈◊〉 whose inhabi tans were cruel like the 〈◊〉 and giuen to all oppres sion and sparedno violence or 〈◊〉 to prouide for their wiues and children m That is assone asmy wrath beginneth to kindle n Signifying the heraldes which were accustomed to proclame warre Some read of thy gumme tethe where with 〈◊〉 was wont to bruse the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 a It neuer ceaseth to spoile robbe b He sheweth how the Caldeans shal haste how couragious their horses shal be in beating the groūde when they come against the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c He 〈◊〉 Nineuéh to an 〈◊〉 which by her 〈◊〉 tie and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 yong mē and bringeth them to destruction d Meaning Alexā dria whiche was in league with so manie nacions 〈◊〉 was now 〈◊〉 “ 〈◊〉 thine e Signifying 〈◊〉 Gods iudgements shulde suddenly destroye the Assyrians as these 〈◊〉 are with 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 of wether f Thy princes and counselours g Meaning 〈◊〉 there was no people to whome the Assyrians had not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a The Prophet 〈◊〉 God be waileth that among the Iewes is left none 〈◊〉 nor brotherlie 〈◊〉 but in stead hereof reygneth crueltie theft contention and 〈◊〉 b To suppresse him if any shuld shewe him selfe zealous of Gods cause c Because the iudges which shulde redresse this exces se are as
〈◊〉 the power of God who nedeth no great 〈◊〉 when he wil deliuer his for with a becke or 〈◊〉 he can call thē from all places suddenly k Thogh thei shall yet be scattered seme to be lost yet 〈◊〉 shal be profitable vnto 〈◊〉 for there thei shal come to the knowledge of my Name which was 〈◊〉 vnder the Gospel among whome it was first preached l Not that they shulde 〈◊〉 into their 〈◊〉 but be gathered and 〈◊〉 in one saith by the 〈◊〉 of the Gospel m He 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 of the people out of Egypt where as the Angel 〈◊〉 the floods and riuers a Because the Iewes thoght thē selues so strong by reason of this moūtaine that no enemie cold come to hurt them the Prophet sheweth that when God 〈◊〉 the enemies it shall shewe it self ready to receiue them b Shewing that if 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 men were destroyed the weaker were not able to 〈◊〉 c Seing that 〈◊〉 was destroied whiche was the strongest 〈◊〉 the weaker places colde not thinke to holdeout d That is the 〈◊〉 of Iudah 〈◊〉 shuld 〈◊〉 e VVhiche being now 〈◊〉 to be slayne were 〈◊〉 as out of the hons mouthe f Their gouernours 〈◊〉 thē without anye 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 or yet thinking that they do euil g He noteth the hypocrites which euer haue the Name of God in their mouthes thogh in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 doings thei 〈◊〉 God attributing theyr gaine to Gods bles sing whiche cometh of the 〈◊〉 of their 〈◊〉 h I wil cause one to destroy another i Their 〈◊〉 shal execute crueltie 〈◊〉 them k That is 〈◊〉 smale 〈◊〉 whome he thoght worthie to shewe mercye vnto l God sheweth his great benefites toward his people to conuince them of greater ingratitude which wolde nether be ruled by his most beautiful order of gouernement nether cōtinue in the bādes of brotherlie 〈◊〉 and therefore he breaketh both the one and the other Some read for Bādes Destroiers but in the 14. 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is confirmed m VVherby he sheweth his care and 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them to haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because they shulde 〈◊〉 his great loue n Meaning the people because they wolde not acknowledge these great benefites of God o He sheweth that the least 〈◊〉 euer 〈◊〉 by Gods iudgements p Besides their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them of malice and wickednes which did not onely forget his 〈◊〉 but estemed them as things of 〈◊〉 q Shewing that it was to 〈◊〉 to paye his wages whiche colde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to make a fewe tiles for 〈◊〉 couer the Temple r Signifying that 〈◊〉 shulde haue a certeine kinde of regiment and outward 〈◊〉 hewe of 〈◊〉 but in effect it shuld be nothing for they shulde be wolues and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 beasts in stead of 〈◊〉 s And is in health and sounde t By the arme he 〈◊〉 as he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 is the 〈◊〉 of God shall take awaye 〈◊〉 thy 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 a That is the 〈◊〉 tribes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 and had rather remaine in 〈◊〉 then to 〈◊〉 home when God called them Chap. XII b 〈◊〉 shal be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all her 〈◊〉 shall God desend all 〈◊〉 also and shall 〈◊〉 the enemies c Euerie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 now 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the smale 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 them 〈◊〉 all enemies because the Lord is 〈◊〉 them d The people whiche are now as it were 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 fields and 〈◊〉 open to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shal be no lesse 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 power then if they were vnder then Kings 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 or in 〈◊〉 defensed cities e They shall haue the seeling of my grace by 〈◊〉 and knowe that I haue 〈◊〉 on thē f That is whome they haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 gricued my Spirit Iohn 19. 〈◊〉 where it is referred to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whiche here is referred to the spirit of god g They shal 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whome 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 led 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 h They shal 〈◊〉 and repent 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for their offences against God i VVhich was the Name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 where 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2 Chro. 〈◊〉 22. k That is in all places where the Iewes shal remaine l signifying that this 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 shuld not be a vaine ceremonie but euery one touched with his owne grief shal lament m Vnder 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he conteineth all the tribes and sheweth that bothe the Kings and 〈◊〉 Priests had by their 〈◊〉 perced 〈◊〉 n Called also Simeon o To 〈◊〉 which were elect by 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 from the commune destruction a He 〈◊〉 what 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of their repentance 〈◊〉 wit 〈◊〉 of sinnes by the blood of 〈◊〉 which shal be a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them 〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉 b He 〈◊〉 that God wil also purge them 〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉 that their religion shal be pure c Meaning the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and teachers 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 me the 〈◊〉 here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ne 〈◊〉 d That is when they shal 〈◊〉 lies and make God who is the autor of trueth a 〈◊〉 thereunto e He sheweth what zeale the 〈◊〉 shal haue vnder the 〈◊〉 of Christ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 6. f God shal make them ashamed of their errors lies and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 and they shal no more weare Prophetes apparel to make their doctrine seme more holy h Hereby he sheweth that thogh their parents and friends delt more 〈◊〉 with them and put them not to death yet they wolde so punish their 〈◊〉 that became false 〈◊〉 that the 〈◊〉 and signes shulde remaine for 〈◊〉 i The Prophet warneth the Iewes that before this great comfort shulde come vnder Christ there shulde be an horrible dissipacion among the people for their gouernours and pastors shulde he destroyed and the people shulde be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shepe and the Euangelist applieth this to Christ because he 〈◊〉 the head of all 〈◊〉 Matt. 16 31. k The greatest parte shal haue no porcion 〈◊〉 these 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 they that shal enioye them shal be tryed with great afflictions 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 know en that onely Gods power and 〈◊〉 mercie to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g They 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their former ignorance and be content tolabour for their liuing a He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 godly against the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 before thei 〈◊〉 this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 promised vnder 〈◊〉 that when these dangers shulde come 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 knowe that they were 〈◊〉 of them 〈◊〉 b As your 〈◊〉 and you haue had experience bothe at the red Sea and at all other times c By this maner of 〈◊〉 the Prophet sheweth gods power and care 〈◊〉 his Churche and 〈◊〉 he wil as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 out of all the 〈◊〉 of the worlde they shall se 〈◊〉 whiche was before hid with this 〈◊〉 and this he meaneth of the spi ritual Ierusalē the Church e He speaketh of the hypocrites whiche colde not abide Gods 〈◊〉
had bene moued with a certeine pitie in taking his last leaue q To wit Peter r Called Malchus s Which declareth that no man can do anie thing cō trarie to Gods or dinance t Meaning all the disciples Mat. 26. 57. 〈◊〉 22 54. u That is thei whiche had chiefest autoritie 〈◊〉 the Priests iohn 18. 24. x Whiche signified that his hot zealebegā now to beabated “ Or light Mat. 26 59. “ Or were not like y These two wit nesses 〈◊〉 in that the one reported that Christ said he colde destroye the Tēple as 〈◊〉 writeh the other said that he heard him saye that he wolde do it as is here noted 〈◊〉 2 19. z That is of God who is worthie all praise the which worde in their language the Iewes when they spake of God vse commu nely in their wri tings euen to this day Mat. 24. 30. a Whome thei now 〈◊〉 in this base estate thei shulde se ap peare at the last day withmaiestie and glorie b This declareth the wickednes and insolencie of the gouernours and rulers seing their officers con 〈◊〉 to all iustice thus raged 〈◊〉 him that was innocent Mat. 26 69. 〈◊〉 22. 55. ioh 18. 25. c We oght to con sider our owne 〈◊〉 that we may learne onely to trust in God and not in our 〈◊〉 “ Or entrie d Peterprepareth him self to flee if he were further laied vnto Mat. 26. 71. 〈◊〉 22. 51. Ioh. 18. 25. “ Or russhed out of the dores and wept Mat. 26. 75. ioh 13. 38. Mat 26. 1. a For the Romains gaue thē no autoritie to put anie man to death 〈◊〉 22. 66. ioh 18. 20. Mat. 27. 12. Luk. 23. 3. Ioh. 18. 35. b He wolde not defend his cause but presented him self willing ly to be condem ned c The people alwaies mainteine their customes altogh thei be worthe nothing d When a iudge hathe respect to men he quite for 〈◊〉 iustice “ Or Pretorie Mat. 27. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 23. 26. “ Or stalke e It was the 〈◊〉 to make him that was condemned to carie his crosse but Iesus was not able for 〈◊〉 Mat. 27. 33. Luk. 23. 33. Ioh. 19. 16. f Which was to hasten his 〈◊〉 but he wolde not drinke it because he wolde 〈◊〉 te for the houre that his Father had appointed that he might render vnto him perfect obediēce g The 〈◊〉 deuided their day into 4 partes so that by the third 〈◊〉 is here mēt the thirde parte of the day which was from six a clocke to nine at what time Mat. 〈◊〉 he was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 53. 12. Iohn 〈◊〉 19. h Meaning the one of them that were crucified i Because this darkenes was onely ouer the land of Chanaan when therest of the worlde was light the miracle is the greater k Which was the third parte of the day about thre of the clocke after none Psal. 22. 1. Mat. 27. 46. l This was spokē mockingly Psal. 69. 22. m Who had char ge 〈◊〉 an hundreth men Luk 8. 2. Mat. 27. 57. Luk. 23 50. Iohn 19. 38. n A 〈◊〉 man and of great 〈◊〉 o This man shewed his faith boldely when the danger semed to bemoste 〈◊〉 Luk 24. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 20. 〈◊〉 Or not risen Mat. 28. 〈◊〉 a The Angel of God in the likenes of a yong man Iohn 20. 12. b He especially maketh mencion of Peter to 〈◊〉 him because he had fallen into greater danger then the rest Mat. 26 32. Chap. 14. 28. Iohn 20. 16. Luk. 8. 2. c They had sone forgotten that that Christ 〈◊〉 fore tolde them of his 〈◊〉 Luk. 14. 13. Luk. 24. 36. Iohn 20. 19. d Mourning and praying Mat 28 19. Iohn 12. 18. Act. 16. 18. e As wel Gentile as Iewe. f This gifte was but for a time to cause men 〈◊〉 more willingly to receiue the Gospel which as yet was not euidently knowen Act 2 4. 10. 46. g With other and diuers as Luke saith Act 28 5. Act 18 8. Luk. 24. 5. Eb. 2. 4. h The miracles and signes followe the doctrine as certein seales so that if the doctrine be false the miracles 〈◊〉 be no better 〈◊〉 13. 3. a Meaning the 〈◊〉 with whome he was 〈◊〉 b Or of the thing and it may be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Christ or to the Gospel and here by is 〈◊〉 that they were the ministers of Christ who is cal led the 〈◊〉 or ministers of the 〈◊〉 that is to say of the Gospel and this cōmendeth the autoritie of his doctrine 〈◊〉 he receiued it of the Apostles c The sonne of Antipater d Read 1. Chr. 24. 10. e By her Father for by her mothers 〈◊〉 she was of 〈◊〉 house of Dauid f This perfection or 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 by the frutes and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ap pearance not by the cause which onely cometh of Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 through Christ. g The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whe reby is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ded 〈◊〉 God h 〈◊〉 is the eue ning 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 accordīg to the Law i The 〈◊〉 was deuided 〈◊〉 thre partes the first was the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 called 〈◊〉 where the people was these 〈◊〉 called 〈◊〉 where the Priests and 〈◊〉 were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 into the which the 〈◊〉 Priest entred once a yere to sacri fice k Whiche signifieth the grace of the Lord. l The worde signifieth all 〈◊〉 ner of drinke whiche maketh men dronken Exod. 〈◊〉 7. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 17. m As a King in his royaltie hath one to go before him who signifieth the king to beat hand n When Christ saieth he came to set the Father against the sonne c. he meaneth the successe which cometh of the Gospel through the malice of mē but here he 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 prosperitie of the Gospel Mal. 4. 3. mat 11. 14. Mat. 3. 14. o Whiche signifieth the 〈◊〉 or soueraintie of God p We must not measure Gods promes by our weake senses q Whiles their course 〈◊〉 ed to 〈◊〉 they might not lie with their wiues nor drinke anie licour that might make one 〈◊〉 r For the barren women enioyed not the promes which God mad to thē that were married to haue 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 they were 〈◊〉 of that promes whiche God made to Abraham that he wolde 〈◊〉 se his sede “ Or gladnes be to thee Or receiued into 〈◊〉 s Not 〈◊〉 her me rites but onely 〈◊〉 Gods fre mercie who loued vs when we were sinners that whosoeuer 〈◊〉 h shulde reioyce in the 〈◊〉 t Because he is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of God begotten from 〈◊〉 all beginning and 〈◊〉 in flesh at the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at time Isa. 7. 14. mat 1. 21. chap. 2 21. u She wolde be 〈◊〉 solued of all dou tes to the end that she might more surely embrase the promes 〈◊〉 God x It shal be a secret operatiō of the holie Gost. y He must be pure and without 〈◊〉 whiche must take away the sinnes of the worlde Dan. 7. 14. micah
bothe one doctrine Read Mark 〈◊〉 34. m To wit the clothes of Paul and Silas 2. Cor. 11. 3. 1. 〈◊〉 2. 2. “ Or in the bottome of the prison or in a 〈◊〉 “ Or woundes or hurtes “ Greke he set the table () The Gouernours assembled together in the market and remembring the 〈◊〉 quake that was they feared and sent c. n No man had 〈◊〉 to beat or put to death a citizen Romaine but the Romaines them selues by the consent of the People o For the punish ment was great against thē that did 〈◊〉 to a 〈◊〉 Romaine a Like quarell piking thei vsed against Christ ād these be the wea pons where with the worlde continually 〈◊〉 against the mem bres of Christ trayson and sedition “ Or a sufficient answer b Not more excellent of birth but more prōpt and couragious in receiuing the worde of God for he compareth them of Berea with thē of Thessalonica who persecuted the Aposties in Betea c This was not onely to 〈◊〉 if these thīgs which thei had heard were true but also to confirme them selues in the same and to increase their faith Ioh. 5. 39. “ Or had the char ge to conduit him safely d That citie which was the fountaine of all knowledge was now the sinke of moste horrible Idolatrie e Suche was his feruent zeale towards God glo rie that he labored to amplifie the same bothe in season and out of season as he taught 〈◊〉 de to Timothie f who helde that pleasure was mās whole folicitie g who taught that vertue was onely mans felicitie which not withstāding they neuer atteined vnto h where iudgement was giuen of waightie matters but chiefely of 〈◊〉 against their gods whereof Paul was accused or els was led thither because of the resorte of peo ple whose eares euer tickled to heare newes Or 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 “ Or had leasure Chap. 7. 48. Psal. 50. 〈◊〉 l Before mā was created God had appointed his sta te and condition m This is 〈◊〉 as touching the sondrie changes of the worlde as when some people departe out of a countrey others come to dwel therein n Men 〈◊〉 in darkenes til Christ the true light shine in their hearts o As Aratus and others p He condēneth the matter and the forme where with God is coūterfaited q But pardoned it and did not 〈◊〉 nish it as it deser ued Isa. 40. 23. r This is ment of the vniuersal worlde and not of euery particular man for who soeuer sinneth without the Law shal die without the Lawe “ Or a iudge of Mars strete Rom. 16. 3. a This was Clau dius Cesar who then was Emperour b Thus he vsed where euer he came but principally at Corinthus because of the false Apostles whiche preached with out wages to winne the peo ples fauour c Or pauillions 〈◊〉 thē were made of skinnes d And boyled with a certeine zeale e Because they haue none excuse he denounceth the vengean ce of God against them through their owne 〈◊〉 1. Cor. 1. 14. Chap. 11. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 16. 14. f God promiseth him a special pro tection whereby he wolde defende him from the violent rage of his enemies “ Or Grecia g They accused him because he 〈◊〉 the seruice of God appointed by the Law h Of whome 〈◊〉 spoken 1. Cor. 1. 1. i Paul did thus 〈◊〉 with the Iewes infirmities which as 〈◊〉 were not sufficiently instructed Nomb 6. 18. Chap. 21. 24. 2. Cor. 4. 19. Iam. 4. 15. k Called Cesaria 〈◊〉 2. Cor. 1. 12. “ Or wel instructed l That is wasome what entred m He had but as yet the first principales of Christs religionand by baptisme is here ment the doctrine n This great lear ned and eloquēt man 〈◊〉 not to be taught of a poore 〈◊〉 man o The way to sal uation a That is the par ticular 〈◊〉 of the Spirit for as yet they knewe not the visible 〈◊〉 b Meaning what doctrine they did professe by their baptisme for to be baptized in Iohns bap tisme signifieth to 〈◊〉 the do ctrine which he taught sealed with the signe of baptisme to be baptized in the Name of the Father c. is to be dedicate and con secrate vnto him to be 〈◊〉 in the death of Christ or for the dead or into one bodie vnto remission of sinnes is that sinne by Christs death may be abolished and dye in vs that we may growe in Christ our head that our sinnes may be washed away by the blood of Christ. c Endewed with the visible graces of the holie Gost d That is of a cer teine man so cal led () 〈◊〉 fiue a clocke vnto ten Mat. 3. 11. Mat. 1. 8. Luk. 3. 16. Iohn 1. 27. Chap 1. 5. 〈◊〉 2. 11. 16. “ Or napkins e This was to au torize the Gospel to cōfirme Pauls ministerie not to cause men to worship him or his napkins “ Or coniurers f They abuse Pauls autoritie and without any vocation of God vsurpe that which is not in mans power g That is declared by 〈◊〉 of their sinnes and by their good workes that they were 〈◊〉 h This mounteth to of our money about 2000 markes i By the motion of the holie Gost he vndertoke this iorney k That his about the state of the Christians for they contemned the Christians be cause they left the olde religion and broght in another trade of doctrine “ Or sorines l What impietie doeth not couetousnes driue a man vnto m He was moued with his pro fit and the others for their bellies so that they wolde rather lose bothe their liues and religiō then their filthie gaine n Meaning their arte and occupation o Religion is his seconde argument which he lesse estemeth then his profit and therefore put 〈◊〉 it last which 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 of the faithful for they 〈◊〉 religion aboue all p He groundeth his religionvpon the multitude autoritie of the worlde as do the Papistes Rom. 16. 〈◊〉 1. Cor. 1. 14. Colos. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 q And set him in an hie place where the people tolde not comenere him but whence thei might wel heare his voyce r Antiquitie and the acouetousnes of the Priests broght in this superstition for it is writen that the temple being repaired seuen times this idole was neuer chan ged Plin lib. 16. 40. by suche delu sions the worlde is moste easely abused s He pacifieth the People by worldelie wisdome and hathe no respect to religion a He remained there these daies because he had better opportunitie to teache also the 〈◊〉 of the Law was not yet knowē b which we call Sonday Of this place and also of the. 1. Cor. 16. 2. we gather that the Christians vsed o haue their 〈◊〉 assemblies this day laying aside the ceremonie of the 〈◊〉 Sabbath c To celebrate the Lords Supper Chap. 2. 46. “ Or boye Or we d
dome is of the earth and leadeth to 〈◊〉 and is begonne and established by ambition couer ousnes beastlines craft treason and tyr 〈◊〉 q VVhiche signifie the priesthode the kingdome and therefore he giueth in his armes two keis and hathe two 〈◊〉 caryeē before him r He spake 〈◊〉 doctrine accused Gods worde of im perfection set vp mans traditions and spake things contrarie to God and his word s For the Pope in 〈◊〉 crueltte idolatrie and blasphemie did folowe and imitare the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 t 〈◊〉 them to idolatrie and astonished them with the name of that 〈◊〉 asne 〈◊〉 meth it u The man of sinne according to the operation of Satan 〈◊〉 be with all power signes ād miracles of lyes * 2 Thes. 2. 10. x Before the whole empire whiche 〈◊〉 the firste beast and is the imageth reof y For the first empire 〈◊〉 was as the paterne and this seconde empire is but an image and shadowe therof a The same things whiche the Pope or false prophets 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in b Re ceiue the ordinances and 〈◊〉 of the seat of Rome and to kisse the vilens rote if he 〈◊〉 put ther eunto c 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 Christ for as faith the 〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Christians markes so this Antichrist wil accept none 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 approue his doctrine so that it is not ynough to confesse Christ and to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but a man must 〈◊〉 to the Popes doctrine moreouer their 〈◊〉 es 〈◊〉 vowes othes and 〈◊〉 are signes of this marke in so muche as no 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 excepted that had not manie of these marked beasts e Such as may be 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 about 〈◊〉 after this reuelation the Pope or Antichrist bega to be 〈◊〉 in the Worlde for these characters signifie 666 this nomber is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the smale nomber whiche in the whole marke 666 and signifieth Lateinus or Latin which note h the Pope or 〈◊〉 who 〈◊〉 in all things the Latin tongue and in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 contemneth the 〈◊〉 and Greke wherin the worde of God was first and best writen and because 〈◊〉 in oldetime was called Latinum the Italians are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that hereby he noteth of what countrey chiefly he shulde come So 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ordeined the 〈◊〉 shewed him selfe one day in apparel 〈◊〉 Pope and the next day in harnes as the Emperour and the two hornes to the 〈◊〉 hops 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signes her 〈◊〉 x For excepte he Pope 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the kyng Romaines he is not estemed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be made Emperour d He that is not sealed with 〈◊〉 ists mat ke can not be 〈◊〉 to liue among men a Iesus Christ 〈◊〉 in his Churche to defend ād 〈◊〉 it thogh the beast rage ne uer sō muche ād seing Christ is pre sēt euer with his Churche there cā be no vicare for where there is a vicaire there is no Church b Meanynge a great and 〈◊〉 Church c VVhiche was the marke of their election to wit their faith d Signifying that the nōber of the Church shulde be greate and that they shuld speak boldly aloude and so glorifie the Lord. e None cā praise God but the elect whome he hath boght f By whoredom ād vnder this vice he comprehen deth al other but this is chiefly mēc of idolatrie whi cheis the spiritu al whoredome g For their who le delite is in the Lambe Iesus and they loue none but hym h VVhich decla reth that the faithful ought to hue iustely ho lely that they may be the firste fiures and an excellent offringe of the Lord. i For asmuche as their sinnes are pardoned and thei are cledwith the iustice of Christ. Act. 14. 20. k By this Angell arement the true mynysters of Christ whiche preache the Gospel faithfully l The Gospel teacheth vs to feare God and honour him which is the beginning of hea uenlie wisdome m Signifying Ro me for asmuch as the vices whiche were in Babylō are 〈◊〉 in Rome in greater abundāce as perse eutiō of the Chur 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 selauerie with destruction of the people of God 〈◊〉 superstitiō 〈◊〉 impietie ād as Babylō the firste 〈◊〉 was destroyed so shall this wicked kīgdom of Antichrist haue a miserable 〈◊〉 thogh it be greate and semeth to extende throughoute all Europa n By the whiche fornicatiō God is 〈◊〉 to wrath so that he suffreth many to walk in the way of the Romish do etcine to their de struction Psal. 145. 6. o That is of his terrible iugemēt Isa. 21. 9. Iere. 51. 8. p The faithful are exhorted to paci ence Chap 18. 8. q For they are deliuered frō the horrible troubles which are in the Church and rest with God “ Or for the Lords cause r VVhich are ingraffed in Christ by faith which rest and stay onely on him and 〈◊〉 to be with him for immediately after their death they are receiued into ioye s Signifying that Christ shal come to iudgement in a cloude euē as he was sent to go vp * 〈◊〉 3. 13. t The ouerthrowe of the people is cōpared to an haruest Isa. 19 5. also to a vintage Isa. 6. 3. u This is spoken familiarly for our capacitie alluding vnto an housband man who suffereth him self to be aduertised by his seruants when his haruest is rioe ād not that Christ hath nede to be tolde whē he shuld come to iudgement for the comfort of his Church and destructiō of his enemies x This was Christ who is also the altar the Pricst and sacrifice y That is a certeine place appointed and not in the heauen z By this 〈◊〉 he declareth the 〈◊〉 confusion of the tyrants and infideles whiche delite in nothing but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 persecutions and effusion of blood 〈◊〉 13. 39. a Thys is the fourth visiō whi che 〈◊〉 the doct ine of Gods iudgemēts for the destiuctiō of the wicked ād comforte of the godlye b Meaning an in finite nomber of Gods ministers Whiche had infinite maners of sorres and punishemēt Exo 15. 〈◊〉 Psal. 145. 17. Iere. 20. 16. c Signifying this brittel 〈◊〉 world mixt with fyre that is troubles affictions but the 〈◊〉 of God ouercome 〈◊〉 all and singe diuine songes vnto God by whose power they get the victorie “ Or actes and dedes d VVhich is to declare that Gods iudgemēts are cleare iust ād Without spot e As readie to ex ecute the vengeā ce of God f By the foure beasts are ment all the creatures of God whiche willingly serue him for punishment of the infideles g God giueth vs full entrie into his Churche by 〈◊〉 his enemies for the Saintes can not clearely knowe all Gods iudgements before the ful 〈◊〉 of all thyngs a This was lyke the 〈◊〉 of Egipt Whiche was sores boiles or pockes ād this reigneth cō 〈◊〉 amōg Canōs mōkes friers nonnes Priests suche filthie vetmin which beare the marke of the beast b This is lyke to
hearing of good and bad therefore the Lord thy God be with thee 18 Then the King answered and said vnto the woman Hide not from me I pray thee the thīg that I shal aske thee And the wo mā said Let my lord the King now speake 19 And the King said Is not the hand of Ioáb with thee in all this then the woman answered and said As thy soule liueth my lord the King I wil not turne to the right hand nor to the left from oght that my lord the King hathe spoken for euen thy seruant Ioáb bade me and he put all these wordes in the mouthe of thine hand maid 20 For to the intent that I shulde change the forme of speache thy seruant Ioáb hathe done this thing but my lord is wise according to the wisdome of an Angel of God to vnderstand all things that are in the earth 21 ¶ And the King said vnto Ioáb Beholde now I haue done this thing go then and bring the yong man Absalôm againe 22 And Ioáb fel to the grounde on his face and bowed himselfe and thanked the King Then Ioáb said This day thy seruāt knoweth that I haue founde grace in thy sight my LORD the King in that the King hathe fulfilled the request of his seruant 23 ¶ And Ioà b arose and went to Geshûr broght Absalòm to Ierusalêm 24 And the King said Let him turne to his owne house and not se my face So Absalôm turned to his owne house sawe not the Kings face 25 Now in all Israél there was none to be so muche praised for beautie as Absalôm frō the sole of his foote euen to the top of his head there was noblemish in him 26 And when he polled his head for at euerie yeres end he polled it because it was to heauy for him therefore he polled it he weighed the heere of his head at two hundreth shekels by the Kings weight 27 And Absalóm had thre sonnes and one daughter named Tamár which was a faire woman to loke vpon 28 ¶ So Absalóm dwelt the space of two yeres in Ierusalém sa we not the Kings face 29 Therefore Absalóm sent for Ioáb to send him to the king but he wolde not come to him and when he sent againe he wolde not come 30 Therefore he said vnto his seruants Beholde Ioáb hathe a field by my place and hathe barly therein go and set it 〈◊〉 on fire and Absaloms seruants set the field on fire 31 Then Ioáb arose and came to Absalôm vnto his house and said vnto him Wherefore haue thy seruants burnt my field with fire 32 And Absalôm answered Ioáb Beholde I sent for thee saying Come thou hither and I wil send thee to the King for to say Wherefore am I come from Geshúr It had bene better for me to haue bene there stil now therefore let me se the Kings face and if there be anie trespasse in me let him kil me 33 Then Ioáb came to the King and tolde him and he called for Absalóm who came to the King and bowed him selfe to the grounde on his face before the King and the King kissed Absalom CHAP. XV. 2 The practises of Absalom to aspire to the Kingdome 14 Dauid and his flee 31 Dauids prayer 34 Hushái is sent to Absalom to discouer his counsel 1 AFter this Absalôm prepared him cha rets and horses and fiftie men to run ne before him 2 And absalom rose vp early and stode hard by the entring in of the gate and euerie man that had anie matter and came to the King for iudgement him did Absalôm call vnto him and said Of what citie art thou And he answered Thy seruant is of one of the tribes of Israél 3 Then Absalóm said vnto him Se thy matters are good and righteous but there is no mā deputed of the King to heare thee 4 Absalóm said more ouer Oh that I were made Iudge in the land that euerie man which hathe anie matter or controuersie might come to me that I might do him Iustice 5 And when anie man came nere to him did him obeisance he put forthe his hand and toke him an kissed him 6 And on this maner did Absalóm to all Israél that came to the King for iudgement so Absalôm stale the heartes of the men of Israél 7 ¶ And after fortie yere Absalom said vnto the King I pray thee let me go to Hebrón and rendre my vowe which I haue vowed vnto the Lord. 8 For thy seruant voweda vowe when I remained in Geshúr in Arám saying If the Lord shal bring me againe in dede to Ierusalém I wil serue the Lord. 9 And the King said vnto him Go in peace So he arose and went to Hebrôn 10 ¶ Then Absalôm sent spies throughout all the tribes of Israél saying When ye heare the sounde of the trumpet ye shal say Absalôm reigneth in Hebrón 11 ¶ And with absalôm went two hundreth men out of Ierusalém that were called they went in their simplicitie knowing nothing 12 Also Absalôm sent for Ahithōphel the Gilonite Dauids counseler c from his citie Gilóh while he offred sacrifices and the treasō was great for the people encrea sed stil with Absalóm 13 ¶ Then came a messenger to Dauid saying The hearts of the men of Israél are turned after Absalôm 14 Then Dauid said vnto all his seruants that were with him at Ierusalém Vp and let vs flee for we shal not escape srō Absalom make spede to departe lest he come sodenly and take vs and bring euil vpon vs and smite the citie with the edge of the sworde 15 And the Kings seruants said vnto him Beholde thy seruants are ready to do according to all that my lord the King shal appoint 16 So the King departed all his housholde after him and the King left ten concubines to kepe the house 17 And the King wēt forthe all the people after him and taryed in a place farre of 18 And all his seruants went about him and all the Cherethites and all the Pelethites and all the Gittites euen sixe hūdreth men which were come after him frō Gath went before the King 19 Then said the King to Ittai the Gittite Wherefore commest thou also with vs Re turne and abide with the King for thou art a stranger departe thou therefore to thy place 20 Thou camest yesterday and shulde cause thee to wander to day and go with vs I wil go whither I can therefore returne thou and cary againe thy brethrē mercie and trueth be with thee 21 And Ittái answered the King and said As the Lord liueth and as my lord the King liueth in what place my lord the King shal be whether in death or life euē there surely wil thy seruant be 22 Then Dauid said to Ittái Come and go forwarde
And Ittái the Gittite went and all his men and all the children that were with him 23 And all the countrey wept with a loude voyce and all the people went forward but the King passed ouer the brooke Kidrón and all the people wēt ouer to warde the way of the wildernes 24 ¶ And lo Zadók also was there and all the Leuites with hym bearing the Arke of the couenāt of God they set downe the Arke of God Abiathár went vp vntil the people were all come out of the citie 25 Then the King said vnto Zadok Carie the Arke of God againe into the citie if I shal finde fauour in the eyes of the Lord he wil bring me againe shewe me bothe it and the Tabernacle thereof 26 But if he thus say I haue no delite in thee beholde here am I let him do to me as semeth good in his eyes 27 The King said againe vnto Zadok the Priest Art not thou a * Seer returne into the citie in peace and your two sonnes with you to wit Ahimáaz thy sonne and Ionathán the sonne of Abiathar 28 Beholde I wil tarie in the fieldes of the wildernes vntil there come some worde from you to be tolde me 29 Zadök therefore and Abiathár caryed the Arke of God againe to Ierusalém they taried there 30 And Dauid went vp the mount of oliues and wept as he went vp and had his head couered and went barefooted and all the people that was with him had euerie man his head coucred and as they wēt vp they wept 31 Then one tolde Dauid saying Ahithôphél is one of them that haue conspired with Absalōm Dauid said ô Lord I pray the turne the counsel of Ahithopel into foolishnes 32 ¶ Then Dauid came to the toppe of the mount where he worshiped God and beholde Hushai the Archite came against him with his coate torne hauing earth vpon his head 33 Vnto whome Dauid said If thou go with me thou shalt be a burthen vnto me 34 But if thou returne to the citie say vnto Absalōm I wil be thy seruant ô King as I haue bene in time past thy fathers seruant so wil I now be thy seruant then thou maiest bring me the counsel of Ahithophel to noght 35 And hast thou not there with thee Zadóh and Abiathár the Priests therefore whatsoeuer thou shalt heare out of the Kings house thou shalt shewe to Zadok Abiathár the Priests 36 Beholde there are with them their two sonnes Ahimáaz Zadoks sonne and Ionathán Abiathars sonne by them also shal ye send me euerie thing that ye can heare 37 So Hushai Dauids friend went into the citie and Absalom came into Ierusalém CHAP. XVI 1 The infidelitie of Ziba 5 Shimei cuiseth Dauid 16. Hushái cometh to Absalōm 21 The counsel of Ahithóphel for the concubines 1 WHen Dauid was a litle past the toppe of the hil beholde Zibá the seruant of Mephibó sheth met him with a couple of asses sadled and vpon them two hundreth cakes of bread and one hundreth bunshes of raisins and an hundreth of dryed figges and a bottel of wine 2 And the King said vnto Zibá What meanest thou by these And Zibá said They be asses for the Kings housholde to ride on and bread and dryed figges for the yong men to eat and wine that the faint may drincke in the wildernes 3 And the King said But where is thymasters sonne Then Zibá answered the King Beholde he remaineth in Ierusalém for he said This day shal the house of Israél resto reme the kingdome of my father 4 Then said the King to Zibá Beholde thine are all that perteined vnto Mephibôsheth And Ziba said I beseche thee let me finde grace in thy sight my lord ô King 5 ¶ And whē King Dauid came to Bahurim beholde thence came out a man of the fa milie of the house of Saúl named Shimei the sōne of Gerá he came out cursed 6 And he cast stones at Dauid and at all the seruants of King Dauid and all the people all the men of warre were on his right hand and on his left 7 And thus said Shimei whē he cursed Come forthe come forthe thou murtherer and wicked man 8 The Lord hathe broght vpon thee all the blood of the house of Saúl in whose stead thou hast reined and the Lord hathe deliue red the kingdome into the hand of Absalōm thy sonne and be holde thou art taken in the wickednes because thou art a murtherer 9 Then said Abishái the sonne of Zeruiáh vnto the King Why doeth this * dead dog ge curse my lord the King let me go I pray thee and take away his head 10 ¶ But the King said What haue I to do with you ye sonnes of Zeruiáh for he curseth even because the Lord hathe biddē him curse Dauid who darre then say Whe refore hast thou done so 11 And Dauid said to Abishái and to all his seruants Beholde my sonne which came out of mine owne bowels seketh my life then how muche more now may this sóne of 〈◊〉 Suffre him to curse for the Lord hathe bidden him 12 It may be that the Lord wil loke on mine affliction and do me good for his cursing this day 13 And as Dauid and his men went by the way Shimei went by the side of the mountaine ouer against him and cursed as he went and threwe stones against him and cast dust 14 Then came the King all the people that were with him weary and refreshed them selues there 15 ¶ And Absalōm and all the people the men of Israél came to Ierusalém and Ahithóphel with him 16 And whē Hushái the Archite Dauids friēd was come vnto Absalom Hushái said vnto Absalom God saue the King God saue the King 17 Then Absalōm said to Hushai Is this thy kindenes to thy friend Why wētest thou not with thy friend 18 Hushái then answered vnto Absalōm Nay but whome the Lord and this people and all the men of Israél chuse his wil I be and with him wil I dwell 19 And moreouer vnto whome shal I do ser uice not to his sōne as I serued before thy father so wil I before thee 20 ¶ Then spake Absalōm to Ahithōpel Giue counsel what we shal do 21 And Ahithóphel said vnto Absalōm Go in to thy fathers concubines which he hathe left to kepe the house and when all Israél shal heare that thou artab horred of thy father the hands of all that are with thee shal be strong 22 So they spred Absalōm a tent vpon the top of the house and Absalōm went in to his fathers concubines in the sight of all Israél 23 And the counsel of Ahithōphel which he counseled in those dayes was like as one had asked counsel at the oracle of God so was all the counsel of
〈◊〉 b Which is to declare that the god lie 〈◊〉 not hasten to much but paciently to abide the yssue of Gods promes c Called Abib whiche conteineth 〈◊〉 of Mar che and parte of April d Being caryed by the spirit of 〈◊〉 to haue the sight of this 〈◊〉 Tygris e This was the Angel of GOD which was 〈◊〉 to assure Daniél in this prophecie that followeth f The worde also 〈◊〉 comeli nes or beautie so that for 〈◊〉 he was like a dead man for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g Which declareth that when we are 〈◊〉 downe with the 〈◊〉 of God we 〈◊〉 not rise except he also list vs vp with his hand which is his power h Meaning Cam byseswhoreigned in his fathers absence did not onely for this spa ce binder the buil ding of the Temple but wolde ha ue 〈◊〉 raged if God had not sent me to resist him therefore haue I stayed for the profite of the Church i Thogh God cold by one Angel de stroy all the worl de yet to 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 of his loue he sendeth forthe double power euen Michaél that is Christ Iesus the head of Angels k For thogh the Prophet Daniél shulde end and cease yet his doctrine shulde con tinue 〈◊〉 the comming of 〈◊〉 for the comfort of his Church l This was the same Angel that spake with him before in the simi litude of a man m I was ouercome with feare and sorowe whē I sawe the vision n He declareth he reby that GOD wolde be mereful vnto the people of Israél o which 〈◊〉 that when God smitteth downe his children he doeth not immediatly lift them vp at once for now the Angel had touched him twise but by litle and litle p Meaning that he wolde not onely him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the rage of Cam byses but also the other Kings of Persia by Alexander the King of 〈◊〉 q For this Angel was appointed for the defense 〈◊〉 the Church vnder Christ who is the head thereof a The Angelassu reth Daniél that God hathe giuen him power to performe these things seing he appointed him to assiste 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he ouer come the Caldéans b Whereof Cambyses that now 〈◊〉 was the first the seconde 〈◊〉 the third 〈◊〉 the sonne of Hystaspis and the 〈◊〉 zerxes which all were enemies to the people of God 〈◊〉 against thē c For the raised vp all the East countreis to 〈◊〉 againste the 〈◊〉 and albeit he had in his armie ninei ūdieth thousand men yet in soure 〈◊〉 he was discō 〈◊〉 and fled away with shame d That is Alexan der the 〈◊〉 eat e For when his estate was moste 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 came him self with 〈◊〉 and so 〈◊〉 into a disea se or as some 〈◊〉 te was poysoned by Cassander f For his twelue chief princes first 〈◊〉 his king dome mong thē selues g After this his 〈◊〉 was deuided into fou re for Seleucus had Syria 〈◊〉 nus 〈◊〉 minor Cassāder the king dome of Macedo nia and 〈◊〉 Egypt h Thus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Alexanders ambicion ctuel tie in causing his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be murthered 〈◊〉 ly of the 〈◊〉 chief 〈◊〉 and partely one of 〈◊〉 other i None of these foure shal be able to he compared to the power of Alexander k That is 〈◊〉 posteritie hauing no parte thereof l To wit Ptolemeus King of Egypt m That is 〈◊〉 the sonne of Scleucns and one of Alexanders princes shal be more mightie for he shulde haue be the Asia and Syria n That is Berenice the daughter of P 〈◊〉 Philadelphus shal be giuen in mariage to Antiochus Theos thinking by this 〈◊〉 that Syria and Egypt shulde haue a continual peace together o That sorce and strength shal not continue for soneafter Berenice and her yong sonne after her houshāds death was stayne of her step sonne Seleucus Calinicus the sonne of Laoqice the lawful wife of 〈◊〉 but put away for this womans sake p Nether Prolen cus nor Antiochus q Some read seed meaning the childe begotten of Berenice r Some read she that begate her and thereby vnderstand her 〈◊〉 whiche broght her vp so that all they that were occasion of t is mariage were destroyed s Meaning that Prolomeus 〈◊〉 after the death of his father Philadelphus shulde succede in the king dome being of the same stocke that Berenice was t To 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 death against Antiochus Calinicus King of Syria u For this 〈◊〉 reigned six and fortie yeres x Meaning Seleu cus and Antiochus the greate the sonnes of Ca linieus shal make warre againste Prolomeus Philo pater the sonne of Philadelphus y For his elder brother 〈◊〉 dyed 〈◊〉 was slaine whiles the warres were preparing z That is Philopater 〈◊〉 he shal se 〈◊〉 to tak great dominions from him in Syria ād also 〈◊〉 to inuade Egypt a For Antiochus had six thousand ho 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 score thousand foremen b After the death of 〈◊〉 Phi lopater who left 〈◊〉 Epiphanes his 〈◊〉 c For not onelye Antiochus came against 〈◊〉 but also Philippe 〈◊〉 of Macedonia ād these two 〈◊〉 greate power with them d For vnder Oni 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 salsely alledged that 〈◊〉 ce 〈◊〉 19. 19. cer teine of Iewes 〈◊〉 with him into Egypt to ful 〈◊〉 this prophecie also the Angell sheweth that all these troubles which are in the Churche are by the 〈◊〉 counsel of God e The Egyptians were not able to resist Stop as An 〈◊〉 captaine f He sheweth that he shall not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Egyptians but al so the Iewes and shall entre 〈◊〉 their countrey 〈◊〉 he admo nis heth them before that they 〈◊〉 knowe that all these things come by Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g This was the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 oght against Prolomeus 〈◊〉 h To 〈◊〉 a beautiful 〈◊〉 which was 〈◊〉 Antiochus daughter i For he regarded not the life of his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the kingdome of Egypt k She shal not agre to his wicked 〈◊〉 but shal loue 〈◊〉 housband as her duetie requireth and not seke his destruction l 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Asia Grecia and those yles which are in the sea called Mediterraneum for the 〈◊〉 called all 〈◊〉 yles which were deuided from them by sea m For where as 〈◊〉 was wont to con cmne the Romaines and put their 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 in all places At 〈◊〉 the Consul or Lucius 〈◊〉 him to 〈◊〉 and caused his shame to turne on his owne head n By his wicked life and obeying 〈◊〉 foolish counsel o For 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 his shal flee to his holdes p For 〈◊〉 as vnder the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 he wolde haue robbed the Temple of 〈◊〉 Dodoncus the coun 〈◊〉 slue him q That is Selcucus shal succede his father 〈◊〉 r Not by 〈◊〉 enemies or 〈◊〉 but by treason s VVhiche was Ant ochus 〈◊〉 who as is thoght was the occasion of 〈◊〉 his brothers death and was of a vile cruel and 〈◊〉 nature and defrauded his brothers sonne of the kingdome and vsurped
the kingdome without the consent of the people t He 〈◊〉 that great forame powers shal come to helpe the yong sonne of 〈◊〉 against his vncle Antiochus and ye shal be 〈◊〉 u Meaning 〈◊〉 Philometor Philopaters sonne who was this childes cousin germaine is here called the prince of the 〈◊〉 because he was the chief and all other followed his conduit x For after the battel 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 vncle 〈◊〉 made a league y For he came vp on 〈◊〉 at vnwares and when he 〈◊〉 his vncle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 no 〈◊〉 z 〈◊〉 in Egypt a He wil content him 〈◊〉 with the smale holdes for a time but euer labour by 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 b He shal be ouer 〈◊〉 treason c 〈◊〉 his princes and the chief about him d Declaring that his soldiers shall brast out and vē 〈◊〉 their life to stay to be 〈◊〉 for the sauegarde of their prince e The 〈◊〉 and the nephewe shal take 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 toge ther yet in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shall imagine mischief one against another f Signifying that it standeth no in the counsell of men to brynge things to passe but in the prouidence of GOD who 〈◊〉 the Kings by a secret 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cā 〈◊〉 what they 〈◊〉 them selues g VVhich he shal take of the 〈◊〉 in spoyling Ie rusalém and the Temple and this is tolde them before to moue thē to 〈◊〉 know ing al things are done by Gods prouidence h That is the Romaine power shal come against him for P. 〈◊〉 the ambassador appointed him to departe in the Romaines name to which thing he obeyed althogh with grief and to 〈◊〉 his rage he came against the people of God the 〈◊〉 time i VVith the 〈◊〉 whiche shall forsake the couenant of the Lord for first he was called against the Iewes by Iason the 〈◊〉 Priest ād this seconde time by 〈◊〉 k A great 〈◊〉 of the wicked Iewes shal holde with An iochus l So called because the power of God was nothing diminished althogh this tyran set vp in the Temple the image of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and so began to corrupt the pure seruice of God m Meaning 〈◊〉 as bare the name of Iewes but in 〈◊〉 were nothing lesse for they solde their 〈◊〉 and betrayed their 〈◊〉 for gaine n They that remaine constant among the people shal 〈◊〉 others by their example and edisie many in the true religion o VVhereby 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 althogh they shulde perish a thousand times and 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 indure neuer so long p As God wil not 〈◊〉 his Churche 〈◊〉 yet wil he not deliuer it all at once 〈◊〉 so helpe as they may still 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 vnder the crosse as he did in the time of the Maccabees whereof he here prophecieth q That is 〈◊〉 shal be euen of this 〈◊〉 nomber many hypocrites r To wit of them that feare God and wil lose their life for the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifying also that the Church must continually betryed and purged and ought to loke for one 〈◊〉 after another for God hathe 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 therefore we must obey s Because the Angels purpose is to shewe the whole course of the persecutions of the Iewes vnto the comming of Christ he now speaketh of the 〈◊〉 of the Romaines whiche he 〈◊〉 by the name of a Kynge who were without all religion and concemned the true God t So long the 〈◊〉 shal 〈◊〉 le as God 〈◊〉 appointed to punish his people but he sheweth that 〈◊〉 is but for a time u The Romaines shall obserue no certeine forme of religion as other nations but shal chāge their gods at their pleasures yea continue them and prefer re them selues to their Gods x Signifyinge that they shulde be without al hu manitie for the loue of women is taken for singular or greate loue as 2. Samu. 1. 26. y That is the god of power and riches they shall 〈◊〉 theyr owne power aboue all theyr Gods and worship it z Vnder pretence of worshipping the gods they shal enriche their citie with the moste precious iewels of all the wotlde because that hereby all men shuld haue them in admiration for their power ād riches a Although in their hearts they had no religion yet they did acknowledge the gods worship ped them in their temples lest they shulde haue bene despised as athei stes but this was to increase their fame riches when they gate any 〈◊〉 they so made others the rulers thereof that the profite euer came to the Romaines b 〈◊〉 is bothe the Egyptians and the Syrians shall at length fight against the Romaines but they shal be ouer come c The Angel forewarneth the Iewes that when they shulde se the Romaines inuade them and that the wicked shulde escape their handes that then 〈◊〉 shulde not thinke but that all this was done by Gods prouidence for asmuche as he warned them of it so long a fore and therefore he wolde stil preserue him d Hearing that Crassus was staine and Antonius 〈◊〉 e For Augustus ouer come the Parthians and 〈◊〉 that whiche Antonius had lost f The Romaines after this reigned 〈◊〉 through all countreis and from sea to sea and in Iudea but at length for their crueltie God shall destroy them a The Angel here noteth two 〈◊〉 si 〈◊〉 that the Church shal be in great 〈◊〉 and trouble at 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and nexte 〈◊〉 God will send his Angell 〈◊〉 deliuer 〈◊〉 whome here he 〈◊〉 Michael meaning 〈◊〉 which is publisned by the 〈◊〉 ching of the Gospell b Meaning all shal rise at the ge 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whiche thing he here 〈◊〉 be cause the faithful shulde haue euer their respect to that for 〈◊〉 earth there shal be no sure comfort c VVho haue kept the true sea 〈◊〉 of God ād his religion d He chiefly mea neth the ministers of Gods word and next all the 〈◊〉 whiche 〈◊〉 the ignorant ād bring them to the true 〈◊〉 of God e Thogh themost part despise this prophecie yet kepe thouit sure and 〈◊〉 it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 f Till the tyme that God hathe appoīted for the full reuelation of these things and then many shall iunne o and fro to searche the knowledge of these mysteries whiche thinges they obteyne now by the light of he Gospel g VVhiche was 〈◊〉 h VVhiche was as it werea double o he and did the more conficme the thing i Meaning a long time a longer time ād at length a short time signifiyng that their troubles shulde haue an end k VVhen the Churche shal be seattered and diminished in suche sorte as it shal seme to haue no power l From the time that Christ by his 〈◊〉 shal take awaye the sacrifice and cer emonies of the Lawe m Signifying that the time shal be long of Christs seconde coming and yet the children of God ought not to be discouraged thogh it be differred n In this nomber he addeth a moneth and an halfe to the